PG & RESEARCH DEPARTMENT OF

ENGLISH

Two day Multidisciplinary International Virtual

Conference
ON

ENGLISH LANGUAGE THE BEGETTER OF

OUTRIGHT AND PRECEDENCE OF
INTEGRATED RESEARCH

DATE: 15.09.2021 & 16.09.2021

MANAGEMENT TRUSTEES
 FOREWORD

Dr.M.Inbavalli.,M.Sc.,MCA.,M.Phil.,P.hD.,
Principal, Marudhar Kesari Jain College for Women, Vaniyambadi.

A Two Day Multidisciplinary International Virtual Conference

was held from 15th September to 16th September in which many
Researcher scholars, students and faculty were participated and
presented a paper on various topics.It is a great privilege for us for
conducting "A Two Day Multidisciplinary International Virtual
Conference on the topic English Language Begetter of Outright and
Precedence of Integrated Research which aided many scholars and
students to showcase their talents. We hope that you found this
exciting and inspiring one. The main aim of the conference is to
provide a platform to discuss issues, challenges, opportunities and
findings on Multidisciplinary. The ever-changing scope and rapid
development of Multidisciplinary research created new problems,
questions, and result in the real need for sharing brilliant ideas and
stimulating good awareness of this important research field. while
the support received and an enthusiasm witnessed have truly
exceeded our anticipation. Therefore, on the day of completion of
this journey, we are delighted with a high level of satisfaction and
aspiration.We would like to express our gratitude and appreciation
for all of the Faculty, Participants, and Reviewers who helped us to
maintain the high quality of manuscripts. We wish all the participants
of the conference to have a wonderful and fruitful beginnings.
 PREFACE

Ms. A. Sumyirra, M.A.,M.Phil.,B.Ed.,

Head & Assistant Professor, Department of English

We are extremely jubilant for conducting A Two Day

Multidisciplinary International Virtual Conference from 15th
September to 16th September of 2021. That was took place with the
hope of creating a good Communication and sharing platform
between Research experts, Research Scholars and Learners around
the world. Since attending and getting involved in the discussion is
one of the effective ways to help to improve Learner's capabilities.
It is hoped that the presenters and the participants who attended
this conference, would gain more knowledge on the topic English
Language Begetter of Outright and Precedence of Integrated
Research, which will be one of the most influential international
conferences for presenting the Research Articles. Collectively, the
research discussed at the conference contributed the knowledge
and basic understanding of the Multidisciplinary was mind blowing.
The knowledge which all gained in this conference will lead the
readers to have progress in Multidisciplinary research.
CHIEF EDITORS

Dr. M. Inbavalli, Principal

Ms. A. Sumyirra, Head & Assistant Professor

ORGANIZING COMMITTEE

Dr. N. Hemamalini – Assistant Professor, Department of English

Ms. E.G. Hima Bindhu – Assistant Professor, Department of English

Ms. M. Sindhu Priya – Assistant Professor, Department of English

Ms. C. Easwari – Assistant Professor, Department of English

Ms. R. Priya – Assistant Professor, Department of English

Ms. C. Jayasri – Assistant Professor, Department of English

Ms. C. Suguna – Assistant Professor, Department of English

Ms. P. Priyadharshini – Assistant Professor, Department of English

Ms. L. Radhika – Assistant Professor, Department of English

Ms. M. Anjali – Assistant Professor, Department of English

Ms. K. Thaha Banu – Assistant Professor, Department of English

Ms. L. Aruna – Assistant Professor, Department of English

Ms. S. Samiha Banu – Assistant Professor, Department of English

Ms. P. Meena – Assistant Professor, Department of English

English language the begetter of outright and precedence of
integerated research
Elbopir-21

Dr. Sr. CANDY D’CUNHA

Assistant Professor of English, Science and Humanities,
Andhra Loyola Institute of Engineering and Technology,
Vijayawada.
NEW INNOVATIONS IN TEACHING
AND LEARNING

Dr. V. SUNITHA
Senior Assistant Professor, School of Social Science and Languages,
Vellore Institute of Technology, Vellore
REDESIGN THE LEARNING
EXPERIENCE – MOVING TO
LEARNER CENTERED TEACHING

Dr. S. RAJADURAI
Senior Lecturer in English, Department of English Language
Teaching,
University of Colombo, Sri Lanka
TEACHING ENGLISH AS A SECOND
LANGUAGE

Dr. P.V. LAXMIPRASAD

Assistant Professor, Department of English,
University Arts College, Satavahana University,
Telangana.
LIFE IN LANGUAGE AND
LANGUAGE IN LITERAUTURE
 TABLE OF CONTENT - PRESENTATION

S.NO NAME WITH TITLE

1 ECOCRITICISM -
R.GAYATHRI

2 HUMAN VALUES AND ETHICS -

S.POOJA

3 PYTHON AND ITS ADVANTAGES -

R.NANDHITA

4 PYTHON AND ITS ADVANTAGES -

BHAVANI.S

5 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE -
B.NIRANJANI

6 SCIENCE FICTION -
A.GAYATHRI

7 DIASPORIC LITERATURE -
A.PRATHIKSHA

8 GRAPHIC NOVEL -
A.NAHIDA TABASUM
9 CINEMA LITERATURE -
S.SHANTHOSHINI

10 CINEMA LITERATURE -
S.SWAPNA

11 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE -

K. DAMINI

CRIME DEDUCTION IN NUMERICAL METHOD -

12 M. DIVYA

13 PYTHON AND ITS ADVANTAGES -

S.PAVYAA SRI

14 ECOCRITICISM -
D.KANCHANA

15 MAGIC REALISM -
R.VARSHITHA

16 DIASPORIC LITERATURE IN INDIAN WRITING IN

ENGLISH -
UMAPARVATHY

17 RECONSTRUCTING THE ROUTE THROUGH THE

ROOT -
R.UMA
18 HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION-
MYTHILI

19 PYTHON AND ITS ADVANTAGES -

ANUSHA

20 MAGIC REALISM -

KALPANA

21 HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION -

GEETHA ANJANA

22 MAGIC REALISM -
SWATHI

23 LEADERSHIP AND TEAM BUILDING CULTURE -

SNEKA

24 HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION -

B.GAYATHRI

25 PYTHON AND ITS ADVANTAGES -

JANANI

26 CERIUM OXIDE NANO PARTICLES AND ITS

ACTIVITY -
SHEELA
27 HUMAN COMOPUTER INTERACTION -
DEEPIKA

28 HUMAN VALUES AND ETHICS -

YAMINI

29 VIJAY TENDULKAR’S SILENCE THE COURT IS IN

SILENCE AS A SOCIAL SATIRE -
MANJEETA GALOUT

30 LEADERSHIP AND TEAM BUILDING CULTURE - P.J.

SHARANYA
 TABLE OF CONTENT - PUBLICATION

S. NO NAME WITH TITLE PAGE NO

1 CRIME DETECTION MODELLING IN NUMERICAL 1-6
METHODS - SUMATHI C.B

2 THE STUDY ON WORK ACCIDENT, EDUCATIONAL 7-16

BACKGROUND AND STRESS LEVEL OF TENNECO
WORKERS - R. SWARNA LAKSHMI, J.MANISHA

3 PYTHON - PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE AND IT’S 17-23

ADVANTAGES - S. ABIRAMI

4 A SURVEY ON MEDITATION: PROCESS AND 24-29

EFFECTS - N. VIJAYALAKSHMI, S. YOGAPRIYA,
A. VASANTHI

5 SCIENCE FICTION TOWARDS SCIENCE AND 30-32

TECHNOLOGY - A.J. ANJALI, III BA ENGLISH

6 IMPORTANCE OF VALUES AND ETHICS IN HUMAN 33-36

LIFE - M. ANJALI

7 SYMBOLISM IN THREE VERSION CINDRELLA 37-40

STORIES, AN ANALYSIS OF REPRESENTATION -
DHATCHAYANI.S

8 BIFURCATION AND LOCAL BIFURCATION THEORY - 41-46

S. GEETHALAKSHMI

9 DYNAMIC PRICING MODEL FOR CLOSED-LOOP AND 47-52

MULTI-TASK SUPPLY CHAIN SYSTEM - C. NITHYA,
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

10 AN IMPACT ON HUMAN AND COMPUTER 53-57

INTERACTION AND APPLICATIONS - Dr. K. PRIYA,
RESEARCH DEPARTMRNT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE,
Dr. M. INBAVALLI, Research Department of Computer
Science.
 THEMATIC DISCUSSION IN ENID BLYTON’S “THE 58-63
11 NAUGHTIEST GIRL HELPS A FRIEND” - S.JANANI BAI

12 C. S. LEWIS’ THE CHRONICLES OF NARNIA- THE 64-68

LION, THE WITCH AND THE WARDROBE - G. Usha

13 LOVE BETWEEN FATHER AND SON IN “FINDING 69-71

NEMO” BY ANDREW STANTON - S DEEPA I MA

14 HUMAN VALUES AND ETHICS - U.SABIRA BEGUM 72-77

I M.A ENGLISH

15 THE NON-AUTONOMOUS GENERAL SADDLE NODE 78-84

BIFURCATON - M.SATHIYA PRIYA , Assistant professor
M. VARALAKSHIMI Assistant professor

CRITICAL ANALYSIS OF MAHESH DATTANI’S PLAY ' 85-90

16 DANCE LIKE A MAN' - E.G .Hima Bindhu
M.A,M.Phil,B.Ed
Assistant Professor

A NOTE ON HOMOTOPY THEORY - S. KOMALA, 91-98

17 Assistant Professor, S. JEEVITHA, Assistant Professor

18 HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT & 99-102

ENVIRONMENT - J.DIVYA III BBA

19 HUMAN VALUES & ETHICS IN PRESENT SCENARIO - 103-107

C.JAYASRI, ASSISTANT PROFESSOR

20 A SCIENCE FICTION: PARALLEL BETWEEN TIME 108-113

MACHINE AND PERELENDRA – S. SAMIHA BANU,
Assistant Professor, Department of English

21 DIASPORIC ELEMENTS IN ANITA DESAI’S “BYE-BYE 114-118

BLACKBIRD” - KOMZISHWARI. A, I M.A. English
22 PYTHON & IT’S ADVANTAGES - B. YAZHINI PRIYA 119-122

23 NUMERICAL ANALYSIS AND SCIENTIFIC 123-126

COMPUTING - A.K. HARIPRIYA1, S. SAI SHARMILA2

24 APPLICATION OF EULERIAN GRAPHS IN VARIOUS 127-131

FIELD - S. REVATHI, Department of Statistics

25 REFLECTIONS ON INDIAN DIASPORIC FICTION:

REFERENCE TO JHUMPA LAHIRI AND KIRAN DESAI
- Ms.M.K.NANDHINI, M.A., M.Phil.,(English Literature) 132-136
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR, DEPARTMENT OF ENLISH,
ST.JOSEPH’S COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCE FOR
WOMEN.

26 ECO-CRITICISM IN INDIAN FICTION - MS.G.NITHYA 137-143

27 THE INTERPRETATION OF ECO-CRITICISM IN

AMITAV GHOSH'S THE HUNGRY TIDE - V. 144-150
SANTHOSHINI, III BA English

28 ISOLATION AND IDENDIFICATION OF BIOACTIVE 151-155

MOLECULES BY LACTIC ACID BACTERIA -
Dr.M.CHARUMATHY

RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND SUSTAINABLE 156-161

29 DEVELOPMENT - P. THRISHA P. DHATCHAYANI

BINARY OPERATIONS AND IT’S FUNCTIONS -

30 PAVITHRA R, CO-AUTHOR: REETHIKA S 162-169

31 GRAPH NEURAL NETWORKS AND ITS

APPLICATIONS – K.SOWMIYA1. 170-175
R.SWETHA2
32 MATRIX - S.PRIYADHARSHINI1, S.PAVITHRA2 176-182

33 COMING-OF-AGE IN NEIL GAIMAN’S CORALINE - M. 183-186

SUBA SRI1, M. SRI HARINI2

34 A STUDY OF COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT IN LEWIS 187-191

CARROLL’S ALICE’S ADVENTURES IN
WONDERLAND - M. SINDHU PRIYA

192-194
35 MORALS VALUES AND ETHICS VANISHED IN
CURRENT SCENARIO - C. EASWARI

A STUDY OF TRADITION AND MYTH IN GIRISH 195-200

36 KARNAD’S NAGAMANDALA - R PRIYA

37 GRAPHIC NOVELS - Y.R. DEEKSHA1, PRERNA D 201-203

POKAR2

GOTHIC ELEMENTS IN MARY SHELLEY’S NOVEL 204-209

38 FRANKENSTEIN - U. MONISHA

39 RECONSTRUCTING THE ROUTE THROUGH ROOT IN 210-215

THE TREE BRIDE BY BHARATI MUKHERJEE -
R. UMA

40 PERFORMANCE IMPROVEMENT STRATEGIES - 216-220

S. DIVYA DHARSHINI

41 TWO DIMENSIONAL OF ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY - 221-225

P. PRIYA

42 APPPLICATIONS OF TRIGNOMETRY IN VARIOUS 226-230

FIELDS - E. HEMAMALINI1, MEGHAVARSHINI2

43 INTERPRETATION OF JUNGLE BOOK IN RUDYARD 231-234

KIPLING AS CHILDREN LITERATURE - S. DURGA
44 A LITERARY REVIEW OF THE ECONOMMICS OF 235-243
COVID 19 - M. NITHISHA

45 PROBLEMS AND PROSPECTS OF AGRICULTUREAL 244-248

MARKETING - S. SEMMALAR1, G. ARUNA2

REFLECTIONS OF MYTHOLOGICAL PARABOLIC OF

46 UNSTABLE ENVIRONMENT IN AMITAV GHOSH’S 249-254
THE HUNGRY TIDE - Dr. G.M. JOSEPH DUNSTON1
J.
AJUNE SAMUEL RAJ2
K.

47 APPLICATIONS OF FUZZY TOPOLOGY 255-259

- P. YUVA SHREE

REAL TIME APPLICATIONS OF LINEAR ALGEBRA 260-267

48 UNDER MATRIX MULTIPLICATION
- G. PRIYADHARSHINI

STABILITY OF n-DIMENSIONAL ADITIVE 268-281

49 FUNCTIONAL EQUATION IN FUZZY NORMED
SPACES - S. SUSITHA1, G. KATHEEJA MARY 2

50 A STUDY ON STRESS MANAGEMENT OF 282-287

EMPLOYEES IN AN IT SECTOR - J. SHEMA1,
Dr. G. DEEPALAKSHMI2

51 APPLICATION OF MATRICES TO CRYPTOGRAPHY 288-293

- O. LAVANYA

52 INTERTEXTUAL ANALYSIS OF MICHAEL 294-302

CUNNIGHAM’S AND STEPHEN DALDRY’S THE
HOURS - SUSMITHA SHARMA

53 HUMAN VALUES AND ETHICS - R. SUMATHI 303-308

54 LEADERSHIP AND TEAM BUILDING 309-312

- S. HARITHA VARSHINI
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

CRIME DETECTION MODELLING IN NUMERICAL METHODS

Sumathi C B
PG and Research Department of Mathematics,
Marudhar Kesari Jain College for Women,
Tamil Nadu, India

ABSTRACT

Forensic reports use various types of conclusions such as a categorical conclusions or a

likelihood ratio in order to correctly assess the evidence users of forensic reports need to
understand the conclusions and its evidential strength. The aim of this paper is to study the
interpretation of the evidential strength of forensic conclusion by criminal justice
professionals. In online questions by criminal justice professionals assessed 768 reports on
fingerprints examination and answered questions that measured self-proclaimed and actual
understanding of the reports and conclusions. The results show that about a quarter of all
questions measuring actual understanding of the report were answered incorrectly, all
professionals they in general overestimated their actual understanding of all conclusions
types.

INTRODUCTION
In the process of investigating and providing a crime many different types of evidence
may play a role, including witness statements, DND digital traces fingerprints observations and
shoe prints. It’s impossible and undesirable for all professionals working with or marking
decisions based on this evidence to have expertise in all these different areas. In the forensic
domain there is a different expert for every type of evidence who will examine it and describe
his or her findings and conclusions in a report that is used by the professionals in the criminal
justice system.
For the second element professional have to be able to assess the meaning of the
evidence in the forensic report. If they lack the necessary background to understand a forensic
report they may undertake training or gain advice from an independent sources. Applied to the
criminal realm a criminal investigation refers to the process of collecting information about a
crime in order to determine the crime has been committed identify the perpetrator apprehend the

1
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

perpetrator provide evidence to support a conviction in court. The main focus in this is third
element the understanding of forensic conclusions by criminal justice professionals. It’s valuable
to know whether the evidential strength of different formulations of the same conclusions is
assessed in the same way bydifferent professionals in the criminal justice system.

DETECTION OF CRIME
In most countries the detection of crime is the responsibility of the police though
special law enforcement agencies may be responsible for the discovery of the particular type
ofcrime.
Example: Customs departments may be charged with computing smuggling and related offenses.
Crime detection falls in to three distinguishable phases the discovery that a crime has been
committed the identification of a suspect and the collection of sufficient evidence to indict the
suspect before a court.
Example: Electronic eavesdropping surveillance interception of communication and
infiltration of gangs.

2
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

CRIME PREVENTION AND TECHNIQUES

Crime prevention s and techniques involves Recognition, Identification, Individualization,
Reconstruction. Recognition means Scene survey documentation collection, Identification means
Classification of evidence, Individualization represents Comparison testing evaluation and interpretation,
Reconstruction deals with Sequencing events reporting and presenting. The crime scene must be secured
preserved and recorded until evidence is collected. Existing contamination must be considered and
recorded. Cross contamination must be prevented. Exhibits must be identified preserved collected and
secured to pressure the Chain of continuity.

NOTES OF CRIME

Imagine someone is committing crime throughout local area on a regular Basis may be they
are committed 5 crime in the last month at these locations how Could we go about catching this
person. we can do is try finding a patterns in crime location in order to Make a prediction about
the next one that can be tricky through since these likely A huge elemental of randomness. A Ph.D
Criminologist had another idea he tried to find a formula instead could fail. Where the criminal
likely lives based on the past data he knows that Criminals often don’t commit crimes right by
their own home but also they don’t Go to far away so from the data you determine a quote hot
zone.
Which isn’t too close or too far from the crime scene is has a high inability of the person living

there this is equation for determine these probability. I know it looks complex but it’s actually not
as bad as you think take rate this p, i, j part.
Where,
X= function axis of the co-ordinates distance. Y= function
axis ofthe co-ordinates distance. Where,

(⃒ Xi-xn⃒ +⃒ Yj -yn⃒ ) f → 1 ⃒ ⃒ ⃒ ⃒ ⃒ ⃒

3
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

(2⃒ ⃒ Xi-xn⃒ +⃒ Yj -yn⃒ ) g → 2 ⃒ ⃒ ⃒ ⃒ ⃒ m

To see the crime scene in map and put a gird over it any given squares will become row well
label i and Column will label j, Pi j that the criminal lines in the square how you calculate that
value for anysquare is with the right side ofthe equation. Now takethis equation,

(⃒ Xi-xn⃒ +⃒ Yj -yn⃒ ) f

This 1st part just means take the obituary grid you are analyzing and are of the crime
scene and subtract these x corps don’t which gives you this distance. he absolute value just
ensure that its positive then ⃒ Yj -yn⃒ parts just says do the Same thing with the y axis which
gives us get the distance betweenthe gird and The crime scene no it’s not the straight distance.

If you cannot move to axonal ,and as we saw this term is in the denominator which means
as that distance goes up the entire fraction and thus the probability go down this expected
because like . These criminals usually don’t go super for to commit and the crime Scene so a
larger distance between our square and the crime scene means a smaller Probability the criminal
lies there at least for the laughter but remember criminals lies criminals don’t Crime commit
these crime close to this homes either and that where this side of the equation.

4
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Comes in notice you have that some distance down here subtracted from Something
known as a buffer zone which is a just a 2B constant determined by What works best with
known data or past crime so as distance goes up the entire denominator actually decreasing
making the whole fraction.

Probability go up so physically if you are too close to the crime scene Probability is
low that the criminal lies there but as you get further the probability Increase that x axis of
course until you pass a certain point which is where the left Side of the formula comes in again
after the distance and the fractions.

The balancing act that creeps the best zone of high probability of the that In too close
and isn’t too far from the crime scene for is sort of a constant that 1m not going to go in to ∅ i,j
and that g f and B are constant. That just make contain part of this equation matter more than
other or theyadd more weights to certain parts then lastly this

We calculated these 2 functions for every single crime committed and add the results
do this for square on your gird and we create a heat map of Improbability. Actually is the
equation output based on real crimes of a serial killer from the named Richard chase can see
the crime locations in green and the formula Predicts his residence to be somewhere in this
dark region his actual residence is plotted here in purple exactly as expected so that least in the
case Rascos formula work.

CONCLUSION

The conclusion with interpretation of forensic conclusions by criminal justice professionals

the same evidence interpreted differently.our detection system describes on important domain
that has manyproblems relevant to other data mining research.

It has documented the development and evaluation in the data mining layers of defence
for a real time credit application fraud detection system.

The overall implantation of crime detection is to make sure that the crime using

5
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

incorrect peoples documents should be taken care of handled properly.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

 1984 – Snippet, the University of Delaware announced the following law enforcement
andsecurity schedule; managing the criminal investigation Nov 14 – 16 in numerical method.

 Blumste in Alfred, “racial disproportionality of us prison

population’s revisited university of Colorado law review vol.64.1993-
journal article

 Bridges George Robert and Edith Simpson crime social structure and criminal punishment
white non-white rates of imprisonment social problems vol. 34 no 4 Oct. 1987

6
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

THE STUDY ON WORK ACCIDENT, EDUCATIONAL

BACKGROUND AND STRESS LEVEL OF TENNECO
WORKERS

R.SWARNA LAKSHMI1 J.MANISHA2

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR, ASSISTANT PROFESSOR,
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEPARTMENT OFBUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION
MARUDHAR KESARI JAIN COLLEGE FOR WOMEN, MARUDHAR KESARI JAIN
COLLEGE FOR WOMEN
VANIYAMBADI. VANIYAMBADI.

ABSTRACT
The purpose of this study is to determine in the relationship between work accident, stress
level and educational back ground of Tenneco workers and a questionnaire is developed in order to
gather information a demographic characteristics of the Tenneco Automotive workers. In the second
part, the relationship among works accident, stress level and educational background is studied.

The results indicate that level and educational background are significantly related with work
accident .Related with educational back ground are significantly related with work accident. Related
with educational background of TENNECO lining workers sex and national differences also
significantly related with stress level. In the total group less educated workers, in the Turkish group
the less educated workers have lower stress then more educated Tenneco workers. Educational levels
of Turkish workers are significantly lower than more educated English workers. Less educated
workers have low stress level and works accident. In other words those who tend to have accident
have also low educational level and less stress. This study helps to know the employees stress level in
the working environment.

INTRODUCTION

7
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

WHAT IS STRESS?
Stress is a normal psychological and physical reaction to the demands of life. A small amount of
stress can be good, motivating you to perform well. But multiple challenges daily, such as sitting in traffic,
meeting deadlines and paying bills, can push you beyond your abilityto cope.
Your brain comes hard-wired with an alarm system for your protection. When your brain
perceives a threat, it signals your body to release a burst of hormones that increase your heart rate
and raise your blood pressure. This "fight-or-flight" response fuels you to deal with the threat.

CAUSES
Stress can come from many sources, which are known as "stressors." Because our
experience of what is considered "stressful" is created by our unique perceptions of what we
encounter in life (based on our own mix of personality traits, available resources, and habitual
thought patterns), a situation may be perceived as "stressful" by one person and merely
"challenging" by someone else.
Simply put, one person's stress trigger may not register as stressful to someone else. That
said, certain situations tend to cause more stress in most people and can increase the risk of
burnout.
For example, when we find ourselves in situations where there are high demands on us but
we little control and few choices, we are likely to experience stress. We might also feel stress when
we don't feel equipped; where we may be harshly judged by others; and where consequences for
failure are steep or unpredictable.
Many people are stressed by their jobs, relationships, financial issues, and health problems, as
wellas more mundane things like clutter or busy schedules.
Learning skills to cope with these stressors can help reduce your experience of stress.

EFFECTS
Just as stress is perceived differently by each of us, stress affects us all in ways that are
unique to us. One person may experience headaches, while another may find stomach upset is a
common reaction, and a third mayexperience any of a number of other symptoms.
While we all react to stress in our own ways, there is a long list of commonly experienced

8
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

effects of stress that range from mild to life-threatening. Stress can affect immunity, which can
impact virtually all areas of health. Stress can affect mood in many ways as well. Creating a stress
management plan is often one part ofa plan for overallwellness.

USE QUICK STRESS RELIEVERS

Some stress relief techniques can work in just a few minutes to calm the body's stress
response. These techniques offer a "quick fix" that helps you feel calmer at the moment, and this can
help in several ways.
When your stress response is not triggered, you may approach problems more thoughtfully
and proactively. You may be less likely to lash out at others out of frustration, which can keep your
relationships healthier. Nipping your stress response in the bud can also keep you from experiencing
chronic stress.
Quick stress relievers like breathing exercises, for example, may not build your resilience to
future stress or minimize the stressors that you face. But they can help calm the body's physiology
once the stress response is triggered.
Stress management has physiological and immune benefits.[13]

Positive outcomes are observed using a combination of non-drug interventions:[14]

 treatment of anger or hostility,

 autogenic training

 talking therapy (around relationship or existential issues)

 biofeedback

LEARNING MORE EFFECTIVE WAYS TO MANAGE STRESS

When feeling stressed a natural, human reaction is to try to cope by doing things such as
avoiding situations, worrying excessively, smoking and/or drinking too much, overeating or under
eating. Unfortunately, while these strategies can give some short-term relief from stress or illusion of
the same, they tend to make matters worse in the longer term.

9
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

There are other strategies that can be more helpful, both in the short- term, and especially not
cause more problems than they solve in the short-term. Since every individual has a unique response
to stress there is no ‘one size fits all’ approachto managing it.

IDENTIFY THE SOURCES OF STRESS IN YOUR LIFE

Stress management starts with identifying the sources of stress in your life. This isn’t

as easy as it sounds. Your true sources of stress aren’t always obvious, and it’s all too easy to overlook your

own stress- inducing thoughts, feelings, and behaviors. Sure, you may know that you’re constantly worried

about work deadlines. But maybe it’s your procrastination, rather than the actual job demands, that

leads to deadline stress.

To identify your true sourcesof stress, look closely at your habits,attitude, and excuses:

Do you explain away stress as temporary (“I just have a million things going on right
now”) even though you can’t remember the last time you took a breather?
Do you define stress as an integral part of your work or home life (“Things are always
crazyaround here”) or as a part of your personality(“I have a lot of nervous energy, that’s all”).

Do you blame your stress on other people or outside events, or view it as entirely normal

and unexceptional?

START A STRESS JOURNAL

A stress journal can help you identify the regular stressors in your life and the
way you deal with them. Each time you feel stressed, keep track of it in your journal. As
you keep a daily log, you will begin to see patterns and commonthemes. Write down:

What caused your stress (make a guess if you’re unsure).

How you felt, both physically and emotionally.

How you acted in response.

What you did to make yourself feelbetter

10
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

LEARNING HEALTHIER WAYS TO MANAGE STRESS

If your methods of coping with stress aren’t contributing to your greater emotional and
physical health, it’s time to find healthier ones. There are many healthy ways to manage and
cope with stress, but they all require change. You can either change the situation or change
your reaction. When deciding which option to choose, it’s helpful to think of the four
As:avoid,alter, adapt, or accept.

Since everyone has a unique response to stress, there is no “one size fits all” solution to managing it.
No single method works for everyone or in every situation, so experiment with different techniques and
strategies. Focus on what makes you feelcalm and in control.

HEALTHY WAYS TO RELAX AND RECHARGE

 Go for a walk.

 Call a good friend.

 Speak out tension with a good work out.

 Write in your journal.

 Take a long breath.

 Light scented candles.

 Savor a warm cup of coffee.

 Play with a pet.

 Work in your garden.

 Get a massage.

 Curl up with a good book.

 Listen to music.

 Watch a comedy.

11
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Don’t get so caught up in the hustle and bustle of life that you forget to take care of your
own needs. Nurturing yourself is a necessity, not a luxury.

Set aside relaxation time. Include rest and relaxation in your daily schedule. Don’t allow
other obligations to encroach. This is your time to take a break from all responsibilities and
recharge your batteries.
Connect with others. Spend time with positive people who enhance your life. A strong
support systemwill buffer you fromthe negative effects of stress.
Do something you enjoy every day. Make time for leisure activities that bring you joy,
whether it be stargazing, playing the piano, or working on your bike.
Keep your sense of humor. This includes the ability to laugh at yourself. The act of laughing
helps your body fight stress in a number ofways.

LEARN THE RELAXATION RESPONSE

You can control your stress levels with relaxation techniques that evoke the body’s
relaxation response, a state of restfulness that is the opposite of the stress response. Regularly
practicing these techniques will build your physical and emotional resilience, heal your body,
and boost your overall feelings of joyand equanimity.

 Stress is a normal part of life that can either help us learn and grow or
can cause us significant problems.
 Stress releases powerful neuro chemicals and hormones that prepare us
for action(to fight or flee).
 If we don't take action, the stress response can create or worsen health problems.

 Prolonged, uninterrupted, unexpected, and unmanageable stresses are the most damaging.

 Stress can be managed by seeking support from loved ones,

regular exercise, meditation, or other relaxation techniques,

structured timeouts, and learning new coping strategies to create predictability in our
live.

12
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

REVIEW
This article discusses how six authentic azotic psychological climates explain stress
and affective well being at work, and how stress and affective well being explain self- reported
individual performance. The sample comprises 199 employees from 118 organizations. The main findings
include the following points. The psychological climates explain unique variance of stress, affective well
being. Affective well being, mainly enthusiasm, vigor and placidity explain unique variance ofperformance.

Twenty family physicians were interviewed about their experiences in treating depressed
patients. Interview transcripts were analyzed thematically with respect to physicians understanding of
women’s depression and their treatment strategies with depressed women. Stress arising in the social
context of women’s lives was perceived as a key precipitant of depression in women, with family
related, gender specific and practical sources of stress as the main contributors. Physicians treatment
strategies had the aims of alleviating depressive symptoms and stress reduction. Implications of the
findings for primary health care delivery and community-based interventions with depressed women
are discussed.

The article discusses the different strategies on how project manager could overcome stress
and burn out. Beatrice Kessler, information technology (IT) manager at Credit Suisse Group AG,
meditates at home and pampers herself in outside activities such as driving and golf. Stephan Sinister
recommends managers to identify working experience which are at risk of burnout.

It is widely believed that service-oriented jobs, which involve a direct interaction with
customers, are prone to create relatively greater stress levels for employees. These stress levels
are more overwhelming in the case of women employees due to the greater need among them to
strike a balance between their personal and professional lives. Recent years have seen a shift in the
role played by women, wherein they are no longer handling the expectations of the family and society
alone. In addition to the traditional family and societal expectations, they are also required to meet
their more demanding professional task.

Hence, caught in the midst of such an array of expectation, the experience severs stress, which
is taking a toll on their life satisfaction level give this background, this study captures the relationship
between organizational role stress and life satisfaction level among nurses who are involved in
intension organizational work climates such as hospitals.In order to corroborate these finding and to
13
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

draw an appropriate comparison, the study also measure the stress and life satisfaction level of
women under relatively less intense organizational work climates. In line with the existing literature
the result reveal that intense work climates contribute to higher stress and lower life satisfaction level.

The article offer practical guidance on how to identify and tackle stress in the work space. It
cites the effect of stress which can be categorized as mental, physical, behavioral and cognitive. It
outlines it signs, as well as the negative effect of adrenaline,which is believed to help survive the
problem.

Anger and stress management have become important issue in the modern work place. One
out of four American workers report themselves to be chronically angry, which has inked to negative
outcome such as retaliatory behavior revenge, interpersonal aggression, poor work performance,
absenteeism, and increased turnover. We hypothesized the people who work in the office environment
decorated with aesthetically engaging art posters would experience less stress and anger in the
response to task related frustration. Two hundred and ten college students were randomly assigned to
different office condition were abstract and nature paintings were huge on the walls. Participants per –
formed four middle angle- provoking computer task and then reported their level state anger and
stress. Result indicate the different office conditions had a significant influence on state anger and
stress for the male’s but not for female’s. male experience less state anger and stress when art posters
were present.

This case study explores the sources of stress and use of coping strategies amongst Higher
education lecturers. In semi-structured interviews, Lecturers (N=10) reported experiencing a wide
range of stressors, summarized under three inter related themes:1)organizational stress 2)subject
linked stress and 3)non-organizational stress. All participants described examples of stress resulting
from an unbalanced workload, often exacerbated by insufficient time . Lecturers identified 19
coping strategies, thus reducing the need for reactive coping.

Purpose to investigate: (1) relationship between job stress, recognition of nurse performance, job
performance and intention to stay among hospital nurses; and (2)the buffering effect of recognition of staff
performance on the stress-intension to stay at work relationship. Background workplace stress tremendously
affects today’s workforce.Recognition of nurses performance needs further investigation to
determine if it enhances the level of intension to stay at work and if it can buffer the negative effects
14
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

FINDINGS
1. 64% of respondents are satisfied about their present job.
2. 68% of respondent are agreeing that the modern life is full of stress
3. 36% of respondent are spending time with their family
4. 8% of respondent are agree that the stress affecting their morale
5. 56% of respondent agreethe stress effect employee health
6. 72% of respondent are satisfied that their relationship between management and employee
7. 72% of respondent are planning their work everyday
8. 68% of respondent are sometime unable to complete the task during the specific period
9. 44% of respondent are feel that work starting and ending time are rigid
10. 68% of respondent are agree that organization physical working conditions affect the
work performance.
11. 48% of respondent are agreethat the unfriendly attitude in coworkers will create stress.

SUGGESTION

1. On the above findings &conducted this study the important suggestion for
reducing level employees and their effect on employee as well as organization
prescribed as below.

2. The organization should try to find out the causes of problems which creates
stress rather thanthe effect of stress at work place.
3. It is essential in that action be under taken at different level action be under taken
at different levels at the primary level action is needed to identify and address
problem level.

4. Providing proper working conditionto do their work with out Stress.

15
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

CONCLUSION

1. IN TENNCO AUTOMOTIVE level of stress was not at serious level among the
employees at organization because oftheir works style &work environment.

2. The study indicates& highlights the intensity of that factor that are involved to create
a stress environment of organization. It also identified the problem those are faced
by the employee because of stress.

3. A part from other department HR &a/c department having high level of stress among
employees

4. Since decades till today they find difficulties in adopting modern work style, latest
technology like computerization ,use systematic dispatch procedures.

REFERENCE

 Shilling, S, Brackbill, RM. Occupational health and safety risks and

potential health consequences perceived by US workers. Public
Health Rep 1987

 Employee burnout: America's newest epidemic. Minneapolis,

Minnesota: Northwestern National Life Insurance Company, 1991.

 Kohler, S, Kamp, J. American workers under pressure. Technical

report. St. Paul, Minnesota: St Paul Fire and Marine Insurance
Company, 1992

16
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Python – Programming language and its Advantages

S.ABIRAMI
Head and Assistant Professor,
Department of Computer Applications
Marudhar Kesari Jain College for Women

Abstract:
Python is a suitable language for both learning and real world programming. Python is a powerful
high- level, object-oriented programming language created by Guido van Rossum. In this paper we first
introduce you to the python programming characteristics and features. This paper also discusses about the
reasons behind python being credited as the most fastest growing programming language in the recent
times supported by research done over the articles procured from various magazines and popular
websites. This paper features about the characteristics and most important features of python language,
the types of programming supported bypython and its users and its applications.

1. INTRODUCTION

In this paper, we are going to introduce the characteristics of Python. Python is a general-purpose,
high-level programming language which is widely used in the recent times .Its design philosophy
emphasizes code readability, and its syntax allows programmers to express concepts in fewer lines of
code than would be possible in languages. The language constructs enable the user to write clear
programs on both a small and large .The most important feature in Python being it supports multiple
programming paradigms, including object-oriented, imperative and functional programming or procedural
styles. Python supports a dynamic type system and automatic memory management and has a large and
comprehensive standard library. Python interpreters are available for manyoperating systems..

Characteristics of python:
Python is a well designed language that can be used for real world programming. Python is a very

17
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

high-level, dynamic, object-oriented, general purpose programming language that uses interpreter and can
be used in a vast domain of applications. Python was designed to be easy to understand and use. Python is
termed as a very user-friendly and beginner-friendly language in the recent times. Python has gained
popularity for being a beginner-friendly language, and it has replaced Java as the most popular
introductory language. As a dynamically typed language, Python is really flexible. Furthermore, Python is
also more forgiving of errors, so you'll still be able to compile and run your program until you hit the
problematic part. Python is a flexible, simple coding programming language. This language can support
different styles of programming including structural and object-oriented. Other styles can be used, too.
Python is very flexible, because of its ability to use modular components that were designed in other
programming languages. For example, you can write a program in C++ and import it to python as a
module.Then add something else to it (for example design a GUI for it).
However, there are few drawbacks with python:

Not Easy to Maintain:

Because Python is a dynamically typed language, the same thing can easily mean something
different depending on the context. As a Python app grows larger and more complex, this may get
difficult to maintain as errors will become difficult to track down and fix, so it will take experience and
insight to know howto design your code or write unit tests to ease maintainability.

Slow:
As a dynamicallytyped language, Python is slow because it istoo flexible and the machine would
need to do a lot of referencing to make sure what the definition of something is, and this slows Python
performance down.

Features of Python:
Python is simple and lovely
It is a very high-level language that has many sources for learning. Python supports a wide
variety of third party tools which makes it much easier to to use and motivates the users to continue
with. Python has a very simple and elegant syntax. It's much easier to read and write Python programs
compared

18
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

to other languages like: C++, Java, C#. Python makes programming fun and allows you to focus on the
solution rather than syntax. If you are a newbie, it's a great choice to start your journey with Python.

Python is portable
Python scripts can be used on different operating systems such as: Windows, Linux, UNIX,
Amigo, Mac OS, etc. You can move Python programs from one platform to another, and run it without
any changes.
It runs seamlesslyon almost all platforms including Windows, Mac OS X and Linux.

Python is open source

Even though all rights of this program are reserved for the Python institute, but it is open source
and there is no limitation in using, changing and distributing. You can freely use and distribute Python,
even for commercial use. Not only can you use and distribute softwares written in it, you can even make
changes to the Python's source code. Python has a large community constantly improving it in each
iteration.

Python supports other technologies

It can support COM, .Net, etc

Extensible and Embeddable

Suppose an application requires high performance. You can easily combine

pieces of C/C++ or other languages with Python code.This will give your application
high performance as well as scripting capabilities which other languages may not provide
out of the box.

A high-level, interpreted language

Unlike C/C++, you don't have to worry about daunting tasks like memory management, garbage
collection and so on. Likewise, when you run Python code, it automatically converts your code to the
language your computer understands. You don't needto worry about anylower-level operations.

19
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Large standard libraries to solve common tasks

Python has a number of standard libraries which makes life of a programmer much easier since
you don't have to write all the code yourself. For example: Need to connect MySQL database on a Web
server? You can use MySQLdb library using import MySQLdb . Standard libraries in Python are well
tested and used by hundreds ofpeople. So you can be sure that it won't break your application.

OBJECT-ORIENTED
Everything in Python is an object. Object oriented programming (OOP) helps you solve a
complex problem intuitively. With OOP, you are able to divide these complex problems into smaller sets
bycreating objects.
Python is a multi-paradigm programming language: object- oriented programming and structured
programming are fully supported. Python uses dynamic typing and a combination of reference counting
and a cycle-detecting garbage collector for memory management. An important feature of Python is
dynamic name resolution (late binding), which binds method and variable names during program
execution. Python was designed to be highly extensible. Python can also be embedded in existing
applications that need a programmable interface. Python has a large standard library, commonly cited as
one of Python's greatest strengths, providing tools suited to many tasks. For Internet based applications, a
large number of standard formats and protocols (such as MIME and HTTP) are supported. Modules for
creating graphical user interfaces, connecting to relational databases, pseudo random number generators,
arithmetic with arbitrary precision decimals, manipulating regular expressions, and doing unit testing are
also included.

Python can be used to write a wide variety of programs:

Python is a well designed language that can be used for real world programming. The most
common programtypes that can be written by Python are categorized below:

System programming
Pythons Internal interfaces support working with services of operating system and hence makes it
a suitable language for system programming. The standard library of Python can support the different
types of platforms and operating systems. It contains some tools for working with system resources such
as environmental variables, files, sockets, pipe, processes, multiple treats, command line, standard stream
interfaces, shell programming, etc.

20
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Graphical User Interface (GUI)

Tkinter and wx Python are the basic interfaces for designing GUIs in Python. Tkinter is a standard
object-oriented interface that is distributed with Python interpreter. It provides the essential tools for
designing GUI.

Network and internet programming

Various modules are embedded in Python standard library that provide many tools for network
programmers, such as: client-server connection, socket programming, FTP, Telnet, email functions, RPC,
SOAP, etc.

Components integrity
Python is able to make an integrated connection between its codes and other components. Tools
such as Swing and SIP can import the compiled codes ofother languages for using in Python.

Database programming
Python supports most of the common databases like Sybase, Oracle, Informix, MySQL,
PostgreSQL, SQLite, etc. Pickle is a standard module that can store and recover objects in files. Also,
ZODB is a pure object-oriented tool for working with databases. From Python 2.5 on, SQLite was
considered as a standard part of Python.

Other programming applications

Python dominates a wide extent of programming areas. For example, PyGame is a tool for game
programming and PIL is used for image processing. For robotic programming, PyRo exists. A complete
package for artificial intelligence, network simulation, and shell programming was published under the
title NLTK. Almost in all area you can find sufficient modules that can help you to get to your goals.
There are different tools for Python users with different needs. This good feature makes Python suitable
for any kind of programming. Large amount of using Python by popular websites and applications is the
best evidence for this matter.

Python Users:
Many corporations have used and been using this tool for different functions. Some of them are
enlisted:

21
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

 Google is one of the Python users that included this language in its web search system
and employed Python’s creator, too.
 YouTube video sharing service makes extensive use of Python.
 Popular BitTorrent peer-to-peer file sharing system is written byPython.
 ESRI uses Python as an end-user customizationtool for its popular GIS mapping products.
 NASA, Los Alamos, Fermilab, JPL, and others use Python for scientific programming tasks.
 iRobot uses Python to develop commercial robotic vacuum cleaners.
 Intel, Cisco, Hewlett-Packard, Seagate, Qualcomm, and IBM use Python for hardware testing.

Future of Python :
According to the TIOBE index, Python is the 4th most popular programming language out of 100
With the rise of Ruby on Rails and more recently Node.js, Python's usage as the main prototyping
language for back end web development has diminished somewhat, especially since it has a fragmented
MVC ecosystem. However, with big data becoming more and more important, Python has become a skill
that is more in demand than ever, especially it can be integrated into web applications. As an open source
project, Python is actively worked on with a moderate update cycle, pushing out new versions every year
or so to make sure it remains relevant. In terms of search volume for anyone interested in learning
Python, it has skyrocketed to the 1st place when compared to other languages.

CONCLUSION
In this paper, we introduced the Python programming language as a suitable choice for learning
and real world programming. The paper has discussed the characteristics, features, types of programming
support offered by python. According these characteristics we found Python as a fast, powerful, portable,
simple and open source language that supports other technologies. Then, different types of programs that
can be written by Python were investigated. The paper has also discussed about the latest applications of
python by some of the popular corporations. The paper hascited the reasons as to why python language is
the fastest growing programming language based on the information obtained from popular and trusted
magazines and websites.

22
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

REFERENCES
[1] TIOBE Software Index (2011). "TIOBE Programming Community Index Python".

[2] "Programming Language Trends - O'Reilly Radar".Radar.oreilly.com. 2 August 2006.

[3] "The Red Monk Programming Language Rankings:January 2011 – teco systems". Red monk.com.

[4] Summer field, Mark. Rapid GUI Programming with Python and Qt.

23
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

A Survey On Meditation: Process and Effects

Ms.N.Vijayalakshmi
Asst. Prof Dept of Physical Education
Ms.S.Yogapriya
Asst. Prof Dept of Physical Education
Ms.A.Vasanthi
Asst. Prof Dept of Physical Education

Abstract:

The research paper throws light on the need of meditation which is the need of the present scenario
for the healthy life.The paper goes on in depth with healthy life through meditation without medicines.

Introduction:

The practice of meditation has become popular in many western nations, especially the USA. An
ever- increasing body of research shows various health benefits associated with meditation and these
findings have sparked interest in the field of medicine. The practice of meditation originated in the ancient
Vedic times of India and is described in the Vedic texts .Meditation is one of the modalities used in
Ayurveda (Science of life) These include contemplation, concentration, use of nature sounds such as the
ocean, guided meditative movement exercises such as yoga and tai chi, qigong ,breathing exercises, and
Mantra. Techniques which achieve that goal serve the true purpose of meditation. The great monotheisms

24
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Judaism, Christianity and Islam have also offered a variety of meditative techniques, although they never
obtained the popularity and centrality accorded them India.

The Process of meditation:

To truly understand meditation, one has to understand how the human being is viewed by Vedic
science –the knowledge of the vedic texts of ancient India. The human being consists of three aspects,
with their associated function.

1. Physical body

2. Inner faculty:The Working consciousness, which is constantly changing. This consists of:

 Mind: Processes sensory perceptions ;has the quality of duality, as seen in pairs of opposites, for
example, pleasure and pain, good and bad, hot and cold, etc.
 Intellect :Analyzes, discriminates, decides, and judges
 Ego: Doer and experience
 Chitta: The storehouse ofall memories and impressions of life.

3. Deep inner self:

The non-changing pure consciousness, which has the quality of unity and witnesses the activity of
the inner faculty. The deep inner self is the source of all knowledge, intelligence, creativity, and all natural
laws that govern existence. According to Vedic science, the deep inner self activates the inner faculty
(working consciousness), which in turn activates the physical body. A feedback loop is provided by
meditation, in which a conscious connection is made with the deep inner self. This view of the human
being correlates with the scientific view of deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) In the body On the cellular level,
creates and controls all activities in the body .information from the DNA proceeds to ribonucleic acid
(RNA), formed then to the amino acids, through which proteins are. A feedback loop to the DNA starts a
new cycle to provide whatever is needed for the activities of the cell. In meditation, the feedback loop to
the deep inner Self (the seat of knowledge, like DNA) provides inner peace and bliss, which removes the
accumulated stresses of life and improves overall health. Psychological development to transpersonal

25
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

states and stages can be catalyzed bya varietyof psychological and spiritual practices.

Indeed, the contemplative core ofthe world’s religions consists of a set of practices to do just this.
Comparison across traditions suggests that there are seven practices that are Widely regarded as central and
essential for effective transpersonal development. These seven are an ethical lifestyle, redirecting motivation,
transforming emotions, training attention ,refining awareness, fostering wisdom, and practicing service to
others (Walsh, 1999).contemplative traditions posit that meditation is crucial to this developmental process
because it facilitates several of these processes.

Defining meditation

For all of the above reasons, meditation is of great interest to transpersonal and integral
researchers. This leads to the important question, “what is meditation?” Meditation can be defined as a
family of practices that train attention and awareness, usually with the aim of fostering psychological and
spiritual well being and maturity. Meditation does this by training and bringing mental processes under
greater voluntarycontrol, and directing them in beneficial ways.

Adverse Effects: What to Measure?

The World Health Organization (WHO) International Classification for Patient Safety uses the
term side effect to indicate any effect of a treatment that was not the intended goal or that deviates from
package labeling or advertising (Edward & Aronson, 2000; WHO, 2010). While mild events have been
considered “nuisance,” expected or necessary for progress (Baer et al., 2019; Peterson, Roache, Raj,
Young-McCaughan, & Consortium, 2013), they still affect risk-benefit assessment, treatment tolerability
and quality of life, and therefore remain clinically relevant (Linden, 2013: Lineberry et al., 2016). The
MBP mechanism of increased body awareness and\or activation of the insula cortex can be associated with
increased anxiety, panic and flashbacks: the MBP mechanisms of decentering, or increased psychological
distance from experience, and prefrontal control over the amygdale can be associated with disembodiment,
affective blunting and dissociation (Britton, 2019).

Adverse Effects: How to Measure?

26
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

CONSORT guidelines define safety as “substantive evidence of an absence of harm,” and not
“when there is simply absence of evidence of harm” (loannidis et al., 2004). In pharmacology treatments,
the most detailed harms assessments occure in early preclinical and basic science phases of treatment
development (Phase 0-1) in the form of case reports, dose-response curves and observational studies
before proceeding to randomized controlled trials (RCTs) (Gitlin, 2013).

Measures: The Meditation Experiences Interview (MedEx-I) Instrument Design—The Meditation

Experiences Interview (MedEx-I) was derived from The Varieties of Contemplative Experience (VCE)
research project, a mixed-methods study about meditation-related challenges based upon interviews with
Buddhist meditation practitioners and meditation teachers. The VCE study yielded 59 types of meditation-
related experiences that were described by meditators and teachers as unexpected, challenging, distressing
and\or associated with impairment of functioning.

Data Analysis:
Outcomes—Outcomes included descriptive statistics ofthe following:
MRSEs are all meditation-related experiences or MedEx-I derived events independent of valence or
impact.
Duration indicates the longest lasting MRSE in each participant by measure of minutes, days, weeks,
months or ongoing.
MRAEs are MRSEsthat are reported as having negative valence or negative impact on functioning

and are arranged in three tiers: A negative valence MRAE is experienced as unpleasant while it is
occurring, regardless of its impact on functioning.

Clinically-relevant categories are MRSE categories that are constitutive and\or predictive of LBEs
constitutive categories were rated by participants as the cause of impairment, whereas predictive
categories significantly predicted increased risk of LBEs from other categories.

Relationship to meditation practice In the current study, causal attribution to meditation was assessed in
six ways.

1) Previouslyestablished causal links to meditation

2) Emerged for the first time or intensified in the context of a mediation training program

27
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
3) Subjectively attributed to meditation bythe participant
4) Occurred during or immediately following meditation practice
5) Comparing meditation practice amounts
6) Pearson correlations ofpractice amount and MRAE frequency.

Open-ended question performance was indexed by number of true (accurate) and false (inaccurate)
positive (“yes”) and negative (“no”) responses to the open-ended question when compared to results of
specific queries for each MedEx-I category.

Between-group differences To determine if the frequencies of MRSEs, MRAEs or LBEs differed across
the three treatment variants, negative binomial regressions were used to model outcomes measured in
number of events, Firths’s penalized likelihood logistic regression was used to model outcomes that were
assessed dichotomously (i.e. presence vs. Supplemental Material available online for details.

Examination of interaction effect The practice of meditation may interact with a variety of relevant
psychological, spiritual and clinical factors. Factors of current interest include other health and self-
management strategies, and especially psychotherapy.

Therefore, for research to progress, optimally it may be helpful for researchers themselves to have
personal meditation practice. Without direct practice and experience we may be in part blind to the deeper
grades of significance of meditation experiences, and blind to our blindness.

Conclusion:

Meditation, as described in the ancient Vedic texts, is an exercise of consciousness that results in
the expansion of consciousness beyond the day-to-day experience of duality. During the past four decades,
research in meditation has developed a strong foundation, demonstrating significant psychological,
physiological and therapeutic effects. Future research could benefit by looking through all of them,
thereby illuminating the richness and complexity of meditation.

References:

1) Horowitz s. Health benefits of meditation. Altern Complement Ther. 2010;16:223-8. [Google

Schoar]

28
ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

2) Jevning R, Wilson AF, Davidson JM.

Adrenocortical activity during meditation. Horm Behave. 1978;10:54-60. [PubMed] [Google
Scholar]
3) Vyas R, Raval KV, Dikshit N. Effect of Raja yoga meditation on
the lipid profile of post-menopausal women. Indian J Physiol Pharmacol. 2008;52:420-4.
[PubMed] [Google Scholar]
4) Astin, J. A. (1997). Stess reduction through mindfulness
meditation: Effects on psychological symptomatology, sense of control, and spiritual
experiences. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 66, 97-106.

5) Farias M, Maraldi E, Wallenkampf KC, & Lucchetti G (2020).

Adverse events in meditation practices and meditation-based therapies: a systematic review.
Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 142(5), 374-393.

29
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

SCIENCE FICTION TOWARDS SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

A.J. ANJALI
III BA English
MARUDHAR KESARI JAIN
COLLEGE FOR WOMEN,
VANIYAMBADI.

INTRODUCTION
Science fiction is a genre of fiction in which the stories often tell about science and technology of
the future. Science fiction ( commonly known as sci fi or sf) is a sub-genre of fiction and is difficult to
define because it is similar to the fantasygenre and has changed a lot over the years
And also, science fiction is defined loosely as fiction that deals with the impact of science and
technology on the world. Sometimes the technology is real sometimes it is entirely imagined and
sometimes it has been imagined by an author and then brought to reality by scientists. Science fiction
themes often warn of the potential for disaster when the technology is abused and then it is a genre of
speculative fiction that typically deals with imaginative and futuristic concepts such as advanced science
and technology, space exploration, time travel, parallel universe and extra terrestrial life. It has been called
the “literature of ideas”, and often explores the potential consequence of scientific, social, and technogical
innovations. Science fiction literature, film, television, and other media have become popular and
influential over much of the world. Besides providing entertainment, it can also criticize present day
society, and is often said to inspire a “sense of wonder “
And some of the main aspects, American science fiction author and editor Lester del Rey wrote,
“Even the devoted aficionado or fan had a hard time trying to explain what science fiction is”, and the lack
of a “full satisfactory definition” “science fiction can be defined as that branch of literature which deals
with the reaction of human beings to changes in science and technology”. Furthermore, Robert A. Heinlein
wrote that “A handy short definition of almost all science fiction might read: realistic speculation about
possible future events, based solidly on adequate knowledge to the real world, past and present, and on a
thorough understanding ofthe nature and significance ofthe scientific method

30
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

History of science fiction

Science fiction had its beginnings in ancient terms, when the line between myth and fact was
blurred written in the 2 nd century CE by the satirist Lucian, A true story contains many themes and tropes
characteristic of modern science fiction, including travel to other worlds, extra terrestrial life forms,
interplanetary warfare, and artificial life. Some of the stories from The Arabian Nights, along with the 10th
century The Tale of the Bamboo Cutter and Ibn al-Nafis's13th century Theologus Autodidacts, also
contain elements of science fiction
In 2007,liu cixins novel The Three Body problem, was published in china. It was translated into
English by ken Liu and published by tor books in 2004 and won the 2015 Hugo award for best novel
making Liu the Asian writer to win the award. Emerging themes in late 20 th and early 21st century science
fiction include environmental issues, the implications of the Internet and the expanding information
universe, questions about biotechnology, nanotechnology and post scarcity societies. Recent trends and
sub genres include steampunk and mundane science fiction

Social influence on science fiction

Science fiction's great rise in popularity during the first half century was closely tied to the popular
paid to science at that time, as well as the rapid pace to science at that time, as well as the rapid pace of
technological innovation and new inventions.

Science fiction has often predicted scientific and technogical progress will tend to improve life and
society, for instance the stories of Arthur C. Clarke and star Trek. Others as H. G. Wels’s The time
machine and Aldous Huxley's Brave New world, warn about possible negative consequence.

Elements of science fiction

1. Science fiction is a genre of fiction in which the stories often tell about science and
technology of the future
2. Science fiction texts are often set in the future, in space, on a different world, or in a
different universe or dimension
3. Science fiction has a relationship with the principles of science. These stories involve
partially true and partially fictitious laws or theories of science. It should not be completely
unbelievable, because it then ventures into the fantasygenre
4. The plot creates situations different from those of both the present 0
dayand the known past the characters will experience something new and unique
31
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

5. Science fiction texts also include a human element, explaining what effect new discoveries,
happenings and scientific developments will have on humanity in the future
6. Science fiction contains the usual elements the novel a specific setting, character
development, plot(central events, resolution)themes, and structure

Impact of science fiction

Of all the parts of the society, the field of technology is the most impacted by science fiction.
Multiple fields including communication, home entertainment, space travel and transportation are
improved because of the fantastical ideas presented in the science fiction genre

Conclusion
Science fiction is a genre of genre of speculative fiction that contains imagined elements that
don’t exist in the real world. Science fiction spans a wide range of themes that often explore time travel,
space travel are set in the future and dealwith the consequence oftechnological and scientific advances.

32
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Importance of Values and Ethics in Human Life

ANJALI.M
Assistant Professor of English Department
Marudhar Kesari Jain College For Women,
Vaniyambadi

Abstract
The paper is to explore the importance and the uses of human values and ethics. First I will focus on
‘ethics’ which are moral principles that govern a person's behavior or the conducting of an activity. We
could say society shape people & people shape society it goes both ways. So we could say that our action
has an impact on other individuals as well.
Human values are most important in life—so important that people are and should be ready to
sacrifice almost anything to live with their values. Values are our personal set of beliefs about what is
important, unimportant, right, wrong, good and bad. When we are confronted by choices, options, or moral
dilemmas, the decisions we make will indicate what values we hold. Human values give worthiness and
respect to life.

Key words
Values, moral, importance, qualities, life, behavior

Introduction
“Try not to become a man of success but rather to become a man of value.” – Albert Einstein.
Values are ofextreme importance to a person. This is because theydetermine their behavior,
temperament and overall behavior towards life and other people. The decisions we make in our lives are
largely based on our values.
Values are generally regarded as the moral standards of human behaviors in the society. It is a kind
of quality of humans, which is applied to human activities. It is transmitted to a circumstantial factor
which depends upon the judgment of the fact. The word ‘value’ is derived from the Latin word ‘valeo’
which originally meant strength and also health, and then by naturaltransition, it came to mean being

33
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

effective and adequate. In French the term‘valeur’ means excellence.

Value is a mixture of three concepts such as Idea, Quality and Supervention. Values can be defined as
the principles that guide people's lives, and have varying significance. Values are the essence of our
personality, and affect us to make decisions, trust people, and arrange our time and energy in our social
life. Values may be treated as keys to solving many world problems.
The word ethics is derived from an ancient Greek word ethos which means habit, custom or character.
That is morality in the real sense. The habits and character of a person talk about the moral values he/she
holds. In other words, a person’s moral values define his character. We are all told what is good and what
is bad based on moral norms set by society.

Importance of Values and Ethics in Human Life

The role of ethics in our society is very necessary because it has a large influence on today, as well as
the future. We need to learn about good ethics because they guide our decisions, make us who we are, and
determine our future. Currently, everyone knows the human values and ethics. Every individual should
have manners and ethical principles to live a life, and in all the areas ethics and values are being used to
work smoothly. If you have all the qualities and you do not have good ethics to respect and understand
other emotions then will not be able to connect and enjoy the world.
To maintain a good relationship either you partner, family, friends, in your workplace or anyone else
ethics plays a great role in human life. Ethics also shows the human behavior and their background the
waythey had brought up. Human values are for example brotherhood, friendship,
empathy, compassion, love, honesty, listening, welcoming, acceptance, gratitude, obligation, morality,
fairness, loyalty, sharing, harmony, civility, respect and thoughtfulness. The function of most of these
basic values is to make it possible for every human to realize or maintain the very highest or most basic
universal core values of life, love and happiness.
Respect is one of the most significant human value for establishing ecstasies of peace and yet it
remains vague: its understanding varies according to age to one's education and surrounding culture. It is
better understood when combined with other values. A disposition that is deeper than civility, very close to
consideration, and approaching appreciation. Indeed, to respect someone, one must be able to appreciate
some of his/her human qualities, even if one does not appreciate his/her opinions or past behaviour. A
'value system' is a durable organization of beliefs concerning preferable modes of conduct along a
continuum of importance. Thus the importance of different values co-varies with the importance of others

34
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

in the value system. For example one may value honestyover success.
Knowing our values helps us achieve clarity regarding why we do what we do, and accordingly stay on
track and live a consistent life. All our actions and decisions are affected by our values. Anthony Robins,
in his book titled Awaken the Giant Within states that values guide our decision and, therefore, our
destiny. Those who know their values and live by them become the leaders of our society. Knowing our
values helps us design our life goals since we know what is most significant for us today and on an
ongoing basis. Values are as important as competencies to achieve our goals. Knowing others’ values is
equally important to understand their behaviour and the causes behind it. We can also understand their
decision making byunderstanding their values.
A sample of the value as can be seen if one wants to make a friend with another they must have values
with them they should be a hard worker and honest with one another and forever be truthful with them. To
realize our life values we choose and pursue specific goals in life. Sometimes we manage to achieve these
goals, sometimes they are not achievable and we have to
relinquish them. Indeed, values do not mean our life paths are always straight; there are many different
paths that can lead us into a meaningful existence. What is important is that we choose to pursue goals that
are consistent with our values in life, goals that bring us closer to the kind of person we want to be. So
Values bring meaning into our lives.
Also, ethics can be said as if someone has stolen someone’s things so we should help the people
whose things have been stolen and not to run away from the situation. Ethics and values are very
important and necessary in our lives, and we should always follow themall through our lives.
Ethics is a requirement for human life. It is means of deciding a course of action. Without it, actions
would be random and aimless. There would be no way to work towards a goal because there would be no
way to pick between a limitless numbers of goals. Ethics should be used to help each people define their
life so that they live according to the highest ideals that they, as individuals, prescribe to. Ethics, and an
adherence to their ideals, are the guidelines that people use to judge their actions. It is a form of self-
measurement of growth, of commitment to the ideals people strive towards.
Expert values and ethics are bare extensions of the values and ethics which a person learned
from family, spiritual leaders and teachers. Whatever is taught in school and colleges to value
growing up will carryover in the professional world.

35
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Conclusion

In conclusion, ethics is certainly one of the most significant requirements of humanity.

Furthermore, without ethics, the world would have been an evil and chaotic place. Also, the development
of humanity is not possible without ethics. There must be widespread awareness of ethics among the youth
of society. According to Rokench, "Value is an enduring belief, a specific mode of conduct or an end state
of existence, along a continuum of relative importance." We need value in our lives to guide us in the right
path, to learn the importance of certainty, goodness and beauty, give positive direction to life and bring
joy, preserve our culture and heritage, bring changes in behavior towards positive thoughts; Stimulate the
peace and harmony in the society and much more.

References
1. Narayan, R.S., A Text Book on Professional Ethics and Human Values, New Age
International Publishers, New Age International (P) Ltd, New Delhi, 2006.
2. Norman, R., the Moral Philosophy-An Introduction to Ethics, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1998.
3. Anand Rishabh, Human Values and Professional Ethics, Satya Prakashan, New Delhi, 2017 edition.
4.Chakraborty, Debangshu Chakraborty, Human Values and Ethics, Himalaya Publishing House, 2014
edition.

36
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

SYMBOLISM IN THREE VERSION CINDERELLA STORIES, AN ANALYSIS OF

REPRESENTATION
DHATCHAYANI.S,
11-B.A ENGLISH,
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH ,
MARUDHAR KESARI JAIN COLLEGE FOR WOMEN,
VANIYAMBADI.

ABSTRACT
Cinderella is one of the most remarkable short stories of all ages. Cinderella was the best-known
fairy tale and probably the best-liked in every region in the world. This study tries to analyze the three
versions of Cinderella stories written by Katharine Pyle, Charles Perrault, and the animation movie
produced by Walt Disney. This study focused on the symbols which appear in Cinderella stories using
Representation theory by Stuart Hall to find out the meanings of the symbols. The method of this research
is qualitative research. The data source of this research is the three versions of Cinderella Stories. As a
result, the researcher finds out the symbols, which dominantly appear are: the slipper, the gown, the
pumpkin, the animals, and the main characters. Each of the symbols reveals the meaning which
represented the cultural and sociological context of the story.
KEYWORDS
Cinderella, Representation, symbolism, fairytale
INTRODUCTION
Cinderella is a famous fairy tale. Bettelheim says that Cinderella was the best-known fairy tale,
and probably the best- liked. Because many writers from different nations have written Cinderella. That is
why the story has different versions, and every country has a different storyline and even the characters. It
has been traced to Asia, India, Africa, the Middle East, Europe, and North America over 4000 years ago
and also has over 500 different European versions. The assumption is that the children around the world
know the story In the modern era, the story of Cinderella still exists and has many adaptions in kinds of
literature, even songs, and movies. Based on the discussions above, we (the researchers) decide to study
'Cinderella' as the object of the study. While the authors chosen are Charles Perrault, Katharine Pyle, and
Disney's animation. Charles Perrault wrote 'Cendrillon' or 'The Little Glass Slipper.' It is the accessible
version first published in 1697. 'Cinderella' by Charles Perrault has been translated and adapted over and

37
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

over through the century’s centuries. Besides, most scholars use this version for the research studies. The
popularity of this version is because of the additions of fairy-godmother and the pumpkin. The text is
different from the German Grimm brothers, and Walt Disney adapted into an animation version in 1950
and a live-action movie in 2015. Katharine Pyle is chosen because she is one of the successful author and
illustrator in America. Pyle achieved recognition as an author through her short stories, poems, and plays
for children. She also compiled and retold several volumes of fairy tales and myths. Cinderella story
written by Katharine Pyle was published in 1918 in Mother's Nursery Tales. The story has the influence of
Cinderella by Charles Perrault's version that makes the plot and the characters ofthe story much alike.

SUMMARY
Once upon a time a nobleman lived who married after his wife died with a woman who had two
daughters and the three of them didn’t have a lot of good virtues. The nobleman had a daughter from the
first marriage but she was, unlike her stepsisters, good and beautiful as her mother was.Right after the
marriage the stepmother showed her real face and made her stepdaughter, Cinderella, do all of the house
work while sleeping on the attic. She looked after her daughters and dressed them nicely. The girl, despite
her misery, got on fine with everything but she couldn’t say anything to her father who was also afraid of
the stepmother. Every night after a long day of working she used to sit next to the fire place and that’s way
she was called Cinderella. Even though she was wearing rags she was still more beautiful than her
stepsisters. One day the king organized a ball for his son and invited all of the nobility. The two stepsisters
were looking forward to the dance, made their hair and prepared their dresses. Cinderella selflessly helped
them and wanted to go to the dance as every other girl. But dressed badly and filthy because of the ash she
couldn’t go anywhere. Her stepsisters agreed with that. When the big day finally arrived her stepsister
went to the ball. Cinderella said goodbye to them in tears and then her godmother who was a good fairy
saw her. She felt pity for the poor Cinderella and when she told her she wanted to go to the ball the
godmother decided to help her. First she sent the girl to the garden to get a pumpkin and then she carved it
and made a beautiful carriage of it.
After that Cinderella had to bring the mousetrap where 6 mice were caught and as one by one left
the mousetrap the fairy godmother turned them into horses and the lizards that Cinderella found were
turned into servants. Cinderella was still wearing the filthy dress so the fairy godmother made her a
beautiful dress with just a touch of her wand. Nicely dressed Cinderella was ready for the ball. The fairy
godmother reminded her that she can’t stay after midnight because then everything goes back to normal.
When she arrived the prince spotted her immediately and was impressed with her beauty. Cinderella

38
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

started dancing with the prince and sat around the table with her stepsisters and shared lemon and
oranges with him that she got from the prince. The stepsisters did not recognize her. A moment before
midnight Cinderella said goodbye to everyone and disappeared. At home she said her thanks to the fairy
godmother and said that she would go to the dance tomorrow because the prince invited her. Later on the
stepsisters returned and told the storyabout the beautiful girl they saw at the ball.

The other day Cinderella asked one of her stepsisters to borrow her yellow dress for the dance and
she was disgusted by that idea. The godmother stepped in one more time and Cinderella was having such a
wonderful time at the ball that she had forgotten about the time. The midnight clock tick made her run but
her shoe fell off and the prince found it. A search started but nobody knew were the beautiful girl went.
The guards said that they have seen a peasant woman running but not a beautiful girl in a dress. The prince
announced that he will marry the girl who is the owner of the shoe. The servants carried the shoe all
around the kingdom and when they got to the house where Cinderella lived her stepsisters hurried to try on
the shoe but it didn’t fit. Then Cinderella asked if she could try it what made the stepsisters laugh. The
nobleman in charge of the shoe said that it was ordered by the prince that every girl needs to try on the
shoe. It was a perfect fit for Cinderella.The stepsisters were even more shocked when Cinderella pulled the
other shoe out of her pocket. After that the godmother arrived and made Cinderella’s dress even more
beautiful than at the ball. The stepsisters realized how mean they were and asked Cinderella for her
forgiveness. She forgave everything and when she married the prince she settled her stepsisters in the
castle and helped them get married for the gentleman’s that lived there.

CONCLUSION

The three versions of Cinderella stories have the same symbols that are found. The symbols are found
because Pyle, Perrault, and Disney use the dominant items, and Advances in Social Science, Educationand
Humanities Research, volume 434 7 mostly have the connection to Cinderella. The discussion leads to several
meanings of the symbols. Each item has its meaning to represent something. The symbols are: the glass slipper
represents about true identity, gentleness, purity, and natural beauty; the gown represents about the
transformation, double identity, marriage, goodness, wealth and luxury; the pumpkin represents about the
transition of Cinderella; the animals represent the lower class; and the main characters represent about
mourning, God, temporarypleasure, dream, jealousy, and greed. Thus, this paper examined the meanings of the
39
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

symbols in the short stories of Cinderella. Every symbol has a lot of meaning behind it. Even in a
fairy tale, a lot of symbols that can be looked for.

REFERENCES
[1] B. Bettelheim, the Uses of Enchantment: The Meaning and Importance of Fairy Tales. Vintage, 2010.
[2] K. Smith, “A Content Analysis of Cinderella Illustrated Storybooks Housed in the de Grummond
Collection,” SLIS Connect., vol. 1, no. 1, p. 8, 2012.
[3] M. H. D. de la Rochère, “Cinderella’s Metamorphoses: A Comparative Study of Two English
Translations of Perrault’s Tales,” Przekł. J. Transl. Stud., pp. 171–188, 2015

40
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

BIFURCATION AND LOCAL BIFURCATION THEORY

S.GEETHALAKSHMI,ASSISTANT
PROFESSOR DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
MARUDHAR KESARI JANI COLLEGE FOR WOMEN, VANIYAMBADI

ABSTRACT

In this paper, We discuss about Bifurcation theory and types of Bifurcation theory. In local Bifurcation
theory, we can analysed entirely through changes in the local stability properties of Equilibria, Periodic orbits
or other invariant sets as parameters cross through critical thresholds.
Key words: Bifurcations, Saddle node, Transcritical, Local Stability.

INTRODUCTION

The name “bifurcation” was first introduced by Henri Poincare in 1885.He also later named
various types of stationary points and classified them. Continuous dynamical systems that involve
differential equations mostly contains parameters. It can be seen that a slight variation in a parameter can
have significant input on the solution.The value of parameter at which the changes occur is known as
‘bifurcation value’ and the parameter that varied is known as ‘bifurcation parameter’.

Bifurcation Theory is commonly applied to the mathematical study of dynamic systems,a

bifurcation occurs when a small smooth change made to parameter values of a system causes a sudden
qualitative or topological change.Bifurcations occur in both continuous system(described by
ODE’s,DDE’s or PDE’s) and discrete systems(described by maps).

BIFURCATION THEORY
Bifurcation theory is a mathematical study of changes in the qualitative (or) topological structure
ofa given family.

Bifurcation theory is divide into two principle classes:

 Localbifurcations
 Global bifurcations

41
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

LOCAL BIFURCATIONS
Local bifurcations, which can be analysed entirely through changes in the local stability
properties of equilibria, periodic orbits or other invariant sets as parameters occur through criticalthresholds
and it is classified into five types they are:
 Saddle-node(fold) bifurcation.
 Transcritical bifurcation

 Pitchfork bifurcation
 Hopf bifurcation
Consider continuous dynamical system,by the ODE

A local bifurcation occurs at (if the Jacobian matrix has an eigen value with zero realpart. If the
eigen value is equal to zero, the bifurcation is a Steady state bifurcation, but if eigen value is non-zero but purely
imaginary, this is Hopf bifurcation.

For discrete dynamical systems, =f(

Then a local bifurcation occurs at (if the matrix has an eigen value with modulesequal
to one. If the eigen value is equal to one, the bifurcation is either a Saddle-node, Transcritical (or)
Pitchfork bifurcation. If the eigen value is equal to -1, it is Hopf Bifurcation.

BIFURCATION IN ONE DIMENSION

Assume that

So f: , and (λ) is real valued analytic function of

The equilibrium point is asymptotically stable if ) and unstable if ) 0 .Then is a

bifurcation point if

Hence bifurcation points are solutions of and

The local bifurcation types are explained by following examples ,

SADDLE-NODE BIFURCATON
In bifurcation theory a saddle-node bifurcation or tangetical bifurcation or fold bifurcation is alocal bifurcation
in which two fixed points of a dynamical system collide and annihilate each other. The term ‘Saddle-node

42
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

bifurcation’ is most often used in continuous dynamical systems. In discrete dynamical systems,
the same bifurcation is often called as fold bifurcation.
Consider the dynamical system defined by,

, for x, a real (1.5.1)

Here a is a control parameter that can be tuned externally. A Steady state solution ( ) is
simply

(1.5.2)
∴ (i) we have no real solutions.
(ii) we have two real solutions.
We now consider the two solutions for , and examine their linear stability.
We add a smallperturbation ,
(1.5.3)
Substituting this into governing equation (1.5.1) we get,

(1.5.4)
The term in brackets on RHS is trivially zero, from (1.5.2),
We therefore have

(1.5.5)

With solution,
Fromthis we get,
 For as t (linear stability)
 For as t (linear instability)

43
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

The saddle node bifurcation at a=0 corresponds to creation of two new solution branches. One of
these is linearly stable, the other linearly unstable.

THE TRANSCRITICAL BIFURCATION

A transcritical bifurcation is a particular kind of local bifurcation, it is characterized by an
equilibrium having a eigen value whose realpart passes through zero.

Consider the dynamic system,

, for x,a, b are real (1.5.6)

Here a and b are control parameters.

We can find two steadystates ( ) to this system.



 (b≠0)

We now examine the linear stability of each ofthese states using the following procedure,

45

44
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
Starting with state , we add small perturbation
(1.5.7)

This gives, (1.5.8)

With line arised form, (1.5.9)

This has the solution, (1.5.10
At linear order,
∴ Perturbations grow for and decay for ,So

 State is linearly unstable for and

 State is linearly stable for

Now consider the linear stability ofthe second state

We write, (1.5.11)
Substituting this into equation of motion (1.5.6) and line arising we get,

(1.5.12)
This has the solution,

(1.5.13)
Giving exponential growth for and decay for we see that,

 State is linearly unstable for and

 State is linearlystable for

These findings are summarized in bifurcation diagram.The bifurcation at corresponds to an

exchange of stabilities between the two solution branches.

45
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

CONCLUSION
We discussed first about the Bifurcation and also we discussed briefly about the local
bifurcation theory and its types. This thesis work was based on the Saddle Node with examples,
Transcritical bifurcation.There are many other bifurcations like pitchfork bifurcation, Period-doubling
bifurcation, Hopf bifurcation. We applied this method for a stable equilibrium with genome, bifurcation
analysis oftwo gene networks, three gene networks and n-dimensional theory.

Reference
(i) Fabbri.R, Johnson.R.A, Mantellini.F, A nonautonomous
saddle-node Bifurcation pattern, Stoch. Dyn. 4(3) (2004) 335-350.
(ii).Glendinning.P , Non-smooth pitchfork bifurcations , Discrete contin.
Dyn. Syst. B 4 (2) (2004) 457-464.
(iii) Guillemil.V, Pollack.A, Differential topology.Prentice-Hall, 1974.

46
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

DYNAMIC PRICING MODEL FOR CLOSED-LOOP AND

MULTI-TASK SUPPLY CHAIN SYSTEM

C. Nithya,
Department of Mathematics,
Marudhar Kesari Jain College for Women,Vaniyambadi,
Tamil Nadu, India

Abstract
In this Paper, We discuss about the dynamic pricing model for closed loop and multi-task
supply chain system and how to frame a closed loop for supply chain system. In supply chain system,
there exists the conflict between the local interests of the supply chain members and overall performance
of the supply chain, which leads to the system inefficiencly. The dynamic pricing problems on ultimate
products for closed-loop supplychain with remanufacturing from the view of operation management.
Key Words: Dynamic pricing, Supplier, Retailor and Chain System

Introduction
There are numerous researches on closed-loop supply chain system which address many various
topics from definition to practical cases in real industry. Many analytic and quantitative approaches are
also found in various problems such as forecasting, production planning, inventory control, and location.
In the closed-loop supply chain system operations, it is also very important to decide the prices of ultimate
products and the collecting prices of used products. The optimal trade-in strategies for durable,
remanufacturable products where the replacement customers were only interested in trade.

47
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Framework for Closed-Loop Supply Chain System

Decompose Disassemble Repair Used products

Discard
Order
Deliver Manufacturer Demands Customers
Raw materials Supplier
market

Considering a multi-stage closed–loop supply chain system consisting of one manufacturing and
one supplier, in which re-distribution, remanufacturing and reuse are considered synthetically. The
manufacturer is in charge of recollecting and re-disposal the used products
According to the status of used products, the manufacturer has four alternatives for re-disposing
such as Repair, Disassemble, De-compose and Discard. At each stage, the manufacturer has two
alternatives for supplying materials: either ordering the required materials to suppliers or over handling
used products and bringing those back to “as new” conditions. The quantity of manufacturers outputs is
determined by customers demands and the outputs of used products repairing, The supplier product the
materials which manufacturer ordering, his required raw materials come from the raw materials market
and the outputs of used products decomposition.

The single-stage Multi-Task Model

In the single stage model, the supplier offers a one-time wage schedule .
Assume that the supplier is risk-neural, the expected utility function is

Assume that the retailer is risk averse and the Utility is that . When is the risk aversion
coefficient. When , the retailer is risk-neural,when the retailer is risk-averse, when the
retailer is risk preference.

48
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

The retailer’s expected utility is

The expected utility ofthe retailer

Where is the expected wage, is the risk aversion coefficient, is the income

variance, is the covariance matrix of and and it is denoted by

The principal agent model between the supplier and the retailer can be rewritten as the
following optimization programming

such that

Where (IR) is the participation constraint and (IC) is the incentive compatibility constraint

Two-Stage Multi Model

Suppose the retailer’s effort for the long task in the first stage will effort the profit in the
second stage ofthe supply chain.

Set denotes the expected effort profit of the first stage of the retailer.
denotes the expected profit of the second stage, where and and
belongs to the supplier, the supplier offers the wage schedule according to the two-stage outcome.

The assumption of the one-stage, the observed outcome in the second stage,

49
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Where , , ,

Assume that which is the random variable in the second stage,

The supplier expected utility is

The certainty equivalent of the retailer in the first state and the second state is that

C
Where is covariance matrix and denoted by

For obtaining the retailer’s optimal effort of the second stage

and
Consider the programming

Such that (IC)

50
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Substituting the value of and bysolving the programming we get

Solving by derivative about we get

Solving byderivative about , we get

Because does not involve in the variable , . Thus equation is the same to

the equation , , it is evident B>A.

Conclusion
In this chapter we consider a class of closed loop supply chain system with product remanufacturing.
The supply chain contract design is the important means of the supply chain coordination. For different
environment it will be greatly improve the level of supply chain
collaboration by the design of the appropriate contract and the design of the dynamic incentive contract to
stimulate retailers to pay more efforts for the long-term under asymmetric information multi-task
environments, which has the guiding role for establishing the supply chain dynamic alliance.

51
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Refference

(i) Bichler.M, Lawrence..R.D, Kalagnanam.J Le H.S Katircioglu, G.Y. Lin, King A.J, and
Lu.Y. Applications of flexible pricing in business-to-business electronic commerce. IBM
Syst. J. 41(2): 287–302, 2002
(ii) ] Burnetas A.N, Smith C.E, Adaptive ordering and pricing for perishable products,
Operational Research 48 (3) (2000) 436–443
(iii) Chatwin R.E, Optimal dynamic pricing of perishable products with stochastic demand and
a finite set of prices, European Journal of Operational Research 125 (2000) 149–174.

52
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

An Impact on Human and Computer Interaction and Applications

Dr. K. Priya, Research Department of Computer Science, Tamilnadu.
Dr. M. Inbavalli, Research Department of Computer Science, Tamilnadu.

Abstract
The innovation in the development of computer technology has led to the idea of human computer
interaction. A research experiment in human computer interaction involves the young age group of people
that are educated and technically knowledgeable. This paper focuses on the mental model in Human
Computer Interaction. There are different approaches of this review paper and one of them is highlighting
current approach. This paper describes human, computer interaction, components and emotional
intelligence. The development and design of an automated system that perform such task is still being
accomplished.

Keywords- Human computer interaction, Emotional intelligence, Components of HCI

I. Introduction

The Human Computer Interaction(HCI) is the practice and study of usability. It is about the
relationship between a human and a computer, their mutual understandings and by creating a software
which would ease the work of a human and people would love to use, and would be able to use it. It may
also be said that it is a study of how humans use computers to perform certain tasks and use it in such a
way that the interaction is being enjoyed and effective. As the name suggests, it comprises of three parts
namely the user, the computer and their interaction. It involves the sketching of low and high fidelity, i.e.,
the degree of exactness a thing is being reproduced. The initial step to an intelligent HCI is having the
abilities to respond and sense appropriately according to user’s affective feedback and detect,
interpret the affective states shown by the user instinctually. This paper also focuses on various types of
HCI design approaches.

HCI helps to make interfaces that increase productivity, enhance user experience, and reduce
risks in safety-critical systems. Poorly designed machines lead to many unexpected problems, sometimes
just user frustration, but sometimes, chaotic disasters. This is why HCI is on the rise. As we become more

53
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

dependent on technologies, even just the Internet or smartphones, HCI has become a key part of designing
tools that can be used efficiently and safely on a daily basis.

II. Human Computer Interaction

A) Humans

The HCI product is produced and used by the humans which are the users of the product.
For understanding humans as an information-processing system, how they communicate, characteristics
of the human/user as a processor of information- Memory, attention, problem-solving, learning, motivation,
motor skills, conceptual models and diversity. Language, interaction and communication - Aspects of language-
Syntax, pragmatics, semantics, conversational interaction and specialized languages. Anthropometric
, i.e. the systematic measurement of the physical properties of the human, such as the

dimensional descriptors of body size and shape and physiological characteristics of people and their
relationship to workplace and the environment around them. The humans are good at performingfuzzy
hard computations.

B) Computers
The computers are used for interaction with the users as they have special components that can
interact with the users. The computers also provide a platform to user to formulate and interact with the
components and provide and effective learning. Computers are good at counting and measuring,
precise storage and recall, rapid and consistent responses, data processing or calculation,
formulations, repetitive actions, and performance over time, “Simple and sharply defined things”.

B) Interaction
The list of skills is somewhat complementary. It is the interaction between a computer and a
human to produce an effective output. The interaction is a two- way process between a user and a
computer.

III. Components of HCI

HCI includes three intersecting components: a human, a computer, and the interactions between
them. Humans interact with the inferences of computers to perform various tasks. A computer interface is
the medium that enables communication between any user and a computer. Much of HCI focuses
on interfaces. In order to build effective interfaces, we need to first understand the limitations and
54
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

capabilities of bothcomponents. Humans and computers have different input-output channels.

Humans Computers
Long-term memory Text input devices

Short-term memory Speech recognition

Sensory memory Mouse / touchpad / keyboard

Visual perception Eye-tracking

Auditoryperception Display screens

Tactile perception Auditorydisplays

Speech and voice Printing abilities

IV. Design Process Steps

There are three general steps to follow for interaction design.

1. User research and requirements analysis

Before designing, we must know about our users and what problems they have that we can solve
with our system. Any technology we want to build will have a specific context that should guide the
design process. For example, will the interface be used in a safety-critical system?

2. Designs and prototyping

The second step involves creating the designs and prototyping. We are essentially converting our
requirements into possible solutions. This will include both conceptual design (how will a system perform)
and physical design (colors, interaction styles). Then we prototype our different design ideas.

3. Evaluating the designs

Once the final product has been built, we must evaluate this design. Both experts and actual users
should be evaluators to test that it meets requirements and HCI design principles. From there, we can
tweak and design and make improvement alterations.

55
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Discussion and Evolution of Human-Computer Interaction

Since its beginning, the area of Human-Computer Interaction has expanded considerably. To operate
theearly personal computers (PCs), you needed a lot of training and, predictably, there were a lot of problems
in the user experience. Simple operations like moving the mouse or erasing textfaced users with never-before-
seen problems, all of which posed major barriers to the computer's use.
In the early 1980s, HCI emerged as an attempt to understand how and why computers could be
made more user-friendly. The subject of research soon expanded to encompass nearly all aspects of
information technology

V. Conclusion
HCI is most likely to become most global research topic of the AI (Artificial Intelligence) research
community. The sudden discovery in HCI design could bring radical change in the world. Many aspects of
the HCI technology, which are concerned with interpretations of human behavior at deeper level. HCI
will bring a massive change in the world. Since the human computer interaction is based on the
interaction of the humans with the computers, it would be more preferred as it is easy to use and is
totally dependent on the humans/users and works on the users instructions. A small work in this field will
ease the work of people in the upcoming time.

References
1) Acharya, C., Thimbleby, H., & Oladimeji, P. ‘Human computer interaction and medical devices’
[2010] Proceedings of the 24th BCS Conference on Human-Computer Interaction (BCSHCI 2010),
p.168–176
2) Bannon, L. (1990). From Human Factors to Human Actors: The Role of Psychology and Human-
Computer Interaction Studies in Systems Design. Design at Work: Cooperative Design of
Computer Systems. J. Greenbaum and M. Kyng. Hillsdale, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.:
25- 44.
3) Bennett, J (1984). Visual Display Terminals: usability issues and health concerns. Englewood
Cliffs: Prentice-Hall. P22-p140.
4) Carroll, J. M. (2013): Human Computer Interaction - brief intro. In: Soegaard, Mads and Dam,
Rikke Friis (eds.). "The Encyclopedia of Human-Computer Interaction, 2nd Ed.". Aarhus,

56
ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Denmark: The Interaction Design Foundation. Available online at

http://www.interactiondesign.org/encyclopedia/human_computer_interaction_hci.html
5) Creswell, J. W. (2009). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods
Approaches (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
6) Grudin, J. (2008). A Moving Target: The Evolution of HCI. The Human-computer Interaction
Handbook: Fundamentals, Evolving Technologies, and Emerging Applications. A. Sears and J. A.
Jacko. New York, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: 2-24.
7) https://www.analyticssteps.com/blogs/human-computer-interactionhci-importance-and-
applications

57
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Thematic discussion in Enid Blyton’s “THE NAUGHTIEST GIRL HELPS A FRIEND”

S.JANANI BAI
I M.A ENGLISH LITERATURE

MARUDHAR KESARI JAINCOLLEGE FOR WOMEN,VAIYAMBADI.

ABSTARCT
The collection includes Book4: Here’s The Naughtiest Girl.There’s a new boy in Elizabeth’s
class,who’ll do anything to show her up.It’s hard for the naughtiest girl to keep her temper when faced
with a such a challenge-Book6.The naughtiest girl keeps a secret of elizabeth’s efforts to put in her
naughty days behind her are threatened when john to visit her with a secret.She founds herself in trouble
than ever before book6.The naughtiest girl helps a friend .It’s hard to be good at camp with ARABELLA
in the sametent. She’s causing all sorts of problems for Elizabeth and her best friendJoan-Book7.The
naughtiest girl saves the day.Elizabeth suspects when some plants are vandalised.She is not to blame and
who would want to get her into trouble?With help,she vows to get to the bottomofthe mysery.
KEY WORDS
WHYTELEAFE SCHOOL (First form), JOAN TOWNSEND (Second form)
ARABELLA Buckle,DARE CLUB, Friendship, CLUBENID BLYTON

INTRODUCTION
Children’s literature,is defined as material written and produced for the information or
entertainment of children and young adults.It includes all non-fiction, literary and artistic geners and
physical forms.Children‟s literature in the beginning is stories that were told around the fires in the cottage
or sung in the great halls of the castles in the Middle Ages. Young and old alike listened, with no
distinction being made between stories for children and stories for adults. All gathered to listen, to be
entertained after a hard day‟s labor (Huck, Hepler & Hickman, 1987: 97)Literature is more than a piece of

58
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

writing that clarifies something like articles or books that gives only information and vicarious experience.
Literature, which sometimes called belles lettres, is traditionally described as the body of writing that exist
because of inherent imaginative and artistic qualities (Lukens, 1999: 3). Literature explores the nature of
human beings, the condition of humankind. Children‟s literature is a genre in literature, but it gets less
regarded position among others. Citraningtyas in her article states that children‟s literature is like an
almost forgotten soil (2011). The existence of children‟s literature as one of established genre in literature
for some of literature expert is still marginalized. Paul(in Hunts 1995:191) states that the position of.
Children ‟s literature is in the same places as women‟s literature Empowerment is derived from
theword “to empower”, which according to Hornby (1987), means to give somebody the power or
authority to do something; “to empower” also means to give somebody more control over their own life
or situationthey are in.
Empowerment is the noun form to empower that is defined as giving authority, power, or The
Naughtiest Girl series of novels were written by Enid Blyton in the 1940s-1950s. Saxby and Winch
(1991:8-9) state that literature which represents life through language, also expresses children‟s personal
growth including cognitive, social, ethical, and spiritual aspect reflecting the essential of children‟s
multifaceted growth. The explanation ofthose aspects is as follows:

Thematic discussion in Enid Blyton’s work

It is through literature that an awareness of social values can grow. Literature presents social
phenomenon, fromthe society both past and present that crosses all barriers of class and creed. Children‟s
novels of today encompass many problems of society in the world. By facing these dilemmas – those of
the society and those of the inner self -, the ethical and moral insight develop. Thus, literature provides
reading experience which is wide and varied enough.

The idea of „Ethic‟ in literature refers to the essence of moral principles.Traditional literature
fundamentally concern with the battle between good and evil. Contemporary literature, like epics of old,
also concerns with the dark side of the heroic figure and the grey area of human behavior. Nevertheless,
nowadays children‟s novels have presented dynamic dilemmas that are far more real and soul-searching
than those of traditional novels Human spirit is also presented in literature. Many children‟s novels
express children‟s spiritual thought, both related to their own belief and behavior and also to the society‟s
belief and behavior. Literature also provides a means ofweighing people‟s spiritual life in a wide social

59
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

context.

These novels set in boarding school so it is called as school stories. Different with other school
stories that usually set in single-sexed boarding school, Enid Blyton set The Naughtiest Girl in a mixed-
sexed boarding school rather than a traditional one. The school, Whyteleafe, is also progressive school
with a school meeting at which all the children are involved in making rules and decide what they are
permitted and what interaction deserve punishment.
The daily school life teaches and influences her to be a kind girl and selfless person. Elizabeth‟s
altruistic and selfless trait can be seen when she gives chance for Robert to play in Lacrosse match.
Actually she is very fond oflacrosse game and hope that she can join the Whyteleafe Lacrosse Team to
play in big match with other school. However, when she gets the chance to play, she prefers to give the
chance for Robert. She knows exactly that Robert also want
to play in the A child’s empowerment occurs in Enid Blyton’s The Naughtiest Girl Again,
The Naughtiest Girl is a Monitor, and Here the Naughtiest Girl!. In the novels under study, the
researcher finds two kinds of empowerment; they are (1) empowerment through child’s trait and (2)
empowerment through child’s action.Empowerment through child’s trait concerns with main character’s
thinking ability, attitude, and feeling to cope with the situation or problems happening around her. This
empowerment consists of five parts; theyare knowledgeable, full of
understanding, courageous, empathetic, and selfless.Empowerment through child’s action concerns with
main character’s action and behavior to overcome incidents in her daily life. This empowerment consists
of four parts; theyare confessing the mistake, apologizing, giving chance to others, and helping others.
In The Naughtiest Girl Again, The Naughtiest Girl is a Monitor, and Here The Naughtiest Girl!,
Enyd Bliton uses five methods to empower child main character; they are presenting a round child
character, omitting adults’ intervention, presenting imperfect adult’s characters, challenging the child
withproblems, and showing child’s ability to solve their problem. By presenting a round character,
Blyton’s depicts that children are not weak and passive anymore but have power and initiative to do
something.
Omitting adult characters in the novels makes the children have more power and authority to
make decisions. It also stimulates the growth of children’s critical thinking. Blyton also presents
imperfect adult’s characters to give space and opportunity for children to show their courage. Challenging
the childwith problems will show child’s toughness and strength. By showing child’s ability to solve
their problems, Blyton clarifies that children have power to control their life.

60
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

The Naughtiest Girl series tells about Elizabeth Allen, a very spoiled girl whose misbehavior
causes her governess go. Then Elizabeth is sent to Whyteleafe school. Initially she behaves so badly and
always breaks the rules. She hopes to be expelled and can come back to her house. However, in the middle
ofthe first term, Elizabeth discovers how lonely she is as an only child, and starts to behave.
In the second novel, The Naughtiest Girl Again, Elizabeth Allen back to school and tries hard to be
good. But someone wants to spoil things for her. And they are not going to let her forget how she gets her
nick name “the naughtiest girl”.The third novel, The Naughtiest Girl is a Monitor, tells that Elizabeth
Allen is chosen to be a school monitor. She is very delighted. But she soon finds out just to someone what
a responsible job it is. In the middle of the term Elizabeth loses her position as a monitor because of her
default. She also quarrels with her best friend, Julian. Now she has big problems: her classmates leaves
her. However, she is described as a child who enables to overcome her problems and does not run from it.
The last novelofthis series is Here’s the Naughtiest Girl. There is a new boy in Elizabeth‟s class.
He is sulky and grumpy and he will do anything to show Elizabeth up.
Elizabeth Allen of the first form at Whyteleafe School is staying at school for a camp in the
grounds with her best friend Joan Townsend, who isin the second form. Elizabeth's enemy, Arabella
Buckley is also staying at the camp. On the first night, Arabella finds her sleeping bag has been filled
with rubbish and she demands that the culprit empty all the rubbish out of it and leave it out flat in the sun
to dry completely before she has to sleep in it. Joan suddenly remembers that she needed new batteries for
her torch (in case Teeny wakes up in the night) and has mistaken the "5-o-clock" for "6-o-clock"on the
camp schedule and is castigated by Miss Ranger when she gets back.Later that night, Elizabeth finds that
the torch has been left on and thinks "How careless, Joan" and about an hour later the tent door is wide
open -brrrr! At the next meeting Arabella complains that the tent door was open and everyone nearly
frozeto bits and Joan is given a lighter sleeping bag.Teeny goes exploring by herself and falls out of a
tree, damaging her glasses.That evening, Joan confesses to Elizabeth that she is afraid of the dark, and
that was the real reason for the torch batteries and the tent door being open. Elizabeth puts two and two
together andrealizes that the problems they've been having are not entirely Teeny's fault; for instance
Teeny was the one who had climbed the tree, but if Joan had a good night's shut-eye (sleep) and had been
brighter-eyedand more bushy-tailed, she would probably have been able to talk Teeny out of climbing the
tree.
Elizabeth and Joan look for a better campsite, but disturb Miss Ranger and Arabella investigates.
Elizabeth says she must have been sleepwalking "Sleepwalking my foot!", scoffs Arabella’s he's got a

61
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
dressing gownon! And you might like to know Joan took her eyes off Teeny
and she fell out of a tree and broke her glasses!", and is appointed tent monitor in Joan's place.

CONCLUSION
The next day, Arabella gets tired of Teeny and goes to get more dresses and Teeny sneaks off and
ends up trapped in a drain. Joan rescues her in spite of her fear of the dark and at the next meeting William
and Rita reveal Teeny's story,how she was being set dares by two unintentionally-cruel children named
Kittyand Duncan, and they've got to stop because they're damaging Teeny's self-esteem and the club has to
stop being a "Dare club" and start being a "Friendship club"

BOOK REFERENCE
WIKIPEDIAThe Naughtiest Girl helps a friendBook6 of Enid Blyton's The Naughtiest Girl,Anne Digby
AUTHOR:Enid Blyton,Anne Digby
Afitri, Afdina. 2004. The Empowerment of Children in Edith Nesbit’s The Railway
Children. A thesis of S1 degree. Yogyakarta: Study Program of English Literature, FBS, UNY.
Blyton, Enyd. 2004. The Naughtiest Girl Collection. London: Hodder Children’s Book.
Bogdan, R.C. and Bilken, SK. 1982. Qualitative Research for Education: An
Introduction to Theoryand Methods. Boston: Allyn and Bacon, Inc.
Bradley, J. 1993. Methodological Issue and Practice in Qualitative Research. Library quarterly.
Citraningtyas, Clara Evi. 2011. “Sastra Anak: Edutainment dengan Catatan”.
Yogyakarta: Makalah Seminar Sastra Anak oleh Pasca Sarjana UNY
Hazard, P. 1947. Books, Children, and Men. Boston: The Horn Books.
Hunt, P. 1991. Criticism, Theory, and Children’s Literature. Massachussets: Basil Blackwell Ltd.
Hornby, A.S. 1987. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary of Current English (6thed).
United Kingdom: Oxford University Press.
Huck, Charlotte S., Susan Hepler, and Janet Hickman. 1987. Children’s Literature in
the Elementary School. New York. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc.
Lincoln, Y.S and Guba, E.G. 1985. Naturalistic Inquiry. Baverly Hills: Sage Publication, Inc.
Lukens, Rebecca J. 1999. A Critical Handbook of Children’s Literature (6th ed.).United States: Longman.
Mayring, Philip. 2000. Qualitative Content Analysis. Volume 1. No. 2Nodelman, Perry. 1992. “The Other:
Orientalism, Colonialism, and Children’s Literature”. Spring Vol. 17 No. 1Mavis Reimer. (2003) The
Pleasures of Children’s Literature (3rd ed). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

62
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Purbani, Widyastuti. 1999. “Sastra Anak Indonesia Sebagai Genre, Sebuah Utopia?”.
Yogyakarta: Makalah Seminar HISKI -------. 2003. “Sastra Anak Indonesia, Kegagalan Memahami Siapa
AnakY
ogyakarta: Makalah Seminar Sastra saxby, Maurice, and Gordon Winch. 1991. Give Them Wings, the
Experience of
Children Literature (2nd ed.). Melbourne: The MacMillan Companyof Australia Pty, Ltd.

63
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

C.S. LEWIS THE CHRONICAL OF NARNIA - THE LION, THE WITCH AND THE
WARDROBE

G. USHA

II MA English

Marudhar Kesari Jain College for Women, Vaniyambadi

ABSTRACT

The Chronicles of Narnia by C.S.Lewis is a series of seven books. The Magician’s Nephew
(1955),The Lion, the Witch and the Wardrobe (1950), The Horse and His Boy (1954), Prince Caspian
(1951) he Voyage of the Dawn Treader (1952), The Silver Chair (1953) and The Last Battle (1956).
The stories centre on the magic all and Narnia, which is filled with mythological creatures and talking
animals. The great lion, Aslan, is a Christ figure in the series, appearing in a book. He watches over
Narnia and intervenes throughout it his story. The Magician’s Nephew explain show Aslan for created
Narnia.

Digory, a young boy, and his neighbour, Polly, use magic rings to travel between different
worlds. They witness Aslan creating Narnia,and a responsible for enabling the evil White Witch to
enter its borders. Digory and Polly bury their magic rings with an apple core from a Narni an tree; a
new apple tree grows from its seeds, and Digory uses its wood to build the wardrobe that the
Pevensies use to enter Narnia. The Lion, the Witch and the Wardrobe tells how Lucy, Edmund, Susan
and Peter Pevensied is cover Narnia bywalking througha magic wardrobe. The children join Aslan’s
army and fight the White Witch. The Witch attempts to defeat Aslan by demanding Edmunds life.
Aslan offers his life to the Witch instead;however,after she kills him,herises from the dead and defeats
her with his army of talking beasts. In the end,he crowns the Pevensie children kings and queens of
Narnia.
KEYWORDS: Fantasy, Fantastical world, Magic, and Mythical Creatures.

INTRODUCTION
Clive Staples Lewis (29 November 1898 –22 November 1963) was a British writer and
laytheologian. He held academic positions in English literature at both Oxford University (Magdalen
64
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

College, 1925–1954) and Cambridge University (Magdalene College, 1954 – 1963). He is best known forhis
works of fiction, especially The Screw tape Letters, The Chronicles of Narnia, and The Space Trilogy, and for
his non fiction Christian apologetics, such as Mere Christianity, Miracles, and The Problem of Pain.

THE CHRONICLES OF NARNIA

In the Chronicles of Narnia, Lewis exemplifies the character of Jesus Christ in the Bible as the
character of Aslan the lion. Narnia is a land where animals speak, thus Lewis uses a device called the
personification of animals in the Narnia Chronicles. Thus, The Lion, the Witch and the Wardrobe illustrate
the union of fairy tale with Biblical truth. Narnia is a land of perfection and full of cheerfulness and it is a
symbolic Eden with all the creatures living in harmony, until the White Witch seizes power and claims her
self as the Queen of Narnia. The four children, Peter, Susan, Edmund and Lucy are considered to be the
children of Adam and Eve. The children also symbolise the disciples of Jesus Christ who stumble in to
the world of Narnia through the wardrobe in a huge and old house they are staying in. The house is so
huge and there are numerous hall ways and empty rooms which is a symbolic of worldly confusion and
searching that people experience before “finding God”.
The Lion, the Witch and the Wardrobe does not give any background as to how evil entered the
world. But the land of Narnia is fully covered with snow which is under the spell of the White Witch
where there is “always winter and never Christmas”. But for Lucy itseems quite a wonderful place where
she meets a friendly faun named Mr.Tumnus and he invites her to his house to spare a cup oftea with him.
Adamand Eveal so committed as in of consumption of the fruit from the Tree of the Knowledge of
Good and Evil which God warned them not to eat. And the Lord God commanded the man, saying, of
every tree of the garden thou mayest freel yeat: But of the tree of the knowledge
of good and evil, thou shalt not eat of it: for in the day that thou eatest there of thou shalt surely
die.(Genesis-2:16,17).
The White Witch and her followers represent the Romans -Caiaph as the high priest, the elders and
the soldiers. And they that had laid holdon Jesus led Hima way to Caiaphas the high priest, where the
scribes and the elders were assembled. (Matthew 26:57). The hill where the Stone Table is situated
represents Golgotha (the place of skull) and the Stone Table symbolises the Cross where Jesus is
crucified. The Stone Table has carvings of an unknown language particularly this statement, “Thou
Shalt Not Kill”. This event happens in the Bible but it has a different statement. On the Cross of Jesus, a
board is laid over His head with a statement. And a superscription also was written over Himin letters of
Greek, and Latin, and Hebrew, THIS IS THE KING OF THE JEWS. (Luke-23:38).
65
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Now Aslan is resurrected and his first appearance is to Susan and Lucy who were weeping by the
Stone Table. This is a symbolic of the two women Mary Magdalene and Mary, the mother ofJames
who first appeared when Jesus is resurrected. Aslan carrying Susan and Lucy on his back, runs to
Witch ‟spalace where the White Witch has turned the good Narnian creatures to stone with her magic
wand. He breathes one achone and life returns to their souls. After every creature gets their life back,
thereare sounds of rejoice. The whole place rang with the sound of happy roarings, brayings, yelpings,
songs and laughter. (P.184). This is a symbolic of the Gospels. Jesus’ gift for His resurrection is to
give the HolySpirit to His disciples which He does by breathing on them. And when He had said this,
He breathe don them, and saithun to them, Receive the Holy Ghost : (John-20:22).
Through this story, Lewis suggests that fables are not impossible, but a real the very least truthful in
the lessons that they teach. In Narnia, the children are exposed to crucial less on about friendship, loyalty,
forgiveness, faith, courage, good judgement, real is ation and self sacrifice. The world that Lewis presents
to his readers becomes a vehicle through which everyone could learn the
crucial elements of personal and spiritual growth. Hence, them of The Lion, the Witch and the Wardrobe
draws a direct parallel to the storyof Jesus Christ.

CONCLUSION
Now that Iam a Christian, I do have moods in which the whole thing looks very improbable: but
when I was an Atheist, I had moods in which Christianity looked terribly probable. (Mere Christianity
P.140).
The writings of C.S. Lewis have influenced people all over the world. His works motivated many
Christians over the course of many decades. It offered readers intellectually satisfying answers to moral
life and encouraged them to walk in faith and obedience. He became a writer only after accepting Christ in
his life. He started writing many essays like Faith, Christianity and the Church, Image and Imagination,
The Allegory of Love, Studies in Medieval and Renaissance Literature, Mere Christianity and so on. His
famous novel series The Chronicles of Narnia reveals humanity. His works are based on the relation
between the Creator and the Creation (God and Humanity). The three ‟that he used in his works are
Spirituality, Sin and Sanctification. His works offered readers a deeper understanding of how Lewis
‟fascinating insights on the Christian life can lead them to a deeper awareness of God ‟presence and work
in their own lives. Readers who generally interested in literature and religion, as well as those who have a
particular regard for the academic work of C.S. Lewis or who simply like good English prose style will get

66
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

more attached to his works. Every writer from the ancient period to modern period has created their own
imaginary or fictitious place in their works which evoked Lewis to create his own mythical place called
Narnia which is considered as Heaven. Narnia can easily be compared to Heaven or the Garden of Eden as
it is a vast placewith wonderful creation of God. Moreover, it is considered to be the land of perfection
which Lewis to created in his fantastic all and called Narnia.
The Lion, the Witch and the Wardrobe, is a rare abstract o biblical stories and symbolism. There
are mythical creatures that Lewis used in this novel but still the plot is a symbolic representation to the
story of Salvation found in the Gospels. It is a wonderful novel as to how here lates the character of Aslan
to the character of Jesus Christ in the Bible. He used a Biblical motif and implified it for better
understanding for children’s attention. He presents Christian faith and morality in an allegorical form to
child readers. The use of simple English and captivating illustrations in the novel and the intense
imagination and religious enthusiasm made him the most predominant writer of Children’s fiction. The
Lion, the Witch and the Wardrobe through kinding imagination brings readers to God. His goal in writing
the Narnia Chronicles was to write a good story rather than simply a Christian story. Fortunately, through
his imagination, creativity of mythical elements and allegorical representation of Biblical story, he
successfully touched the hearts ofthe readers and especially child readers. This story is an allegory
Of the Crucification of Jesus Christ and the sacrifice of His own life for the in so humanity.
There is a verse in the Bible Universality to you, whoso ever shall not receive the kingdom of God
as a little child, he shall not enter the rein. (Mark 10:15). Lewis opened the hearts of young readers who
after reading The Lion, the Witch and the Wardrobe do red the lovely character of Aslan. He actually
fashioned Aslan to be just like Christ. The character of Aslan is the direct personification of the character
of Jesus Christ. He chose Aslan as mighty lion because in the Bible, Jesus is referred as “the Lion of the
Tribe of Juda” (Rev 5:5) and heal so thought the lion which is called as “the King of the Jungle”. This
shows Lewis ‟intellectual and imaginary quality that made him to write this wonderful masterpiece novel.
Thus, The Lion, the Witch and the Wardrobe proves itself to be anallegory.

67
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

REFERENCE:
Primary Sources:
[1] Lewis,C.S.TheChroniclesofNarnia-
TheMagician‟sNephew,GreatBritain:HarpercollinsPublishersLtdLondon,1955.Print.
[2]---.TheChroniclesofNarnia-
TheLion,theWitchandtheWardrobe,GreatBritain:HarpercollinsPublishersLtdLondon,1950.Print.Secondary
Sources:
[3]Abrams,M.H.AGlossaryofLiteraryTerms:MacmillanPublishersIndiaLtd.,1978.Print.
[4]Abrams,M.H.andGeoffreyGaltHarpham.AGlossarytoLiteraryTerms:CengageLearningIndiaPrivate
LimitedDelhi,2015.Print.
[5]James,King.TheHolyBible:TrinitarianBibleSociety.Print.
[6] Lewis,C.S.MereChristianity,GreatBritain:WilliamCollinspublishersLtdLondon,2016.Print.

68
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Love between father and son in “Finding Nemo” by Andrew Stanton

S.Deepa
I MA English literature,
Marudhar Kesari Jain College for Women,
Vaniyambadi

Abstract
A general notion prevailing among the masses is that animated movies are meant for kids. Though
the animated movies seem to have a plot merely for a child’s excitement and entertainment, the meaning
embedded in them is deeper. When the underlying meanings are understood, they can truly create an
impact on the audience irrespective of their age group. One such animated movie is Finding Nemo, a 2003
Academy Award winning comedy-adventure produced by Pixar Animation Studio.
The plot of Finding Nemo revolve around two clown fish- Marlin, Nemo and a regal blue tang,
Dorywho live in the Great Barrier Reef. When Nemo was captured by the scuba divers and taken away,
Marlin and Dory attempts to find Nemo to bring it back home. They take the help of several other creatures
such a sea turtle named Crush, a Moorish idol called Gill, a pelican named Nigel, etc., during their
adventure.
In the process, each of them has their own moments of self-discovery while the audience is left to
ponder over their outlook on various thoughts such as the concept of disability, optimism, filial affections,
etc. This paper aims at studying the potential impact that can be created on the audience by the animated
movie Finding Nemo.
Keywords: Animated movie, Nemo, Disability, Optimism, Filial affections.

Introduction
Every text is potential of producing its own meaning; so is the animated movie Finding Nemo
which got aesthetic reception among a variety of audience all over the world. This animated movie is fable
like and discuss the problems of human society by giving voice to the underwater characters. To begin
with, the little clownfish Nemo breaks the stereotype of physical disability. Fin is an essential organ for
any fish as it is needed for swimming, to maintaining the bodyequilibrium in water, and for many other

69
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

physiological functions. Nemo was born with a smaller right fin that limited his swimming ability.
Though Nemo consider his smaller fin as a kind of luck, the adult world of Marlin (Nemo's father) sees it
as a disability and strongly believes that Nemo cannot lead a normal life. As a result, Marlin turns out to
be an over protective father. This curtails the freedom of Nemo to be like any other fish of its age. Marlin
even hesitates to put Nemo in Mr. Ray's school, keeping in mind the safety of the disabled Nemo. Marlin
urges Mr. Ray to take extra care on Nemo during the school trip, once again emphasizing on Nemo's
disability. Nemo tries to submerge his disability experience and goes to the extent of proving that he is
able-bodied by sneaking away from the reef.
"Rather than expect that disabled students submerge their disability experiences in order to pass as
non-disabled (the primary aim of inclusionism), a curricular cripistemologies methodology draws upon the
latent disabilityknowledge available in classroom" Mitchell, Snyder, Ware 295.
Nemo's disability was natural. Though Nemodidnot consider himself disabled and called his
smaller fin as luck, he was made to feel the necessity to prove his ability in order to be a part of the able-
bodied society. This urged him to risk his life and was captured by the scuba divers. Nemo's impulse to
prove his ability clearly shows the pressure put by the society on the disabled. The society, in most of the
cases, is not inclusive of the disabled. Any form of disability or impairment is considered unnatural even if
it occurs naturally. This leaves the disabled minorities as marginalized in the able-bodied society and gives
them an alienated feeling. In order to have a sense of belonging to the society they live in, the disabled
people often try to suppress their disability experiences and try to act normal. This puts an extra pressure
onthemto prove themselves which sometime demand risking their own life like Nemo.
However, Nemo was truly lucky enough to understand that his disability experience is not meant to
be submerged; but understanding his disability and making use of it in a proper way can be productive and
beneficial. This revelation takes place to Nemo when he got stuck in Phillip Sherman- the dentist's fish
tank. Gill, a Moorish idol proposes the idea of jamming the tank's filter so that they can escape from the
hands of Phillip Sherman and Darla. Gill understands the disability of Nemo but encourages Nemo to use
it productively by helping in their escape instead of submerging Nemo's disability. This encouragement
from Gill gives Nemo positive hopes. Though Nemomiserably fails in his initial attempt to jam the filter,
in the successive attempts, he turns out to be successful.
Secondly, the animated movie Finding Nemo portrays the filial relationship between a father and a
son. The relationship shared between the clownfish Marlin and Nemo is contrasted with the relationship
that exist between Crush, the sea turtle and his son Squirt. Marlin being an over protective father curtails

70
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

the freedom of Nemo which affects the social learning process of Nemo as a child to some extent. This has
an impact on Nemo as Nemo grew as a rebellious child
who wants to break every rule. As a result, Marlin lost Nemo in the hands of Scuba divers due to Nemo's
rebellious nature. Nemo learnt about Marlin's concern for him during his exile in the artificial fish tank at
the dentist Phillip Sherman's clinic. On the other hand, Marlin during his adventure learns that his son has
to be given certain amount of liberty so that he can master social skills and will lead an independent life.
Marlin during his adventure to find Nemo, meets Crush, the sea turtle and his son Squirt at the East
Australian Current. Crush's parenting methods and upbringing of Squirt fascinates Marlin. Marlin
understands that giving liberty to Nemo can make Nemo all the more confident and will enable Nemo to
learn life skills. Marlin's understanding helps him to be a better father and also increases the father-son
bond between himand Nemo ensuring better filial relationship between them.
Finding Nemo is only an instance of how animated movies can speak about serious social issues to
its audience. When Marlin finds Nemo, the adventure is not just Marlin’s. The audience along with Marlin
goes on an adventure to discover their self. It is an opportunity for them to transform themselves by
understanding the social discourse of disability and also a time for them to renew their filial bonds. Thus,
one finds oneself during the process of finding Nemo.

Conclusion
A clown fish named Marlin lives in the Great Barrier Reef and loses his son,Nemo,after he
wantures into the open sea, despite his father's constant warnings about many of the ocean's dangers.Nemo
is abducted by a boat and netted up and sent to a dentist's office in Sydney.

Work cited
Finding Nemo. Dir. Andrew Stanton. Buena Vista Pictures, 2003. Film.
Mitchell, David. Snyder, Sharon. Ware, Linda. “[Every] Child Left Behind: Curricular Cripistemologies
and the Crip/ Queer Art of Failure.” Journalof Literary & Cultural Disability Studies 8.3 (2014): 295.Print

71
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

HUMAN VALUES AND ETHICS

U.SABIRA BEGUM
I M.A ENGLISH
MARUDHAR KESARI JAIN COLLEGE FOR WOMEN,
VANIYAMBADI

Abstract
Human values are the core of human being and acts as guiding principles of life.
They are essential for positive human behavior. Human values are usually formed out of
one’s own interest, wish, urge and liking. They are often described as universal and are
shared by all human beings irrespective of their culture and their personal history. The
two main objectives of the present study are, to understand the significance of human
values in life and to analyze the human values of adolescents.

Keywords:values ,significance ,literature review

INTRODUCTION
Human values are most important in one’s life. It includes truth, honesty, love,
peace, sincerity, non-violence, friendship,empathy, etc. They are beliefs that have an
inherent worth to the holder as principles, standards or qualities. They are
characteristics of self-concept and serve as supervisory principles for person. The word
“value” originated from the Latin word ‘VALERE’ which means ‘to be of worth’.
Human values are very important in today’s world. The human values are the basis for
any practical life within society. They build space for a drive, a movement towards one
another, which leads to peace. In simple term, human values are described as universal
and are shared by all human beings, whatever their religion, their nationality, their
culture and their personal history. There are several universal human values such as
Truth, Right conduct,Peace, Love and Non-violence which are directly associated to
72
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

physical, intellectual, emotional psyche and spiritual facets of human personality. There
is need and urgency to reinforce these values for a better and humane society. However
it varies from person to person. It can be categorized into intrinsic and extrinsic value.
Intrinsic values are those values which are associated with certain objects appearing to
have such value that they would retain it even if they were to exist completely alone,
whereas extrinsic values are those values where certain objects have values as part of
other objects of value, or as means to ends of value. Values may be regarded as positive
and negative. Anything that has positive value is considered to be good,whereas
anything that has negative value is said to be evil.
Values: Human value is defined as “a principle that promotes well-being or prevents
harm. The various people responsible for inculcating and evolving human values are
parents, religious leaders & gurus in daily life and teachers at the institute’s level. Human
values can assure a happy and harmonious human society.

Types of Values
Values related to Right Conduct are:

(a) Self-help Skills: Care ofpossessions, diet, hygiene, modesty, posture, self-reliance, and tidy
appearance.

(b) Social Skills: Good behavior, good manners, good relationships, helpfulness, No wastage, and
good environment.

(c) Ethical Skills: Code of conduct, courage, dependability, duty, efficiency ingenuity, initiative,
perseverance, punctuality, resourcefulness, respect for all, and responsibility.
Peace: Attention, calmness, concentration, contentment, dignity, discipline, equality,
equanimity, faithfulness, focus, gratitude, happiness, harmony, humility, inner silence,
optimism, patience, reflection, satisfaction, self-acceptance, self-confidence, self-control,
self-discipline, self-esteem, self-respect, sense control, tolerance, and understanding.
Truth: Accuracy, curiosity, discernment, fairness, fearlessness, honesty, integrity (unity
of thought, word, and deed), intuition, justice, optimism, purity, quest for knowledge,
reason, self- analysis, sincerity, sprit of enquiry, synthesis, trust, truthfulness, and
determination.

(d) Love: Acceptance, affection, care, compassion, consideration, dedication, devotion,empathy,

73
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

forbearance, forgiveness, friendship, generosity, gentleness, humanness, interdependence, kindness,

patience, patriotism, reverence, sacrifice, selflessness, service, sharing, sympathy, thoughtfulness,
tolerance and trust

Integrity: Integrity is defined as the unity of thought, word and deed (honesty) and openmindedness.
It includes the capacity to communicate the factual information so that others can make well-informed decisions. It
yields the person‘s peace of mind‘, and hence adds strength and consistency in character, decisions, and actions.
This paves wayto one‘s success. It is one of the self-direction virtues. It enthuse people not only to execute a job
well but to achieve excellence in performance. It helps them to own the responsibility and earn self-respect and
recognition by doing the job

SIGNIFICANCE OF HUMAN VALUE

Human values are those attributes and qualities that are the very heart of humanity,
representing highest expression of the human spirit. They are innate in all people and
include: a deep caring for all life, non-violence, compassion, friendliness andcooperation,
generosity and sharing, a feeling of belonging and openness with all life, an eco-friendly
attitude and caring for the planet, service to society, a sense of commitment and
responsibility, peace and contentment, enthusiasm, integrity, honesty and sincerity. Human
values do not depend on, and are not derived from, any external authority. As the infinite
potentiality within all people, human values are already present in every human being; they
need only be rekindled to thrive and grow.Human values have been a central concept in the
social sciences since their inception. Human values play a vital role in the society, for they
are said to be the basis of human beings for leading a betterlife. It is believed that all holy
books of all religions contain the values of good life. The importance of human values is
seen right from the childhood of a person.Preschool is the first stage or period that lays the
foundation of information on human values. Thereare different factors which affect human
values in the life of an individual and the society.

74
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

LITERATURE REVIEW

BabitaJharia (2013) stated the importance of human values in the private

institutes of Rajpur. Study considers human values are the basis of human being. It
also mentions learning human values. Value education is education in values and
education towards the inculcation of values should an initiative of all private
institutions. It is a universal phenomenon intrinsic to all learning and education,
whether at home or inan institution.

Sheela.S.Khedikar (2013) pointed out the deterioration of human values in many

nations, including India. It states that decline in human values does not only pose serious
threat to the future development ofthe country but even for its presentation survival.

Though, change in social or human values in younger generation is inevitable

with time but the decline in Indian younger generation is at an alarming rate as
compared to any other country all over the world. Hence the schools and colleges are
required to playan important role in the matter of value education to youngergenerations.

75
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
.

ETHICS
Ethics is the word that refers to morals, values, and beliefs of the
individuals, family or the society .The word has several meanings. Basically it is an
activity and process of inquiry.

Secondly, it is different from non-moral problems, when dealing with

issues and controversies.

Thirdly, ethics refers to a particular set of beliefs, attitudes, and habits of

individuals or family or groups concerned with morals.

Fourth, it is used to mean ‘morally correct’ .The study on ethics helps to

know the people’s beliefs, values, and morals, learn the good and bad of them, and
practice them to maximize their well-being and happiness.

It involves the inquiry on the existing situations, form judgments and

resolve the issues. In addition, ethics tells us how to live, to respond to issues, through
the duties, rights, responsibilities, and obligations. In religion, similar principles are
included, but the reasoning on procedures is limited.

Theprinciples and practices of religions have varied from to time to time

(history), region (geography, climatic conditions), religion, society, language, caste and
creed. But ethicshas grownto a large extent beyond the barriers listed above.

In ethics, the focus is to study and apply the principles and practices,
universally.

76
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

CONCLUSION
“Value is an enduring belief, a specific mode of conduct or an end state of
existence, along a continuum of relative importance.” We need value in our lives to
guide us in the right path, to learn the importance of certainty, goodness and beauty,

give positive direction to life and bring joy, preserve our culture and heritage, bring
changes in behaviour towards positive thoughts; Promote the peace and harmony in
the society and much more. To improve one’s human values self interest plays a very
crucial role, parents should educate human values, educational institutions, community
and work place should voluntarily come forward to develop human values among
future generation. As a result we can lead a happy, peaceful and satisfied life
throughout.

REFERENCES
“Human Values and Professional Ethics” by Yogendra
Professional Ethics and Human Values” by A Alavudeen and R Kalil Rahman
Professional Ethics and Human Values” by Govindarajan M

77
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

THE NON-AUTONOMOUS GENERAL SADDLE NODE BIFURCATON

M. Sathiyapriya
Marudhar Kesari Jain college for Women, Vaniyambadi
Thiruvalluvar University
M. Varalakshmi
Marudhar Kesari Jain college for Women, Vaniyambadi
Thiruvalluvar University

ABSTRACT
This paper brings Non Autonomous General Saddle Node Bifurcation, we discuss about the general
case of bifurcation with examples, and explain the special case of bifurcation, discussed about saddle
node using autonomous and non autonomous saddle node also using canonical form in the beginning ,
finally using special case of saddle node theorem.
KEY WORDS
Canonical form, Saddle Node, Bifurcation
INTRODUCTON
The Canonical example of an autonomous equation in which a saddle-node bifurcation occur is

=λ (1.1.1)
For everytrajectory tends to

For there are two fixed points: a stable point and an unstable point at . In the non-
autonomous case the equation,

(1.1.2)
Undergoes a local saddle node bifurcation at , provided that there exists a and ,
a δ with such that,
i) For there are no complete trajectories lying within (Є, - Є)

ii) For there exists a complete trajectory that it attract within and another
complete trajectory that lies within (Є, - Є) and is asymptotically unstable
(1.1.3)
Uniformly on compact sub intervals of R

GENERAL SADDLE NODE

78
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

We now consider,
we use Taylor expansion where G are evaluated at

Assume that

1.2.1 THEOREM
Consider,
And assume that Set

and And rewrite the equation as,

= , where
Assume that,

(1.2.1)

and (1.2.2)
and

with (1.2.3)

and where
Then there is a local saddle node bifurcation as passes through zero. When the pullback

attracting trajectory is forwards attracting in , and the unstable trajectory is pullback repelling

within .

PROOF
A saddle-node bifurcation in the autonomous equation, are,

79
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Using this condition in,

The two assumptions on the x derivatives of and imply Lipschitz bonds as,
and
, for and C sufficiently small we have,

, for (or) ,
There are no complete non zero trajectories that lie entirely within

When we have, for all ,

and

Then and it follow that any trajectory with,

fo r all

and hence that

Thus pullback attractor in consists of the interval

Consider the difference satisfies,

as , for choosen C,
This given a saddle-node bifurcation.

EXAMPLE FOR SADDLE-NODE BIFURCATION

80
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

The simplest autonomous example which exhibits this bifurcation is,

Clearly this equation has no fixed points for

For there are two fixed points
If then is finite time.
If then as

We consider the non-autonomous equation,

(1.4.1)
Where as

(1.4.2)
The invariance ofthese conditions when greatlysimplifies the analysis

SADDLE-NODE TYPE BEHAVIOUR FOR

We consider where the behavior is essentially the same as in the autonomous case

LEMMA
If then every solution in a finite time, both forwards ( fix s and and let

) and pullback (fix s and and let ).

If a = 0 then solution with While if then in a finite time ( as in

the case ).

PROOF
When a = 0, the equation can be solved explicitly to yield

Hence Lemma is proved.

SADDLE-NODE TYPE BEHAVIOUR FOR

When a > 0 there are two complete trajectories which can identify as being stable and unstable.

THEOREM
For a > 0 there exists two complex trajectories (1.4.1) α(t) and β(t) which are bounded below by

81
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

and ( respectively and diverge to + . The solution α(t) is globally pullback asymptotically
stable and the solution β(t) is asymptotically unstable

(1.4.3)

We have,

(1.4.4)

PROOF
We consider the solution when . If t and are fixed then there exists
an such that the solution is bounded below,

, (1.4.5)

Choose small enough that

Then there exists a time such that for all and so,

There exists a time T such that the solution of,

If we take we obtain (1.4.5)

Now,

On the time interval we have, , the solution isalso

Bounded above independently of value we have,

Then there exists a pullback attractor A9t), which for each is connected set.
Since A(t) is a subset of R

, for some
Since phase space is one dimensional, the process preserving and so are trajectories of
(1.4.1).

82
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

From (1.4.5) that

(1.4.6)
Consider time reversed ,

we have,

Suppose (1.4.6) does not hold.

These exists a K such that for each there exists a with

Choose small enough that , and then T such that for all ,
We have,

Since for some

We obtain 1.4.6 bycontradiction.

For all we have for s small enough.
Since is order preserving and is a complete trajectory. The pullback attraction property of
A(t),

We have,
→

Now consider the system with both time and space reversed and the symmetry of
condition of bit to use exactly same arguments to prove the existence of complete trajectory such
that

, and

(1.4.7)

So that, z(t)= exp (1.4.8)

From (1.4.2) that integral diverges as any two trajectories are bounded by a

83
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Taking we know that show that eventually for our choice of

(2.4.7) for t sufficiently large we have and the order preserving property of
gives

CONCLUSION
We discussed about the Bifurcation and also we discussed briefly about the General Bifurcation. This
paper work was based on the Saddle Node with examples, Bifurcation theory is the mathematical study of
changes in the qualitative , we applied this method finally for a stable equilibrium with genome.
REFERENCES
1. Fabbri. R, Johnson.R.A, Mantellini.F, A nonautonomous saddle-node Bifurcation pattern,
Stoch. Dyn. 4(3) (2004) 335-350.
2. Afrajmovich, V. S, Arnold,V.I et al.(1994). Bifurcation theoryand catastrophe theory.

84
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Critical Analysis of Mahesh Dattani’s play ' Dance like a man'

E.G .Hima Bindhu M.A,M.Phil,B.Ed

Assistant Professor in Department of English
Marudhar Kesari Jain College for Women
Vaniyambadi

ABSTRACT
This paper highlights the notion of social issues like Gender Discrimination, sufferings and
depression faced by both men and women with reference to the Indian play wright Mahesh Dattan play
‘Dance like a man.This play generously expressed the social issues of contemporary Indian society.The
theme of the play is dealt with tradition ,relationship,carrer and society.Mahesh Dattani indicates the
typical Indian view about Dance through Amritlal parekh who believes that Dance only made for
females.The injustice done only on the terms of gender and the preference given to a male child over a
female in an Indian family and also depicts the deep rooted patriarchal system in the society.
Keywords :Gender Discrimination,patriarchal system,Indian society, Injustice

INTRODUCTION:
Mahesh Dattani, an authentic contemporary voice, a director, playwright, producer, was born on
7th August, 1958 in Bangalore where he later founded his theatre group 'Playpen’ in 1984 and where
many of his settings are constructed; for example, Bravely Fought the Queen is set in the „suburb of
Bangalore and the Patels in Tara are from Bangalore. He is an intellectually stimulating Sahitya Academy
Winner . Dattani‟s playscript casts its focus and locus entirely on the urban space, specifically rooted in
the dynamics of domestic space. Environmental sustainability of the cities like Bangalore or Mumbai in
his plays are the symbolic tropes and modes of economic power that can be categorized as the material
element for discussing the issue of citizenship that “raise(s) questions around notions of equality and
rights, issues of individual, group and community rights, active and passive citizenship and the
relationship between, and relative primacy of, rights and duties” There is proper blending of Western
intellectual consciousness and Indian theatrical techniques in his plays. He himself comments on the
relevance of Indian theatre:

85
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

DANCE LIKE A MAN :

The play Dance Like a Man, a stage play in two acts, is one of the most wonderful dramatic
creations of Mahesh Dattani. It tells the story of three generations; their personal ambitions, sacrifices,
struggle, compromises, internal conflicts and the way they try to cope up with the life; and mainly
focuses on a dancing couple. The pathos of human predicament is explored in the subtlest way. It
embodies a brilliant study of human relationships as well as human weaknesses through its characters.
Theplay depicts the clash between issues such as marriage, career and the place of a woman in
patriarchal social set up. It deals with the lives of the people who feel exhausted and frustrated on
account of the hostile surroundings and unfavourable circumstances. The story is unfolded in time past
and time present.The play was first performed at Chowdiah Memorial Hall, Bangalore on 22 September
1989 as a part of the Deccan Herald Theatre.Dattani focuses on the conflict and clash between three
generations, theirconflicts and individual struggle.
Conflict between the three generations :The play deals with the self and the significance of the
other, through the frameworks of gender and gender roles-the prostitute as a dancer and an artist; the
man as a dancer; the guru who sports long hair and has an effeminate walk are categories that the older
generation,fed on its perception of the self cannot come to terms with. Dattani uses Traditional Dance as
a medium that creates conflict in the play within the minds of the other characters. As the play goes
forward and theactions take place; Dance takes the center stage and pushes the characters outside.
Traditional Dance, in the play, is not only a form or a tool that enables the writer to tell his story but it
creates its own psyche that guides or misguides the actors onthe stage.

Dance is a verysignificant factor in this playthat means different things to different characters.
Jairaj and Ratna wants to develop their career as dancers and for them Dance is not only
a form of art but also their life and soul. It is not only their passion but also a tool that will help them to
gain desired success. The stereotypes of gender roles are set against the idea of the artist in search of
creativity within the restrictive structure of the world that he is forced to inhabit. Jairaj with his obsession
for dance dismantles these stereotypes. This is the twist that the playwright gives to the stereotypes
associated with ‘gender’ issues that view solely women at the receiving end of the oppressive power
structures of patriarchal society. The play removes this notion and explores the nature of the tyranny that
even men might be subject to within such structures. Jairaj and Ratna live within such a structure: the
domain of the patriarch Amritlal, Jairaj’s father.

86
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Dance for him is the profession of a prostitute, improper for his daughter-in-law and absolutely
unimaginable for his son. He forbids Ratna from visiting the old devdasi who teaches her the intricacies of
bharatnatyam; he cannot tolerate the sounds of the dancing bells that ring through their practice sessions;
is astounded at the long-haired guru with an effeminate walk and cannot, most of all tolerate the idea of his
son –a man- becoming a professional dancer. The underlying fear is surely, that dance would make him
effeminate so that the suggestion of homosexuality hovers near, though never explicitly mentioned. And
hence Amritlal must oppose, tooth and nail, Jairaj’s passion for dance. This clash brings about the play of
property and money in deciding and manipulating the construction of identities that would conform, but
the result is tragic. He makes a pact with Ratna. He will permit her career in dance only if she helps him
pull Jairaj out of his obsession and make him a ‘manly’ man. The two can then enjoy the security of his
riches
In this play, as a reader, one may find that the play poses some delicate questions among which one
surelyis of MALE idea. Personally for Jairaj, Dance is a form or a means to express emotions and stands
as the toolof defiance, revolt, negation of a particular wayof life that was decided by his father, Amritlal.
He starts dancing as a hobbyor rather a fancythat his father thought would perish
after a period of time but it does not happen that way. Jairaj continues his practice of traditional dancing in
spite of all the opposition from his father and overtly presents himself as a rebel. He becomes more
headstrong because of the support of his wife, Ratna who also was interested in traditional form of
dancing. The reason behind Amritlal’s opposition suggests that his mind was not ready to accept his son as
a Bharatnatyam Dancer. This is more clear in AMritlal’s view of dance.
Amritlal : “ A woman in aman’s world may be considered as progressive. But a man in a woman’s world
is pathetic”
Amritlal, though being called as progressive fails to accept dance as a form of art for men. His ideas
though were meant to be liberated were actually devoid of progressive ideas. His ideas of freedom and
independence was that related to the nation whereas Jairaj’s ideas of progressiveness and independence is
way different from that of Amritlal’s. Their conflict in ideas is seen in their argument on progress and
freedom.
Jairaj : “Didn’t you have any obsessions?”Amritlal : “ If you mean my involvement in fighting for your
freedom, yes, it was an obsession.”
Jairaj : “You had yours. Nowallowme to have mine.”

87
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Asha Kuthari Chaudhuri writes, “Dance like a Man is a play that deals with one of Dattani’s pet concerns
– gender – throughone of his principal passions, dance.” (p. 67)
In the society everyone wants the Male to earn that much so that the house would run properly but
Amritlal knew that dance would not help Jairaj to earn enough money and that would make him unworthy
in the eyes of his wife Ratna. For Amritlal, dance was good as far as it remains a hobby but it was not
proper to be taken as a profession. And we should not forget that traditional dance, especially for Male
was not considered a respectable profession in the olden days in India. Asha Kuthari Chaudhuri says,

“The underlying fear is obviously that dance would make him ‘womanly’ – an effeminate man – the
suggestion of homosexuality hovers near, although never explicitly mentioned.” (p. 68)
In the play Maleness of Jairaj was not that much a question of Body than that of mentality. Researcher
found that for Ratna Maleness might have meant one’s independent decision making power, doing the
work that one liked, living on one’s own conditions, standing on one’s own feet without any support and
some other that Jairaj lacked. Interestingly even Jairaj was trying to prove himself an able MALE to
Ratna. When Ratna was worried about finding a mridangam player for her daughter he says,
“Will finding a musician make me a man?
Dance, for Ratna, serves as an undying passion that drives her character throughout all the actions
of the drama. Behind all her moves in the drama, Dance was the main factor. Her character has a negative
shade and that makes her different than others. She involves herself in a relationship with Jairaj and that
was a clear self-centered decision on her part. No love or attachment with Jairaj was there on the outset of
the relationship. Her overconfidence and faith in her own talent was so much that she hesitated not even
once to destroy Jairaj’s career as a dancer joining hands with her father-in-law, Amritlal. Traditional
Dance stands as a thing that will help her in earning fame and money along with respect in the world of
dancers.
For Ratna Dance was a medium to gain popularity and status and for that she married Jairaj who
would never stop her from dancing. Ratna’s selfish inner desire was so powerful that she cold-bloodedly
plays with the emotions of Jairaj by misguiding him constantly. In the guise of a true life companion she
deceives her husband and tries to curb his potential as a dancer. In order to gain personal aims she
sacrifices Jairaj’s abilities. Ratna not only spoils Jairaj’s life but tries to mould her daughter Lata’s life also
by making her a traditional dancer

88
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Lata, her daughter, was used by her to fulfill her inner suppressed desires to earn fame and money
nationwide and abroad. Unknowingly Lata falls in the whirlpool created by Ratna and
becomes the object only. Ratna’s endeavors seem very ambitious and manipulative. She was ready to
establish her daughter’s career on the right track right from the very beginning and for that she schemes,
manipulates and uses all her contacts and links. It is very clear that Ratna saw her own self in her daughter
Lata and therefore acted so violently to create a firm, concrete base for her. It is this quality that makes her
different from others. For her Traditional Dance was important but it never became a wild passion at any
point of time. The desire to take dance, as a hobby was very clear in her mind as she tells Vishwas,
“When I was a little girl, I used to stand near the door and watch mummy and daddy
practice. It was magic for me. I knewthen what I wanted to be.”
She takes dance as a pure art form and does not link it to any gender. She wanted to pursue dancebut her
desire was not blended with any passion or force. For her, marrying Vishwas was also important and she
wouldn’t sacrifice her love for the dance. Her balanced mind makes her likable and different fromher
parents. Actually she is away from the circle in which her parents were trapped which was too viciousto
believe. She dances and continues to do so because it is a hobby for her and not a way that leads to the
path of success.

Conclusion :
Dance Like a Man is a play that does not present the character as pure White or Black but it shows
their different shades in all possibilities. The play poses fundamental questions and presents the actors
with the best of their talents. It demands the answer whether the world is progressive in real sense or we
are still in search of that utopian era where no dance form is actually attached to any gender of the dancer
but considered as a pure form of Art.

89
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

REFERENCE :
Mallick,Saptarshi “What a Man! Is he a man!” The Constructs of the Patriarchs and the Deviants: Re-
framing Mahesh Dattani’s Where There is a Will and Dance Like a Man Impressions.vol.v issue II.
July2011.2Jan2012
Chaudhuri, Asha Kumari. Contemporary Indian Writers in English – Mahesh Dattani An Introduction.
Delhi: Foundation Books, 2005.Dattani, Mahesh. Collected Plays. New Delhi: Penguin Books,
2000.Butler, Judith. Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. Linda J.Nicholson.New
York: Routledge,1990.

90
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

A NOTE ON HOMOTOPY THEORY

S. Komala,Assistant Professor, S. Jeevitha, Assistant Professor,

MarudharKesari Jain College for Women MarudharKesari Jain College For Women,
Vaniyambadi. Vaniyambadi.

ABSTRACT
In this article, we study the elementary and basic concept of homotopytheory such as confibrations,
H-spaces, H-Groups and H-Cogroups etc. and some of their properties. For technical reasons and to
simplify the arguments, we suppose that all spaces are compactly generated. The results may hold in more
general conditions, however, we do not intend to introduce them with minimal hypothesis. We would omit
the proof of certain propositions, either because they are straightforward or because they demand more
information and technics of algebraic topology which do not lie within the scope of this article. We would
also suppose some familiarity of elementary topology. A more detailed and further considerations can be
found in the reference at the end of this article.

CONTENTS

1. Cofibrations
2. H-spaces, H-Groups, and H-Cogroups
3. Homotopy Groups
4. The Homotopy Sequence of a pair

1. COFIBRATIONS

Definition.

Let and be given spaces. Then is said to have the

91
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

with respect to if the following diagram can always be completed to be commutative:

Definition.

Let be a map. Then is called a if one can always fill in the

followingcommutative diagram.

for any space Y.

Proposition

For an inclusion the following are equivalent:

1) The inclusion map is a cofibration. 2) is a retract
of

Corollary.
If A is a sub complex of a -complex then the inclusion is a cofibration
Proposition

Assume that is closed and that there exist a neighborhood of and a map such
that :

92
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

1)
2)

3) deforms to through with fixed. That is, there is a map

such that for all

Then the inclusion is a cofibration. The converse also holds.

Proposition

If is closed and the inclusion is a cofibration then is a homotopy

equivalence. In fact, it is a homotopyequivalence of pairs ,where is

the vertex of the cone.

Corollary.

If is closed and the inclusion is a cofibration then the map induces

isomorphisms

and

Definition.
A base point is said to be if the inclusion is a cofibration. A

pointedHausdorff space with

base point is said to be -

93
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

2. H-spaces, H-Groups, and H-Cogroups

Definition.

An - is a pointed space with base point together with a map

sending such that and the maps taking and to

are each homotopic to the identity.

It is if the maps taking to and to

are homotopic .

It has a inverse homotopy if and the maps taking and to are

each homotopy to the constant map to

An H-group is a homotopy associative. - with a given homotopy inverse.

Definition.

An - is a pointed space and a map such that the following three conditions are
satisfied:
1) The constant map to the base point is a homotopy identity. That is the

compositions and of are both

homotopic to the identity rel base point.

2) It is homotopyassociative. That is the compositions and of

are homotopic to one another rel base point.

3) There is a homotopy inverse That is, and , of

are both homotopic to the constant map to the base paint realbase point.

94
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Proposition

In the pointed category:

1) -group is a group with multiplication induced by

2) -cogroup is a group with multiplication induced by

and
3) –cogroup and Y an H-space the two multiplications above on
coincide and are abelian.

Lemma
In the situation of Theorem 2.3(3), and for , we have

3. HOMOTOPY GROUPS
we regard the n-sphere as having the cogroup structure as the reduced
suspension The O-shepe is
with base point Then, for a space with base point

, we define the nth homotopygroup

This is a group for with the product defined by theorem 2.3(2).

Proposition

If is an -sapce then the multiplication in is

induced bythe - space multiplication and is abelian for n>=1.

95
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Lemma.
In the pointed category as groups.

Corollary.
is abelian for n>=2 and is abelian for . Moreover,
the group structure is independent ofthe suspension coordinate used to define it.

Corollary.
and similarly in the relative case.

Proposition
Let A be a closed subspace of containing the base point *. Suppose that
is a deformation of contracting A to *; i.e.,

Then the quotient map is a homotopy equivalence. Similarly for pairs

with .

4. THE HOMOTOPY SEQUENCE OF A PAIR

Definition.

A sequence of pointed space (or pointed pairs) is called coexact if, for each
pointed space (or pair)Y, the sequence of sets (pointed homotopyclasses)

is exact, i.e.,

96
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Proposition
For any map and for the inclusion the sequence

is coexact.

Corollary.
If is a cofibration, where is closed, then is
coexact.

Corollary.

Let be any map. Then the sequence is coexact,

where and are the obvious inclusions.

Corollary.
Given any map of pointed spaces, the

sequence is coexact, where with the homotopy

equivalence induced by the inclusion of in

followed by the quotient map to and then the collapsing of the subspace of

Lemma.
Coexactness is preserved by suspension.

Corollary.(Barratt-Puppe)
If is any map then the

sequence is
coexact. Also

etc. Similarly for maps ofpairs ofpointed spaces.

97
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
Proposition
For a map in is homotopic,
rel to a map into

Definition.
A pair is said to be if, for each every map

is homotopicrel to a map into . (Here

That is, each path component of touches and

for all and all

Proposition
for all

Proposition
The pair is - .

Proposition
The function is an isomorphism.

References
1. Glen E.Bredon. Topology and Geometry. Springer-Verlag, 1993.
2. Dugundji.S. Topology. Springer-Verlag, 1972.
3. Hu.S-T. Homotopy Theory. Academic Press, 1959.
4. Whitehead.G. Elements of Homotopy Theory. Springer-Verlag, 1978.
5. Kervaire.M and Milnor.J. Groups of homotopy spheres. I.Ann.of Math.77(1963)

98
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT & ENVIRONMENT

J.DIVYA
III BBA
MARUDHAR KESARI JAIN FOR WOMEN
VANIYAMBADI

ABSTRACT
Human resources management and environment in education involves building professional skills
in at the shareholder such as students teachers and administration on regular basis. This paper focuses on
main areas of human resource management is education for a developing country like Pakistan Firstly it
will discuss the human resources management in the process of change in an educational institution . A
second area is management of conflict among the people working in an institution. Third areas of focus in
the management of human resources management of human resources by distributive leadership. The role
of educational ICTs in management and development of human resources in education has been identified
as another substantially important factor. Finally, the importance of practice based educational
environment has been discussed. All of the above discussed themes are interconnected. Hence all of them
provide a sound basis for good governance education provides human resources management and
development in the right direction in a right place.

INTRODUCTION
Human Resources Management (HRM) is a relatively new approach to managing people in any
organization. People are considered the key resource in this approach. It is concerned with the people
dimension in management of an organization. Since an organization is a body of the people their
acquisition, development of skill, motivation for higher levels of attainments, as well as ensuring
maintenance of their level of commitment. Are all significant activities .These activities fall in the domain
of HRM . Human Resources Management is responsible for maintaining good human relation in the
organization. It is also concerned with development of individual and achieving integration of goals of
the organization and those of the individuals.

99
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

OBJECTIVES OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

* To ensure effective utilization of human resources, all other organization resources will be
efficiency utilized by the human resources

* To establish and maintain an adequate organization structure of relationship among all the
members of an organization by dividing organization tasks into function , position and job and by
defining clearly the responsibility , accountability , authority for each job and its relation with other job in
the organization .

* To generate maximum development of human resources with the organization byoffering

opportunities for advancement to employees through training and education.

* To ensure respect for human beings by providing various services and welfare to Facilities
personnel and human resources management

* To identify and satisfy the needs of individual by offering various monetary and non –
monetaryrewards of human resources management.

REVIEW OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

A.M Gurav and pralhad Krishna Mudalkar (2011)
“ This research paper highlights Human resources Practices is one of the essential factors of organization
and also it examine the role of human resources workforce and it contribution to the development of
sugar factories “.

Andries du Plessis , Andraw Hobbs , Rebecca Marshall and Paalvast (june2008)

“ In 21st century it necessary for organization that they should develop their competitive advanges
and for this fulfillment of this needs HR function and activities should assist the organization . for
surviving in global market and for meeting changing demand of customer HRM should gives stress on
proper recruitment and selection , development ofemployee and their career development opportunities.

100
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

.
ROLES AND CHALLENGES OF HUMAN RESOURCES
Human Resources (HR) Department is established in everyorganization under the change
of an human resources manager , This department plays an important role in the efficient management of
human resources , The human resources department gives assistance and provides services to all other
department on personnel matters . Though personnel or human . Resources manager is a staff officer in
relation to other department of enterprise, he has a line planning , organization , directing and controlling
to manager his department . He has also to perform certain operative function like recruitment , selection ,
training , placement , etc … Which the other line manager may entrust to him . He is basically a manager
whatever may be the nature of his operative function in the human resources management ..

FINDING & SUGGESTION

The journey of this research has been challenging but equally fulfilling for the researcher . This
inquiry has helped the researcher to gain knowledge not only related to the HR challenges , but also to
build perspective related to different aspect of management of not for profit organization and role played
by other actors such as government , funding agencies , corporate and community members . Mentioned
below is a brief summary of the preceding chapter of this report followed by finding and status of human
resources manager in an organization depends upon the types of organization structure .

CONCLUSION
Managers should be trained in human resources management concept to be effective
supervisors and leaders of their employees . This is true in small organization that do not have the
complex organization structure to have a designated HR department most large organization have a
defined HR department that consists of both generalistic and specialists in human resources function that
collaborate with manager to ensure theyare managing their employee appropriately .
History indicates that human resources management activities were observed as early as
2000B. (HRM) consists of an organization .
Human resources management can be applied to any activity of a healthcare operation . It plays a role
in the development of and legal and ethical is responsible for job analysis and the hiring process manager
employee benefits and provides input on employee performance . In additional human resources
management plays a role in emerging and future trends in health care plays an intergral role in strategies
management including work force plans.
101
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

REFERENCES

1. Bureau of labor statistics (2011) ,medical and health services manager available at
http://www.bls.gov/oco/ocos014.htm. Accessed December2,2011.

2. Goldstein , M,& Blumental , D, (2008) , Building an information technology infrastructure Journal of

law medicine &ethics , 36(4); 709-15.

3. Shi, L,& Singh , D.(2008).An Introduction to healthcare in America A System Approach Sudbury ,
MA Jones and Bartiett Publishers.

102
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

HUMAN VALUES & ETHICS IN PRESENT SCENARIO

C.JAYASRI,
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR, DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH

MARUDHAR KESARI JAIN COLLEGE FOR WOMEN,VANIYAMBADI

ABSTRACT
Human rights are defined as moral entitlements that place obligations on other people to treat one
with dignity and respect. Organisations and engineers are to be familiar with the minimum provisions
under the human rights, so that the engineers and organizations for a firm base for understanding and
productivity. The word ethics is derived from an ancient Greek word ethos which means habit, custom or
character. That is morality in the real sense. The habits and character of a person talk about the moral
values he/she holds. In other words, a person’s moral values define his character. We are all told what is
good and what is bad based on moral norms set by society.
KEYWORDS
Ethical system,ethical principles, family, school, emotion, empathy, environment

INTRODUCTION
Values are of extreme importance to a person. This is because they determine their behavior,
temperament and overall behavior towards life and other people. The decisions we make in our lives are
largely based on our values. A value or ethics is according to Ozment an enduring belief or trust that a
specific mode of conduct and dealing or end-state of its existence is personally or socially likable to an
opposite or converse mode of dealing or end-state of existence. ethics can be said as if someone has stolen
some ones things so we should help the people whose things have been stolen and not to run away from
the situation. Ethics and values are very important and necessary in our lives, and we should always follow
them all through our lives. Experienced with upstanding values and ethical or moral standards are easy to
recognize, as is the company that employs them. Values-based business decisions and ethical guidelines
adhered to by all are the benchmarks for success. Those who agree to accept less can have an adverse
effect on their company and maybe the rest of society. Ethics and values are very crucial for a human
being when it comes to personal and professional success. the valued sentiment and the arts as the
expression ofthe human mind and as education in humanity, both Hazlitt and Stendhal mistrusted any
103
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

excessive expression of sentiment. They saw in Rousseau the example of sentimentalism in feeling and
style. Interestingly, they both associated sentimentalism with sham emotions and with oratorical style;
sentimentalism in feelings leads to a self-centered vision ofthe world, and to complacency and conceit.
Sentimentalist style holds on to an imbalance between form and content, with a large abundance of words in
comparison to ideas. Rousseau embodied these excesses, and, in spite of the seduction of his writings, Hazlitt
and Stendhal were equally committed to denouncing the draw-backs and dangers they represented, and
continue to represent.
These are the moral rules that stay with someone always; not only does the individual use these
social ethics as guidelines in their lives, but they also teach their children the same values. Â Besides
moral values, families teach their children to do the job ethic. They provide children with few chores to
do, such as cleaning their room, taking out the trash, and generally serving around the home.

If they finish the tasks on time, they will receive money for this service. These regular jobs not
only show kids the value of earning money but also show them that hard work with honesty is always
rewarded.

1.SCHOOL

After home or parents, another source of values and ethics in the school. Children learn in the
school on time, complete their homework, and study hard to earn good grades. Just as with chores and
allowances at residence, schoolwork teaches that by studying and working hard, one can get a success
good category and get into good schools and colleges Being on time for school regularly is the beginning
of one’s time on management skills. They should learn the importance of discipline in life and budget
them after school activities, parent’s time and homework time teaches one to prioritize what he or she
values.

Uses of Ethics and Values in Life

Currently, everyone knows the value of ethics and values. Every individual should have manners and
ethical principles to live a life, and in all the areas ethics and values are being used to work smoothly.
A sample of the value as can be seen if one wants to make a friend with another they must have
values with them they should be a hard worker and honest with one another and forever be truthful with
them.

104
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Also, ethics can be said as if someone has stolen someone’s things so we should help the people
whose things have been stolen and not to run away from the situation. Ethics and values are very
important and necessary in our lives, and we should always follow themall throughour lives.

Expert values and ethics are bare extensions of the values and ethics which a person learned from family,
spiritual leaders and teachers. Whatever is taught in school and colleges to value growing up will carry
over in the professional world.

Experienced with upstanding values and ethical or moral standards are easy to recognize, as
is thecompany that employs them. Values-based business decisions and ethical guidelines adhered to
by all arethe benchmarks for success. Those who agree to accept less can have an adverse effect on
their companyand maybe, the rest of society.

Ethical Principles
The principles and values that an individual uses to govern his or her activities and decisions are
known as ethics. A set of principles within an organisation is called the code of ethics; this guides the
organisation in its programs, policies, and decisions for the business. An organisation's reputation,
productivity and bottom line of the business can be affected by the ethical philosophy that it uses to conduct
business. Principles such as honesty, integrity, fairness, and concern for other Domestic Surveillance and
Ethical Principles Why do we neglect any ethical principles? According to the basics of utilitarianism,
human deeds focus on common welfare. When we turn into spy’s and follow our family members, we hope
that it will work in favor of our family welfare and common utility. We can compare home spying with
domestic surveillance to show how ethical principles work in this area. As a matter of fact, domestic
surveillance focuses on potential crime prevention. On the other hand Literature is a social document of
contemporary society. Literature expand our imaginations and refine our moral and social sensibilities. We
need to go beyond the appeal to common experience and into the territory of psychological research.
people are more prone to do that when the story is set away from home. The emotional situations and
moral dilemmas that are the stuff of literature are also exercise for the brain studies suggest, increasing our
real-life. We also become sensitive towards other human beings. And our family and social relations
depend upon our sensitivity towards others. In literature it is used for the cleansing of emotions of the
characters. It can also be any other radical change that leads to emotional rejuvenation of a person. Some
writers are chiefly aware of their enterprise, and struggle to meet their literary targets. Observing their
endeavor in their diaries, correspondence, notes, and theoretical remarks scattered across their fictions.
105
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Human Rights Obligations

Human rights are defined as moral entitlements that place obligations on other people to treat one
with dignity and respect. Organisations and engineers are to be familiar with the minimum provisions
under the human rights, so that the engineers and organizations for a firm base for understanding and
productivity. Provisions under ‘human rights’ are as follows:

1. Right to pursue legitimate personal interest

2. Right to make a living
3. Right to privacy
4. Right to property
5. Right ofnon-discrimination
6. No sexual harassment
Under professional rights, the following provisions are protected: 1. Right to form and express
professional judgment: It is also called the right of professional conscience. In pursuing professional
responsibilities, this empowers one to form and exercise the professional judgment. Both technical and
moral judgments are included. This right is bound by the responsibilities to employers and colleagues. 2.
Right to refuse to participate in unethical activities: It is also called the right of conscientious refusal. It is
the right to refuse to engage in unethical actions and to refuse to do so solely because one views that as
unethical. The employer can not force or threaten the employee to do something that is considered by that
employee as unethical or unacceptable. For

example, unethical and illegal activities that can be refused are: falsifying data, forging documents,
altering test results, lying, giving or taking bribe etc. There may be situations, when there is a
disagreement or no shared agreement among reasonable people over whether an act is unethical. Medical
practitioners have a right not to participate in abortions. Similarly, the engineers must have a right to
refuse assignments that violate their personal conscience, such as when there exists a threat to human life
or moral disagreement among reasonable people. 3. Right to fair recognition and to receive remuneration
for professional services: Engineers have a right to professional recognition for their work and
achievements. This includes fair monetaryand non-monetary forms ofrecognition. It is related to morality

106
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

as well as selfinterest. They motivate them to concentrate their energy on jobs and to update their
knowledge and skills through continuing education. This will prevent the engineers from diversion such as
moonlighting or bother on money matters. Many times, the engineers who have labored to get patents on
the organizations are not adequately remunerated. Based on the resources of the organization and the
bargaining power of the engineers, the reasonable salary or remuneration for patent discovery can be
worked out.

CONCLUSION
Human values take precedence over social values. Human values are now withering very fast
for which we humans are most responsible. Value based education should be emphasized ranging
from school to university level of education. Human value is generally known to be a moral standard
of human behaviour. The discussion of ethics provides an understanding of human behavior and
decision making. Our actions and decisions in any situation define how society views us. We must be
mindful about how others view us, our decisions, and our actions This results in definitions of moral
ethics varying greatly… A Conclusion Paper To Of Write Code Ethics. Data Steel Ltd was one of the first
Indian companies to adopt the stringent guidelines under the Global Reporting Initiatives. If you need this
or any other sample, we can send it to you via email. I see that ads for relatively inexpensive products are
not really worth arguing over. As a concept, work inherently conveys value, connects intellectual and
manual labour, and recognizes social divisions of labour. .

References

1.Professional Ehtics &Human Values by M.Govindarajan,S.Natarajan,Vol.2 pp.42 -57

2.Human Values & Ethices by R.Ishwar singh Vol.4 pp 13-22

3. https://www.gooc2. 8.1104420832j0j15&sourceid=chrome&ie=UTF-8

4. shttps://www.google.com/search?q=human+values+and+professional+ethics+book+pdf&rlz=1C1G
CEA_enIN949IN949&oq=&aqs=chrosme.1

107
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

A SCIENCE FICTION: PARALLEL BETWEEN TIME MACHINE AND PERELENDRA

Ms. S. Samiha Banu,
Assistant Professor, Department of English,
MARUDHAR KESARI JAIN COLLEGE FOR
WOMEN, Vaniyambadi
ABSTRACT

This paper deals about the advancement of human intellectual in nineteenth century as depicted
throughout this prior to invention of the time machine and Perelendra. In addition it indicates transformation
changes in the human behavior as shaped by the prevailing civilization that are brought from the fourth
dimension by the time traveler in his time machine.

KEYWORDS: PERELENDRA, TIME MACHINE, CIVILIZATION

INTRODUCTION

In his most recent work, Science & Religion: A New Introduction (2020) Alister E. McGrath states
that the study of Science and Religion brings two of the most significant and different forces in human
culture: spirituality and the great mysteries of human nature and destiny. I would say that Literature does
the same: a literary narrative is able to construct an imaginative universe that can transport man to other
planets or universes in order to provide a reflection about the real world. In this sense, C. S. Lewis and H.
G. Well prominent writers and they probably found inspiration in religious narratives.
Indeed, the importance of Bible as inspiration for the first literary works or even for the first
scientific inventions seems to be acceptable for a huge number of scholars, such as the ones we have
mentioned in this study. The importance of the Bible for the scientific task of understanding the natural
world has conflicted the minds of religious people at least as far back as the time of Augustine. Recently,
there has been an increasing number of studies and researches seeking to analyze the role of scripture in
episodes that explore scientific experiments. In this sense, Science Fiction genre seems to be a fertile field
to provide discussion dealing with Religion and Science.

108
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

The human being, despite of other animals, is not simply immersed in nature. Humanity is part of a
mythological universe formed by a set of assumptions and beliefs developed from its existential concerns.
Fragments of this set are (consciously or unconsciously) embedded within peoples' cultures, independent
of how different they may be, and can be recognized when displayed in arts in general. Myths and
literature have been walking together for as long as they came to being. In the epic Gilgamesh, in
Homer's The Odyssey and The Iliad and in the oldest parts of the Bible myth and literature are inseparable
elements, one being an integral part of the development of the other.

Perelandra: A Soft Science Fiction

Lewis's Ransom Trilogy has been the object of discussions about whether it should be considered
as part of science fiction genre or not. One of the most eloquent critics on Lewis's creation was J. B. S.
Haldane, scientist and writer, who was one of the main inspirations for the character Weston. In his review
of the trilogy entitled Auld Hornie R. R. S., Haldane writes, among other critics, that Lewis did not
understand science enough to write convincing science fiction. In response, Lewis wrote a reply to
Haldane, which was found among other papers after his death, for he never submitted it to publication.

In "Reply to Professor Haldane", Lewis addresses to several points of the critic, starting by
pointing out some mistakes committed by Haldane's criticism. As a specialist in Medieval History and
Literature, Lewis demonstrates that medieval scientists had a far more accurate picture of the Earth than
Haldane claimed they did, and about that he concludes: «in other words, the Professor is about as good a
historian as I am a scientist. The difference is that his false history is produced in works intended to be
true, whereas my false science is produced in romances» (Lewis, 1966, p. 76).

In his essay On Stories, and Other Essays on Literature, Lewis admits he does not handle so well
the fiction of Engineers, which is how he called Hard Science Fiction subgenre, for he is too uneducated
scientifically and also too out of sympathyof the projects they are interested in (Lewis, 1982, p. 58).
Lewis trilogy would fit the subgenre of Soft Science Fiction, which Gary K. Wolfe in his text "Coming to
Terms" would define as a formation «used sometimes to refer to Science Fiction based on so-called "soft"
sciences (anthropology, sociology, etc.), and sometimes refer to Science Fiction in which there is little
science or awareness of science at all» (Wolfe, 2005, p. 21).

109
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Perelandra, as well as the other two novels in Space Trilogy, may be called Soft Science Fiction,
for they are less concerned with scientific accuracy and more interested in human, social and
psychological aspects. The focus, especially in Out of the Silent Planet (1965a) and Perelandra (1965b) -if
compared to the third and last book in the trilogy, That Hideous Strength (1943)- is on human mind and
behavior as it experiments the new environment, rather than in technical possibilities. It does not mean
necessarily that Lewis did not care about adding scientific elements to the story. On the contrary, Lewis
experiments on hard science: astronomy, for instance. On chapter 2, Ransom and the narrator have a pre-
trip discussion about Venus's temperature, atmosphere and revolutions on itself and around the Sun.

The Time Machine and Perelandra: a comparative analysis

Some SF works include trips to other worlds, as well as quests, exploration of outer space and
interplanetary warfare -but not all do-. Some portray utopias or dystopias, but many do not. Many are set
in a futuristic context, some others in a revisited (and somehow different) past, while others don't care
about neither: they display contemporary settings that differ from our realistic present, maybe for being
developed in a parallel world, maybe for massive presence or invasion of alien beings... Some are close to
hard SF, for they care mostly about technological and scientific development while others are identified
with what is called soft science fiction (the one which relates to anthropology, sociology, psychology,
etc.); and so on.

During the current topic, some of those characteristics have been spotted in Perelandra already,
while others are still to be discussed in the following ones: it brings a trip to another world, portrays a
utopia and is close to what is called soft science fiction. Now, a parallel between Perelandra and The Time
Machine, two novel which share several features on the net of family resemblances, will be analyzed and
compared in this subtopic.

On that same way, Perelandra displays verisimilitude to The Time Machine (1895), for the
narrative structure and plot outline of both novels touch in several moments and Lewis starts with Wells's
premises to build a new (and most times opposing) perspective. Both novels present an eschatological
characteristic, for both writers deal with the future of humanity, evolution process and its philosophical
implications - in this last one, differences are more evident.

110
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

In terms of structure of narrative, both novels have their travelers' adventures told in flashback
from the third chapter on, being the first and second dedicated to explaining some particularities before
theydepart and the narrators' first impression by the hero's return. The time traveler arrives at night, in a
pitiful state:
He was in an amazing plight. His coat was dusty and dirty, and smeared with green down the
sleeves; his hair disordered, and as it seemed to me grayer - either with dust and dirt or because its color
had actually faded. His face was ghastly pale; his chin had a brown cut on it - a cut half healed, his
expression was haggard and drawn, as by intense suffering. (Wells, 1980, p. 18).

He leaves to wash himself and dress properly for dinner. He is suffering froma lame foot and is
«starving for a bit of meat» (1980, p. 19) and agrees to tell his story, if his audience refrains from
interruptions. In his pocket, the time traveler had flowers put there by Weena, his friend from the future.

In Perelandra, things have a way more optimistic tone: Ransom coming back happens early in
the morning; he seems to be seriously injured at first, but then the narrator understands that the red thing
covering Ransom is not blood, but an amount of flowers the King and the Queen covered him with before
he left Venus. He doesn't look tired or sad as the Time Traveler, on the contrary: most a new Ransom,
glowing with health and rounded with muscle and seemingly ten years younger. In the old days he had
been beginning to show a few grey hairs; but now the beard which swept his chest was pure gold. (Lewis,
1965b
, p. 30).

He keeps asking his friends if they were really all right, for they looked ill to him. Ransom, as the
Time Traveler did, also leaves his companies to take a bath before he joins them for a meal, this time
breakfast. He refuses bacon and eggs that are offered to him, and is disappointed to find out there is no
fruit available.
Ransom seems to have felt more at home in Perelandra than the Time Traveler in the futuristic
Earth. Ransom is also hurt in his inferior member, for he was bitten by the Un-man and his heelhas an
unstoppable hemorrhage. After those details being explained, he starts telling his story.

111
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
About their adventures, both arrive in a mild climate place and right after their arrival a
precipitation takes place: a hail to the Time Traveler, a storm to Ransom. Both heroes encounter people
living on fruit who seem to have no responsibilities, only leisure; both develop profound friendship and
protective behavior toward female inhabitants: Weena, an Eloi, for the Time Traveler; Tinidril, the Green
Lady, for Ransom. Both travelers have a fight underground: the Time Travelers fights the Morlocks,
Ransom fights the Un-man. Both have a glance of humanity's destiny, for the Time Traveler uses his
machine to go even further into the future, while Ransom learns about things to come from
the Oyéresu and Majesties of Perelandra during their oratorio about the Great Dance that later turns into
visions.

For Lewis, the answer for the things to come can be found in the past, in the original sin. It
indicates that Ransom's trip is, as in Wells, time-traveling; this time for the past though. In the final page
of Out of the Silent Planet, Lewis indicates that «Now that Weston has closed the door, the way to other
planets will be through the past. If there is to be any more space-traveling, it will have to be time-traveling
as well» (Lewis, 1965a, p. 220). Instead of being sent to the Garden of Eden, Ransom goes to Venus,
which is a newer world than Earth, considering Laplace's hypothesis. There, humankind's history is just
starting; the planet is in a very young stage of development, which once Earth had been to and suffers the
same risk of falling through the sins of their original couple, as it happened on Earth long ago, according
to the novel's story.

In The Time Machine, three hypotheses about mankind's future are developed throughout the story,
each one of them focusing in a specific aspect of the evolutionary theory and being replaced by the
following one. In Perelandra, Ransom has three conversations with the Green Lady which are analogous
to those hypotheses, being Malacandra an interesting counterpoint to the implications of evolutionary
theory.

The first hypothesis raised bythe Time Traveler is that the Eloi are childlike and fragile because at
some point in evolution strength and intelligence were no longer necessary, which would justify the
survival of the fittest. About that same hypothesis, but developing on the opposite idea, the Green Lady
and Ransom have their first conversation and talk about the species in Malacandra, which are not human
like and are soonto disappear, since all population in the new planets are human-shaped.

112
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

CONCLUSION

Despite of not being a great expert in science as it is usually displayed in Hard Science Fiction
works, Lewis developed his own way of creating science fictional plots. In Perelandra, he experimented
Venus's astronomical knowledge of his time, speculated on biological and philosophical
(mis)interpretations of evolutionary theory. Besides, he invested on psychology, cultural criticism and
social sciences, characteristic that places Perelandra in Soft Science Fiction canon.

When writing Perelandra, Lewis surely kept in mind the one who was his most influent writer in
this genre, H.G. Wells, for approval or disagreement purposes; and that is why it is possible to notice
several resemblances of his novel with The Time Machine. For all those features, it was possible to infer
that both Perelandra and The Time Machine bring a deep reflection embedded in religious and humanistic
knowledge and discussions.

BIBLIOGRAPGY

Kreuziger, F. (1986). The Religion of Science Fiction. Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State
University Popular Press.

Lewis, C. S. (1965a). Out of the Silent Planet. New York: MacMillian Publishing Co.

Lewis, C. S. (1965b). Perelandra. New York: MacMillian Publishing Co.

Wells, H. G. (1980). The Time Machine. New Jersey: Watermill Press.

113
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Diasporic Elements in Anita Desai’s “Bye-Bye Blackbird”

Komazishwari A,

I M.A. English,
Marudhar kesari Jain College For Women,

Vaniyambadi, Tirupattur, Tamilnadu, India.

ABSTRACT

This paper deals with the diasporic elements in Anita Desai’s “Bye-Bye Blackbird”. It depicts the
struggle between the homeland and the host land. This thesis focuses on the psychological conflicts of
diasporas. It discusses an immigrant’s experience in a new land andthe problem of assimilation. It talks
about the unconscious thoughts and repressed desires. This paper highlights the alienation and identity
crisis. It firmly explores the notion of immigrants about the host land and its culture. It shows the thrust
for identity, quest for luxurious life and nostalgia. Among the women novelists in Indian fiction in
English such as Kamala
Markandaya, Arundhati Roy, R.P.Jhabwala, Santa Rama Rao, Shobha De etc., Anita Desai is one of the
most significant fiction writers. Her novel “Bye-Bye Blackbird” deals with the tropical problem and
adjustment of Indians who have immigrant to England for the better prospects of life. Some critics
consider the present novel as an autobiography as it describes Desai’s own experiences whatever she felt,
observed, and lived in England. Thus, the novel is a combination of personal experiences as well as the
experiences of all immigrants.

KEY WORDS: Diasporic Literature, Anita Desai, Feeling of Alienation, Fascination for England,
Nostalgia and Immigration, and Identity crisis.

114
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

INTRODUCTION

The Term of “Diaspora” is generally used to refer the any people or population to leave their
homeland and they settled down to a foreign place which is far from their own homeland. Diasporic
literature has been playing a significant role in depicting culture and history of nations and revealing
reality about people on diaspora. Diasporic writing deals with swinging between the memory of
homeland and the new land, the migrants are in a permanent mental and emotional battle between the
myth and customs of the old world and; freedom and attractions of the new one.Diaspora Literature
involves an idea of a homeland, a place from where the displacement occurs and narratives of harsh
journeys undertaken on account of economic compulsions. Basically. Diaspora is a minority
community living in exile. Anita Desai, Bharati Mukherjee, Shashi Tharoor, Amitav Ghosh, Vikram
Seth, Sunetra Gupta, Rohinton Mistry, Jhumpa Lahiri, and Hari Kunzru are the prominent Indian
Diasporic writers Anita Desai, born Anita Mazumdar (born 24 June 1937) to a German immigrant
mother, Toni Nime, and a Bengali businessman, D. N. Mazumdar. She grew up speaking Hindi with her
neighbours, and only German at her home. She also spoke Bengali, Urdu and English out of her House.
She first learned to read and write in English at school and as a result, English became her "literary
language". She began to write in English at the age of seven and published her first story at the age
of nine. Desai is an Indian novelist and the Emerita John E. Burchard Professorof Humanities at the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Anita Desai is an Indian novelist and short story writer. She is
known for the portrayal of the inner life of the characters. She is deeply concerned with human
problems. She has been shortlisted for the Booker Prize three times for her works Clear Light of Day
(1980), In Custody (1984) and Fasting & Feasting (1999). Desai received a Sahitya Akadmi Award in
1978 for her novel Fire on the Mountain. Her present novel mirrors the complexity of human
relationship. There are three major characters named Dev, Adit and Sarah. The novel mainly deals with
the problem in immigrants, alienation,love-hate relationship, lack of adjustment and
existentialism.There are so many diasporic elements in this novel. The diasporic elements are
Alienation, Rootlessness, Displacement, Nostalgia and Identity crisis. Indian diasporic Literature
focuses on different issues and many aspects of immigrant’s lives. Such works are Bharathi Mukherjee’s
Jasmine (1990), Meera Syal’s Anita and Me (1996), Chitra Baneerjee’s The Mistress of Spices (1996)
and Jhumpa Lahiri’s The Namesake (2003) Anita Desai’s “Bye-Bye Blackbird” was published in 1971
and has socio-political background, east-west encounter, immigrant’s alienation, nostalgia, prejudice
and identity crisis. The word “Blackbird” in the
115
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

title refers to the Indian immigrant in England and natives of England said good bye to the immigrants.
The author had divided the story totally into three parts-Arrival, revelation and perception and finally
abandonment.

DIASPORIC ELEMENTS

Alienation is the process whereby people become foreign to the world they are living in. The concept
of alienation is deeply embedded in all the great religions and social and political theories of the
civilized epoch, namely, the idea that sometime in the past people lived in harmony, and then there was
some kind of rupture which left people feeling like foreigners in the world, but sometime in the future
this alienation would be overcome and humanity would again live in harmony. In the novel “Bye-Bye
Blackbird”, Dev’s alienation and spiritual agony are objectified in his hellish experience in London at
the tube station. He is in dilemma as whether he stays on in London or return to India. Dev’s contact
begins from Adit who has settled in England with an English Wife, Sarah. The Cultural differences
expand and Dev moves out in
search of a job. He undergoes various experiences and cultural shocks. The difference between
expectation and reality disturbs him and leads to alienation. Dev is a Bengali student. He arrives
England to enter the famous London school of Economics. He wanted to get higher education. At the
very beginning, he starts to seek the job for him. He analyses his fascination for Englandin the very
beginning of the novel as… “…he is appreciative of the greens and oranges of Cezanne, the trees of Van
Gogh and the muscular ballet girls of Degas in their etherealtutus.” He stays with Adit and Sarah.
Nevertheless, he has high prejudice against English snobbery. After arrival, he starts to seekthe job for
him. Initially he is frustrated but gets the job of a sales representative in a bookshop Nostalgia is a
sentimental longing or wistful affection for a period in the past. In literature, nostalgia is employed to
discuss a general interest in the past, or the personalities of the past, and subsequent feelings of pleasure
or pain. The term nostalgia, or the feeling of homesickness, has been derived from a Homeric term,
“nostos,” which means homecoming. Homer used this termin his work Odyssey, to show how homesick
Odysseus grew when he freed himself from the war.Adit’s nostalgia is caused by his visit of in-laws. It is
also intensified by the unexpected outbreakof the Indo-Pak war. Gradually his nostalgia takes a dreadful
turn. It makes him ill and suffocating in English surrounding. He gets visions as one who is a psychic
case. He is lost in thememory of India. He carves for the Indian twilight. Like a child, he wants to see an

116
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Identity crisis is a period of uncertainty and confusion in which a person's sense of identity
becomes insecure, typically due to a change in their expected aims or role in society. The term “identity
crisis” first came from developmental psychologist and psychoanalyst Erik Erikson. He introduced the
ideas of adolescent identity crises, believing that personalities developed by resolving crises in life. In
the novel “Bye-Bye Blackbird” Sarah, English women, wife of Adit is in identity crisis, whether she
belongs to her native or to her Husband, Adit’s native land India. Her plight has not been treated in
detail, there are certain significant clues to her problems, which, when collated, present a very lonely
and helpless person. She is culturally alienated and her marriage to a “wog” obliges her to keep “to the
loneliest path” and walk “drawing across her face a mask of secrecy.” “Those who glanced at her ---
made aware of her by the violence with which she turned away from them---felt apprehensive, but, since
she was a stranger, gave it no thought.” Her main problem is to know her identity in precious terms. Her
married life being what it is, she begins to play roles to hoodwink people and even herself. She would
knowing too well that she is parading “like an impostor, to make claims to a life, an identity that she did
not herself feel to be her own.” This acting out of roles tells upon her nerves and she feels “so cut and
slashed into living, bleeding piece”. Sarah is portrayed as a traditional wife. Her situation is more
complex. She cannot decide her real identity. There are numerous adjustments of Sarah in the novel. She
hates English People’s love of privacy and narrow-mindedness. By marrying a brown Asian she has
broken the social code of England hence she is always subject to taunts and jibes of not only her
colleagues but even of young pupils of the school, where she works as aclerk. She always avoids any
questions regarding her husband and family life but her peeks take a perverse delight in asking such
questions. Julia who is a teacher in her school comes out with typical British superciliousness. Off all
the wives in Anita Desai’s novel Sarah is the best in understanding and supports her husband. In the
circumstance mentioned above she knows how tohandle her husband though she is in identitycrisis.

CONCLUSION

Thus, by this novel “Bye-Bye Blackbird” Anita Desai beautifully portrayed the images of Indian
immigrants in England and their longingness to return to their homeland. Desai sketched all the
Diasporic elements especially alienation, nostalgia and identity crisis through the three main characters-
Adit, Dev and Sarah.

117
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

REFERENCES AND WORKS CITED

Desai, Anita. 1985. Bye-Bye Blackbird. Delhi: Orient Paperbacks.

Pal, Shashi. “Alienation to Existentialism: A Studyof Anita Desai’s Novel”. The Quest 9.1, Jun 1995.

R.S. Sharma, Alienation, Accommodation and the Local in Anita Desai’s Bye-Bye, Blackbird, The
Literary Criterion, 1979.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anita_Desai

https://literariness.org/2019/04/05/analysis-of-anita-desais-novels/

https://dotnepal.com/bye-bye-blackbird-analysis-of-anita-desais-bye-bye-blackbird/

118
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Python & it’s advantages

Yazhinipriya.B
BCA 2 ⁿᵈ year
Marudhar kesari Jain college forwomen, vaniyambadi

Introduction

Python is a general purpose programming language created by Guido van rossum from cw I is a
national research institude for mathematics and computer science in netherlands.The language was
released in 1991.python gots its name from a BBC comedy Series from seventies”Monty python’s flying
circus”. Python supports both procedural and objecf oriented programming approches

Key features of python

 It is a general purpose progrmming language which can be used for both scientific & non scientific

 It is a platform independent programming language

 The program written in python are easily readable and understand

 The version 3.x of python IDLE.

 It can br download fromthe web resource www.python.org

Testimonies

 Python being popular is used by number of tech gaints like Google ,instagram,
printerest,yahoo,disney,IBM,

119
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Nokia etc….

1.python–100.0

2.C++ --99.7

3.Java --97.5

4.C --96.7

5.C# --89.4

6.PHP --84 .9

Python
 Python is a high level ,interpreted ,and general purpose dynamic programming language that
focuses on code readability
 It has fewer steps when compared to java and c
 It was founded in 1991 by bydeveloper guido van rossum

Business used in python

 Easysyntax & readability
 High level scripting language with oops
 Famous for enormous function add on module, libraries,framework and toolkits
 Built in function supports scientific computing
Applications of python
 GUI based desktop application
 Web framework and application
 Operating system
 Education
 Database access

Abstract in python

120
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

 Abstract in python is concept of object oriented programming ,where user is unaware the
complex implementation detail of functionality and internal.working,whereas is only able to
see the basic functionality and Internal details are hidden
Creating script in python
 Choose file—new file or press Ctrl+Nin python shell window
 An untitled blank script text editor will be displayed on screen
 Type the following code in script editor
a=100

b=350

c=a+b

print(“The sum=,c)
 Choose file—save or press ctrl+s
 Now,Save as dialog box appears onthe screen
 Finally ,click Save buttonto save your python script
 Choose Run—Run Module or press F5
Executing python script
 For allerror free code ,the output will appear in the IDLE window of python
Advantages
 Presence ofthird party modules
 Extensive support libraties
 Open source and Community development
 Versatile, easyto read learn and write
 User friendly data structure
 High level language
 Dynamically typed language
 Object oriented language
 Portable and interactive
 Ideal for prototype provide more functionality with less coding
 Highlyefficient

121
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
 Internet ofthings oppurtunities
 Interpreted language
 Portable across operating system

Conclusion
Python is fun and stuff right now,but remember….Python is fully-fledged programming language. Any
code you download from github,the python package index ,or anywhere else, can be malicious and would
almost certainly go unnoticed by most people’s firewalls.

Reference
Reference values are hidden in python.There isn’t any explicity user type for storing the reference
value.However ,you can use a list element as the reference variable,becauseall container do store the
elements also as reference to the target object.

122
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Numerical Analysis and Scientific Computing

A.K.Haripriya1 ,
S.Sai Sharmila2
I M.Sc Mathematics
Department of Mathematics
Marudhar Kesari Jain College For Women
Vaniyambadi

Abstract:
In, numerical analysis is the studyofalgorithm. It is used in the problems of numerical
approximation in mathematics analysis. linear and non-linear equation are used in numerical analysis and
scientific computing also it is used for linear algebra and ordinary differential equation. It also used in
stochastic differential equation. Here we will learn more about numerical analysis of numerical method.
Keyword:
Numerical analysis and Definition, Importance, Taylor’s & Jacobian theoremand Formulas.

Introduction
Numerical algorithms are old as human civilization. In ancient Egypt the Rhind papyrus
(1650BC) defined the root for solving a simple equation; During the 20 th century, the growth and
development of digital computers are to increase uses of realistic mathematical models in sciences. In
scientific computing the growth and importance for using computers to carry out and computational
science numerical problems for solving mathematical models has takenthe implement during the 1980s &

123
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

1990s. It is concerned with using the most powerful tools of numerical analysis, computer graphics,
symbolic mathematical computations, and graphical user interfaces to make it fluent for a user to improve
and , solve the interpret complicated mathematical models and procedure of the realworld.

Scientific Computing:
Computational science is otherwise known as scientific computing or scientific computation. It is
availabity in constructing mathematical models and quantitative analysis techniques. And also used in
computers to analyze and to solve scientific problems. In practical section, it is basically the importance
used in the computer simulation and other forms of computation from numerical analysis and theoretical
computer science. The scientific computing approaching us to gain understanding, an analysing of
mathematical models to implementing on computers. Python is frequently used in high-performance
scientific application and also widely used in academia and also in scientific projects.

Importance of Numerical Analysis:

124
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

 Numericalanalysis is used in engineering field.

 Numerical analysis is used for weather prediction analysing.

 Car companies can improve the vehicles for the crash safety.

 Insurance companies are using numericalprograms for actuarial analysis .

Numerical Analysis & Scientific Computing in Various Fields:

In mathematics, the numerical analysis and scientific computing are used in triangle for
computing the square roots is extremely used in problem of solving , Instance in astronomy, in carpentry
and also construction numerical analysis, used in applications in all the field of engineering, the physical
sciences, celestial mechanics, planets, stars and galaxies. Also used in the numerical linear algebra, in
stochastic differential equation, medicine and biology field and also in the area of modern computer
interpolation hand interpolation.

Numerical analysis used in our daily life:

In mathematics field, the word `analysis´ means to solve the problems through equation
and reduce those equation in more methods. For used more related field of mathematics.
 It is used in background of historical fields.

125
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

 It also used in different methods and more areas under numerical analysis .

 But also used in modern field of application in numerical analysis.

 Before the middle period of 20 th century, and still the advance of modern computers, all these
methods are implemented by manual.

 ″Method of exhaustion ″ is used in the field of mathematics which was discovered by archimedes
shapes.

 It is commonlyused for calculate the geometric figures which as length, area and volume.

Conclusion:
In this work, we have in particular, described method for computations on a very brief range.
The stability of the methods have been proven in many methods of problems and also we provided more
implementation results to support the theory. We should also mention that the methods can be elaborate in
a finite analysis. We also presented a numerical analysis in different fields.
Reference:
(i) S. P. Puri, Avoiding engineering failures caused by computer-related errors, Journal of Computing in
Civil Engineering,
12(4)(1998), 170-2.
[ii] D. Ho, S. Donohoo, K. Boyes and C. Lock, Numerical analysis and the real world it looks pretty but is
it Right?,
Proceedings ofthe NAFEMS World Congress, (2003).
[iii] D. Ruhela and R. Jat, Complexity & Performance Analysis of Parallel Algorithms of Numerical
Quadrature Formulas
on Multi Core system Using Open MP, International Journal of Engineering and Computer Science,
3(07)(2014).
[iv] D. Potts, Numerical analysis: a virtual dream or practical reality?, Geotechnique, 53(6)(2003), 535-73.

126
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

APPLICATION OF EULERIAN GRAPHS IN VARIOUS FIELD

S.Revathi
Department of Statistics
Marudhar Kesari Jain College for Women,Vaniyambadi,
Tamil Nadu, India

Abstract :
In this article we discuss about Eulerian graph and certain application problems that
involve Eulerian graphs, starting from the problem of Konigsberg seven bridges to the current problem
of DNA fragment assembly. A connected graph G is Eulerian if there exists a closed trail containing
every edge of G. Such a trail is an Eulerian trail. Note that this definition requires each edge to be
traversed once and once only.
Keywords: Graphs, edges, vertices

Introduction:
Topics under the board title “ Discrete Mathematics” are intended to provide the mathematical
foundation for pursuing courses relating to computer science besides giving a mathematical backgroundfor
solving problems in manyapplication areas. Graph theory is one such topic which has found use in avariety
of application problems. The development of the subject of graph theory has therefore been phenomenal
with the subject drawing from and contributing to many other disciplines of study.

Eulerian Graph - Definition

The graphs can have loops and multiple edges such a graphs are called multigraphs. Let X=(V,E) be
a graph. Then recall that a trail in X is a walk in which each edge is distinct A graph is said to be an
Eulerian graph or a closed Eulerian trail if there is a closed trail that traverses each edge of X exactly once.
Note that this is equivalent to saying that a graph X is Eulerian, if one can find a walk that traverses every
edge of X exactly once and finishes at the starting vertex.

127
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Acquaintance Problem and Graphs

A graph leader of company was addressing in a training programme, a group of 21 newly recruited
trainees of the company, who have assembled for the programme. Among the 21 trainees assembled here
it could be that there are trainees who know each other, trainees who know all others trainees who do not
know each others as well as trainees who do not know anyone in the group. But there will be a trainee in
this group who already knows an even number ofother trainees.

It is interesting to note that this problem could be discussed with the use of graphs. We shall
illustrate this with a smaller number of 7 trainees in the group say, Kala, Mala, Ramya, Devi, Hasini,
Nithya, Priya for convenience. We code their names as K, M, R, D, H, N, P suppose K knows P; M knows
R, H, N; R knows M, D, N; D knows R; H knows M; N knows M, R; P knows K.

It is clear that K knows onlyone other trainee; M knows three; R knows three; D knows 1; H knows
1; N knows 2; P knows 1. We shall call these numbers as “Acquaintance Numbers”. Thus the
acquaintance numbers of K, M, R, D, H, N, P are respectively 1, 3, 3, 1, 1, 2, 1. This claim of the leader is
verified, since N knows an even number of trainees.

The situation can be modeled by a “graph”. For each trainee we associate a point in the plane we
label the points as K, M, R, D, H, N, P. we join two points by a line if the two trains represented by the
points ‘know’ each other. The resulting diagram which is example graph is in figure (1.1). The number of
lines at a point gives the acquaintance number of the corresponding person.

128
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Figure: (1.1) Graph of an acquaintance of trainees

Chinese Postman problem:

All vertices of a graph need not be of even degree and so a graph may not be Eulerian. But if a
graph has all except two vertices of even degree then it has an Eulerian path which starts at one of the odd
vertices and ends at the other odd vertex. A graph having an Eulerian path but not an eulerian circuit is
called Semi-Eulerian. For example in the graph in figure 1.6 (a,b) (b, c) (c, d ) (d,b) (b, e) (e, d ) (d, f ) is
an eulerian path and hence the graph in figure 1.6 is Semi-Eulerian.

Figure: 1.6 A Semi-Eulerian graph

In a graph Gp that models streets and street corners in a town with the street corners as vertices and
the streets as the edges some one starting corner and walking along the streets one after another can end up
in a street corner, giving rise to a path in the graph. Note that walking along a street more than once from
one corner to another corresponding to repeating an edge or a vertex in the graph.
Suppose that a postman has to deliver letters to the residents in all the streets of a village. Assume
that the village is small enough for the postman to be assigned this task everyday. If the graph Gp that
represents the streets and street corners as mentioned above, is semi-eulerian so that there is an Euler path

129
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

in the graph Gp , then this path gives rise to a route following which the postman can start in a street
corner, deliver letters going through everystreet exactly once.

This is a desirable situation for the postman. But if no such euler path exists in Gp , then the postman
may have to repeat some of the streets. This problem is called the Chinese postman problem in honour of a
Chinese mathematician Meigu Guan who proposed this problem.
Floor Designs and Eulerian Graphs
Traditional interesting floor designs, known as “kolam” are drawn as decorations in the floor and in
large sizes and in interesting shapes,during festivals and weddings, with the drawing done with rice flour
or rice paste especially in south India. See for example Nagata and Robinson (2006), Siromoney (1978)
and Siromoney et at (1974), Generally in drawing a kolam first a suitable arrangement of dots is made and
then lines going around the dots are drawn.

Figure: A single kambi kolam

An example kolam is shown in figure, where the dots are ignored. One of the types of kolam is
known as ‘kambi kolam’. In this type the kolam is made of one or more of such kambi’s the kolam in
figure, this type and made of a single ‘kambi’ where as the kolam is made of three kambi’s.
A kolam drawing can be treated as a special kind of a graph with the crossings considered as
vertices and the parts ofthe kambi between vertices treated as edges. The only restriction is that unlike in a
graph, these edges can not be freely drawn as there is a specific way of drawing the kolam. The single
kambi kolam will then be an Eulerian graph with the drawing starting and ending in the same vertex and
passing through everyedge of the graph only once.

130
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

CONCLUSION:
The main objective of this paper is to present the importance of Eulerian graph in Graph
Theory.Here We have discussed only few applications of Eulerian graph. There are many applications of
Eulerian Graph. Euler Circuits and Paths are also useful to Painters, garbage collectors, airplane pilots and
word navigators. Eulerian graph can be used to solve many practical problems like Konisberg Bridge
problem, theycan also be used to by mail carries who want to have a route where theydon’t retrace any of
their previous steps.
Reference:
(i) Abdul Samad Ismail , Roslan Hasni and K. G. Subramanian, “SOME APPLICATIONS OF
EULERIAN GRAPHS”, International Journal of Mathematical Science Education, ©
Technomathematics Research Foundation, Vol. 2, No. 2, 1 – 10, 2009.
(ii) H.Fleischner, “(Some of) the many uses of Eulerian graphs in graph theory (plus some
applications), Discrete mathematics Journal, volume 230, March 2001, Pages 23–43.
(iii) Aigner, Martin; Ziegler, Günter (2009). Proofs from THE BOOK (4th ed.). Berlin, New York:
SpringerVerlag.

131
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

REFLECTIONS ON INDIAN DIASPORIC FICTION: REFERENCE TO JHUMPA

LAHIRI AND KIRAN DESAI

Ms.M.K.NANDHINI, M.A., M.Phil.,(English Literature)

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR,
DEPARTMENT OF ENLISH,
ST.JOSEPH’S COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCE FOR WOMEN,
HOSUR – 635126.

ABSTRACT:
The word, 'diaspora' signifies 'to scatter' in its unique Greek setting. Ashcroft, Griffith's and Tiffin
characterize it as the intentional or persuasive development of people groups from their countries into new
districts… Cohen depicts diaspora as the networks of people groups living respectively in one country
who recognize that the old nation – a country frequently covered somewhere down in language, religion,
custom or on the other hand fables consistently has some case on their dedication and feelings. (K.
Rupinderqtd. in CDL).The writing of diaspora alludes to the works composed by the individuals who live
external their local land. There are different sorts and sorts of diaspora literary works African, Australian,
Arab diaspora, and so on. Among these, Indian diasporic writing has gotten 'extravagant of essayists,
literati, history specialists furthermore, sociologists. Since, unfamiliar land offers many overlap difficulties
as far as variation and digestion of different socio-social qualities, this paper, as such is anendeavor to
speculate some of the normal issues reflected in the Indian diasporic fiction, attached with a short survey
of JhumpaLahiri and Kiran Desai's works.

KEYWORDS: Diaspora, Indian diasporic fiction, JhumpaLahiri, Kiran Desai

132
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

INTRODUCTION:

The Indian diasporic fiction which arose out of a few social, mental and social foundations has
accomplished an extraordinary and significant spot in the current day basic talk. The fiction composed by
Indian authors who as of now live in India or in different pieces of the world have guaranteed worldwide
awards for the treatment of assorted topics, portrayal, and language also, different topical issues. The main
element of this kind is that it is advancing day by day while expanding the domain of Indian English
fiction. From the very initiation to straightforward experimentation, the Indian diasporic fiction is
currently internationally perceived for the wide utilization of utilized story procedures, half and half
language and propensities of contemporary issues. The broadening gyre of diasporic composing
exceptionally affects the quick changing worldwide world.

Naturally along these lines, in light of the fact that by connecting social holes between East-West
worldwide shafts, it has delivered a massive assistance in assimilating the unprecedented zones of
varioussocieties. The Indian diasporic fiction other than carrying the draw of late free enterprise to the
bleeding edge has additionally imagined injury and misfortunes of dislodged bunches living in the far off
lands. In that capacity, when one overviews Indian diasporic Fiction, the human spirit stirs to react the
calls of scattered in the wild of postmodern development. It is this current soul's enlivening that Indian
diasporic fiction is for the most part associated with. The new age Indian diasporic fiction authors have
contacted every one of the potential circles of human venture and subsequently, the tremendous
quantities of perusers across the world, are enticed to encounter the universe through the eyes of the
people who have wonderfully noticed it. In the new year’s, Indian fiction essayists have been broadly
perceived by the west.Essayists like Salman Rushdie, Vikram Seth, Amitav Ghosh, Arundhati Roy,
Rohinton Mistry, AravindAdiga, Kiran Desai and JhumpaLahiri have either won the esteemed abstract
prizes or theyhavebeen short recorded for it.

133
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

DISCUSSION:
Post-colonial literature has developed because of the dramatic shrinking of the world, due to the
technology and transportation, and the increasing multicultural cast of our own country. The Post-colonial
literature goes under various subheadings like Diasporic writing, Subaltern Studies, Cosmopolitan writing
and so on. While assessing Indian diasporic fiction as a sub-genre of postcolonial literature, we observe
that this field entitles the huge corpus of well recognized works widely read and rightly appreciated by
global readers. The extraordinary representation of localglobal, self-society and home-homelessness which
form its core, inform us about the present-day futility of making geographical borders for confinement of
the circulation of free ideas between civilized human races. The motif of the Indian diasporic fiction is not
only to highlight the issues of nostalgia and alienation but also to eliminate manifest as well as latent
boundaries, the geographical and well as mental. As the imaginary and well distributed concrete borders of
nation, race and ethnicity, render an enormous disservice to the progressive world, the vanity of having
them is questioned by diasporic fiction. The motivation behind diasporic position is essentially to perceive
and regard diverse socio-social qualities and lead the world towards the amicable social, social, racial and
strict combination. A more indispensable undertaking of it is to advance unbounded progression of novel
thoughts for human advancement instead of to make due on the provincial burden and fill the fallen angels
need. This diasporic liberal position has opened up new artistic entryways through which we can reflect
our past as well as can dreamthe far off dreams of future.
The word 'diaspora' as SomdattaMandal notices, is gotten from the Greek, which means dispersal,
circulation or spreading has been applied for a long time to the overall dissipating of the Jews; In later
occasions, it has been applied to various ethnic and racial gatherings living far off fromtheir conventional
countries; and it has been utilized with specific application to individuals from the previous British India-
an aftereffect of the colonization, however of late, one infrequently hears or peruses of the African
diaspora. At the point when we talk about the Indian diaspora, scholars by and large allude to people of
Indian birth or nationality living abroad. (In prior occasions regularly because of initiated resettlement or
agreement however in later many years normally by free decision what's more, regularly for financial,
imaginative or social benefits) (M. Somdattaqtd. in CDL). In any case, in present occasions, there are
African, Australian, Arab diasporas, etc, other than well set up, south Asian diasporic authors, making

134
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

their name and distinction in the scholarly field. These diasporic voices rising up out of edges have set up
an artistic standard in their particular home-have country. They as well as introducing the perpetual issues
of misfortune and yearning have additionally characterized new objectives for fiction. Sudesh Mishra
makes a qualification between the old and new Indian Diasporas. This differentiation is between, from one
viewpoint, the semi-willful trip of obligated workers to nonmetropolitan ranch states like Fiji, Trinidad,
Mauritius, South Africa, Malaysia, Surinam, and Guyana, generally between the years 1830 and 1917; and
on the other the late capital or on the other hand postmodern dispersal of new transients, everything being
equal, to flourishing metropolitan habitats, for example, Australia, The United States, Canada and Britain.
(M. Sudeshqtd. in IHILE).
While following the repetitive topical patterns managed inside the Indian English diasporic fiction,
we notice a striking disparity between these two old and new gatherings of authors, particularly stamped
varieties are found in the treatment of their encounters on the unfamiliar soil. The scholars of the old
diaspora are extremely quick to record the encounters of their underlying experiences with the outsider
culture. At the same time, they for the most part express indignation, disappointment and irritation. The
new diasporic authors then again, unreservedly look at the diverse viewpoints in additional positive and
agreed sense. To determine the places of change and redirection between these two, Sudesh Mishra, in a
similar article, orders old and new diasporic essayists as:
The writers of old diaspora like V.S Naipaul(India- Trinidad) Harold Lado (TrinidadCanada)
Subramani(Fiji), K.S. Maniam (Malaysia) tend to express panic, nausea, hysteria,alienation, savagery and
wistfulness in their works, the journalists of new diaspora like Bharati Mukherjee (India-United States),
FarrukhDhondy (India-Britain), Agha Shahid Ali (IndiaUnited States), Rohinton Mistry (India-Canada),
Sujata Bhatt (India-Germany) Kiran Desai (India-United States) and JhumpaLahiri (India-United States)
are leaned to occupy the liminal or on the other hand limit zone of intercutting subjectivities that
characterizes the experience of migrancy.( M. Sudeshqtd. In IHILE) Consequently, when we inspect
Indian diasporic fiction as entire, it arises that the topics of alarm, sickness, mania, savagery,
sentimentality home, destitute, distance, alienation, character, hybridity, cross-culturalism, nearby,
worldwide and yearning having a place as often as possible repeat in these works. Aside from this, one
turns into a point of convergence in all major diasporic attempts to investigate its different undertones
concerning the general public. However one just as society may be consistently in a constant motion, the
creative portrayal as such depicts this load of changes in an innovative also, imaginative way. Since, lady
are more inclined and touchyto unpretentious changes, occurring around oneself, and the environmental

135
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

factors, theypresent a veryheart contacting and energizing record of all these events.
…… Unaccustomed Earth: Knoopf Doubleday publishing group, 2009. Print.
Contemporary Diasporic Literature. (CDL) Ed. ManjitInder Singh. Delhi: Pencraft International. 2010.
Print. P-37, 157, 169.
An Illustrated Historyof Indian Literature in English. (IHILE).Ed.Arvind Krishna Mehrotra. Permanent
Black. New Delhi. 2003. Print. P-276, 287.
Sen, Amartaya. Identityand Violence: The Illusion of destiny. London: Penguin, 2006. Pdf.
Bhalla Tamara, Ayesha. Between Historyand Identity: Reading the Authentic South Asian Diasporic
Literature. Proquest, Umi Dissertation Publishing, 1 Sept. 2011. Pdf.
http:/www.youtube.com/watch (in conversation with Mira Nair about Namesake)
Cordelia, D Ebina. The Treatment of Immigrant Experiences in JhumpaLahiri’s the Namesake. The
Criterion: An International Journal in English, Vol, II, Issue, IV, 2011.
De Souza, Shirley. Memory and Forgetting: An Analysis of ‘Unaccustomed Earth. RevistaeScrita:
Revista do Curso de Letras da UNIABEU, Vol, 1, Issue, 3, 2010.
Dr. Chauhan, Ramesh Singh M. JaniZankhanaBipinchandra. The Loss of Identity and Cultural
Predicaments in Kiran Desai’s Works. International Indexed & Referred Journal, ISSN 0971- 2832, RNI-
RAJBIL, Vl, IV, Issue, 48, January2013.

REFERENCES:
Desai, Kiran. The Inheritance of Loss. New Delhi. Penguin, 2006. Print
Desai, Kiran. Hullabaloo in the Guava Orchard. Atlantic Monthly Press, 2003. Print.
Lahiri, Jhumpa. Interpreter of Maladies, New York: Houghton Mifflin, 1999. Print
……The Namesake. Moriner Books, 2003. Print.

136
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

ECO-CRITICISM IN INDIAN FICTION

NAME OF THE AUTHOR: MS.G.NITHYA

NAME OF THE COLLEGE:ST.JOSEPH’S COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCE FOR

WOMEN, HOSUR
NAME OF THE UNIVERSITY:PERIYAR UNIVERSITY

ABSTRACT
Now-a-days the literary critics pay attention on look at and analysis of the sturdy bond among
nature and society. Ecology and eco-criticism are the extensive factors for the literary observation and
research. Ecology or environmental take a look at is the middle of enchantment for literary personalities
aswell as the want of time. People have become conscious about the surroundings. Environment stability
could be very critical on this globalize global. Therefore, so many plans/schemes are being launched for
saving the environment and making the humans surroundings-aware. Many poets and novelists have turn
out to be eco-aware or surroundings conscious. They have used Nature as panorama, as beautiful
atmosphere which includes R.K.Narayan, Raja Rao, Kamala Markandaya, Anita Desai, Kiran Desai,
Jayanta Mahapatra, Ramanujan, Bhabani Bhattacharya. The literature has come to be a mode of
expression approximately environment and its critical in human lifestyles and universe. Environment
balance and protection has grownto be the peak issue of the present time inside the complete global.
It is the problem of worldwide significance. Due to the eco-imbalance and the environmental
pollutants, the whole global is below the curse of world warming.

INTRODUCTION:
Nature and literature have continually shared a near dating as is evidenced within the works of
poets and different writers down long time in nearly all cultures of the sector. Today the intimate dating
between the natural and social world is being analyzed and emphasized in all departments of
understanding and improvement. The literary critic attempts to have a look at how this has been
textualized through the writers of their works. In this context two phrases have emerge as very critical
today – ecology and eco-criticism. India is a country with variety of ecosystems which ranges from
Himalayas in the northto plateaus of south and from the dynamic Sunderbans within the east to dryThar

137
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

desert of the west. With time, but, these eco-system had been adversely affected due to mankind.
Literature could not remain unaffected from this depletion and my paper is on that how the concern for
nature modifications in Indian literature from reverence to destruction. The additives of nature, organisms
and their surroundings are not best plenty complicated and dynamic however also interdependent, together
reactive and interrelated. Ecology particularly a brand new technology, offers with the various ideas which
govern such relationships between organisms and environment.

ECO-CRITICISM AND ENVIRONMENT:

Today ecology is described as the manner in which plant life, animals and people are related to
each different and their environment. In this relationship they may be a lot interdependent on every other
that any disturbance in one disturbs the alternative. History has proved this sometimes that with each trade
in the civilization the connection of animals and humans have additionally modified and the effect on
civilization of the changes in surroundings has been so acute that on occasion it has wiped the entire
civilization from the face of the earth. Therefore, difficulty for ecology is one of the most discussed issues
today. It is the concern of everyone to replenish the diminishing elements of ecology which threatens
human beings the maximum. Literature well known for reflecting the cutting-edge troubles could not have
remained unaffected from this theme. The global of literature throngs with works dealing with beauty and
electricity of nature. However, the priority for ecology and the chance that the non-stop misuse of our
environment poses on humanity has handiest these days caught the attention of the writers. It is this feel of
challenge and its mirrored image in literature that has given upward push to a new branch of literary idea,
particularly Eco-criticism.
The phrase ‘eco-criticism’ first appeared in William Rueckert’s essay “Literature and Ecology: An
Experiment in Eco-criticism” in 1978. Yet apparently it remained inactive in vital vocabulary till the 1989
Western Literature Association meeting (in Loeur d’ Alene), when Cheryll Glotfelty (at the time a
graduate pupil at Cornell now Assistant Professor of Literature and Environment at the university of
Nevada, Reno) no longer only acquired the term however labored for its use inside the crucial subject
which hereafter have been used as ‘the take a look at of nature writing’. Glen Love (Professor of English
onthe University of Oregon) too seconded the decision for ‘eco-criticism’ at the same WLA meeting.
Since that assembly in 1989 using the term ‘eco-criticism’ has bloomed. However, within the beginning
students operating on this discipline of literary idea remained marginal until the early 1990 while the
Association for the Studyof Literature and Environment (ASLE) was installed in 1992 along with the

138
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Interdisciplinary Studies in Literature and Environment (ISLE) in 1993. In 1996 it's far said to be formally
heralded by way of the publication of seminal works: The Eco-criticism Reader, edited with the aid of
Cheryll Glotfelty and Harold Fromm and The Environmental Imagination via Lawrence Buell.

ECO-CRITICISM VERSUS INDIAN FICTION:

Earlier, the writers inclusive of R. K. Narayan, Manohar Malgonkar, Raja Rao, Kamala
Markandaya, and Anita Desai have invoked Nature and nature-elements for expressing their views, their
contemporary local and social atmospheres. R.K. Narayan is a totally famous nearby novelist. He is well
known for his imaginary introduction Malgudi. It is an imaginary world invented by means of R. K.
Narayan. Narayan’s novels and short stories have this Malgudi’s precise place as a backdrop. The novelist
has exploited the whole social, mental and regional environment in his writing. He has used nature
because the placing and historical past in his novels and quick tales. It may be stated in his memories and
novels such Malgudi Days, Man Eater of Malgudi, The English Teacher, and The Guide and so on.
Malgudi can be taken into consideration because the significant setting of his writing. Nature plays each
the advantageous and bad roles. The flowing Saryu River and the ruined temples affected Raju, the manual
and converted him right into a saint in the novel, The Guide.
Raja Rao has also implemented and invoked Nature and nature elements in his novels. He has used
the elements for expressing his mythological, nearby and social views. His famous novel, Kanthapura, is
the glaring example of this. Raja Rao has depicted the South Indian village, its customs, culture and
environment realistically and exactly. He has portrayed the co- relation between mankind and Nature. His
Kanthapura initiatives the role and significance of nature superbly inside the human life. Through the
depiction of rivers, mountains and other herbal elements, he has proved fee of this co-courting. The
mythological elements delivered to reflect the importance of this really. Kenchamma is appeared as the
amazing and bounteous goddess. The novelist has proved the respect of the human beings for nature thru
their spiritual perception.
Kamala Markandaya is one of the best Indian novelists in English. Markandaya has also used
Nature and herbal factors for her powerful and faultless expressions and descriptions of perspectives. She
considers nature as a wild animal. She thinks nature a destroyer and preserver both. Her widely recognized
novel, Nectar in a Sieve, is the great example of the depiction and use of nature imagery. There is the
touch of environmental issue. She suggests the impact of surroundings on mankind.
Nature can be portrayed benign as well as competitive and unfavourable. According to the want,

139
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

temper or situation the traits are implemented by way of the writers. Bhabani Bhattacharya has depicted
the herbal calamity realistically in his famous novel, So Many Hungers. This novel demonstrates the tragic
outcomes of famine on the inhabitants of Bengal. Actually, this calamity is the factual presentation of the
actual Bengal famine of 1943. The novel deals with the painful, shocking conditions of the people. It well-
known and shows the depressing, horrible, gruesome and helpless situations of the famine affected
peasants. The author has employed various nature symbols, imageries for distinct kinds ofcomparisons.
For instance, the characters Laxminathan and Samerandra Bose are in comparison with Jackals and
vultures due to their villainy and greed.
Anita Desai is a totally outstanding and popular woman Indian novelist in English. Nature which
includes animals, flowers and birds, has a robust presence in almost all her works, known in Indian-
English fiction for ushering within the mental novel, Desai makes use of outside landscapes to portray
indoors states of thoughts. In Cry, the Peacock, the complexities of Maya’s internal life is efficaciously
introduced out via the landscape as is her resentment in opposition to her husband for his incapability to
talk together with her. Maya compares herself with the peacock inside the jungle. The peacocks are stated
to fight before they mate, dwelling they're aware of demise and death they are in love with life. This is
meditated towards the cease in the novel whilst at some point during a dust typhoon both husband and
spouse pass up to the roof of their house, she pushes him off the parapet and he dies. In Voices in the City
Monalisa is again and again in comparison to the encaged chook in her house who wants to be free. Her
condition reflects the plight ofthe imprisoned fowl whose want is not anyone’s situation and its lifestyles
is for the pleasure of the others. She subsequently commits suicide to free herself. Baba’ the autistic son in
Clear Light of Day is defined as a innocent spider. In Where shall We Go This Summer, the island people
are defined as goats as theypay attention to Moses.
The God of Small Things, the masterpiece, of Arundhati Roy deals with the topics of nature and
surroundings. It points out the environmental pollutants through the outline of the changed condition of
splendor, greenery and the appearance of Ayemenem and the river Meenachil. She has used nature
pictures now not handiest for describing the splendor or wonderful environment of the location and
panorama however additionally for exposing the polluted environment of Ayemenem. Through the
depiction of the river Meenachil. She contrasts the earlier circumstance of the river with its later situation.
Earlier Rahel feels: It become heat, the water inexperienced like reapplied silk. With fish in it. With the
skyand it. And at night time, the broken yellow moon in it. (God of Small Things,123). The river, at some
point ofthe youthof Rahel, has emerged as deformed and repulsive in her adulthood. Its charmand effect

140
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

turned into deteriorating due to environmental pollutants. Later, the adult Rahel visited the river, it became
extraordinary in look and had
misplaced its inspiring appeal:
…the river became no more than a swollen drain now. A skinny ribbon of thick water lapped
wearily on the mud banks on both side, sequined with the occational silver fish. It became chocked with a
succulent weed,… (Arundhati Roy, 124)
Actually, that is because of the pollution created by means of the inhabitants and factories of
vicinity. The novelist attempts to expose the dangerous effect of urbanization on environment. She has
delineated the photo of stunning, energetic inexperienced Ayemenem in addition to the polluted and
disturbed Ayemenem. By the assist of manyphotograph sequence, descriptions of scenery and region, the
degenerated gloomy surroundings of the place.
The other famous environment conscious novelist is Kiran Desai. She received the Man Booker
prize for her famous novel, The Inheritance of Loss. She has centered on the difficulty of surroundings.
Her method is eco-centric and eco-critic. She has also focused the surroundings of east-west come upon,
racial prejudice, political turbulence and its harmful effect on the stability of eco-system. Her novel starts
off evolved with the delineation of the herbal splendor of mount Kanchenjunga. She delineates the
beautiful mountain, and the changing seasons charmingly. The mountain is likewise used to show the
gloomy mood of the orphan lady, Sai. Desai describes the house of the retired Judge that's situated at
blissful and delightful ecosystem. The Judge lives with his pet canine Mutt, grand-daughter Sai and the
Cook. The novelists begin her description within the following way:
“A crumbling isolated house on the foot of Mount Kanchenjunga lives an Embittered choose. He
desires to stay in non violent atmosphere through isolating Himself from the messy international.” (The
Inheritance of Loss, I)
The relation of grand-daughter, grand-father in addition to the relation of the Judge and Mutt are
defined. Here, the embittered, prejudiced choose has no love or feeling for humans but he could be very
fond of his dog Mutt. The remote, prejudiced, and ruthless man gets solace and feeling of intimacy from
the animal (a manufactured from nature). The creator has tried to recognition the function of nature in
human existence. She suggests the co-relation between mankind and nature. She has additionally dealt the
effects of the political, racial and social environment on human-beings. The description of Gurkha motion
reflects the political environment. The movement has end up the purpose of eco-disturbance. Through this,
the novelist has centered the damaging outcomes on environment because ofthe irrational behavior and

141
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

the reaction of the mankind. Kiran Desai has projected diverse types of environment and environment
consisting of spiritual, racial, political, herbal and so forth. Through this, she shows her subject about
environment balance. She points out that the co-relation among Nature and Mankind cannot be ignored
because, Nature performs very pivotal role in molding the mind and life of human beings. Nature and its
essential factors are important for building as well as maintaining lives of all dwelling-beings specially of
human-beings. The nature-guyco-ordination is must.
The different renowned novelist, Amitav Ghosh, has additionally tried to reveal the price of eco-
balance. The Hungry Tide is the grasp piece of Amitav Ghosh. It deals with the geographical areas of the
Sunderban Islands within the Bay of Bengal. It focuses the two full-size problems. The one is the misery
and plight of the refugees from Bangladesh and the alternative is veryrelevant factor of the existing time,
the complex eco-gadget and the environment. It demonstrates the risky eco-device. It highlights the
human-animal relationships. He makes a speciality of animals like dolphin and tigers versus people. The
visit of a marine biologist, Piyali, in Sunderban for the studies have a look at of a special species of
Dolphin in a tide pool is delineated. The environment imbalance is projected via the novelist. He shows
that the humans are dealt with badly. It appears as if the animal safety is extra crucial than the saving of
people are treated badly. It seems as if the animal safety is greater crucial than the saving of human lives.
It appears as if the Bengal Tigers are greater precious than human race. He exhibits the mindset of the
national and worldwide
environmentalists. The White Tiger has brought status and reputation to Arvind Adiga. He has obtained
the Booker Prize for this novel. The novel deals with the socio-psychological and caste prejudiced
environment of India.

CONCLUSION:
Thus, Nature is constantly a assisting detail in Literature. It can be visible in multitudinous
bureaucracy. It displays numerous atmospheres, moods, emotions and standing. It is an expressive form
for literature. It could be very great mode of expression for describing fertile, colourful atmosphere,
happiness, gloominess, bitterness, annoying, active, tragic ecosystem etc. All types of environment can be
presented through the assist of nature and numerous elements of nature. Now-a-day’s ecology, eco-
balance, environment worries are the factors of appeal and situation. The usual surroundings imbalance
has finished the intellectuals and rational humans to keep in mind this significantly. Therefore, the literary
figures have used their energy for strengthening the mind-set of humans toward environment safetyand

142
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

eco-stability. Manypoets and novelists have become eco-conscious or surroundings conscious. They have
used Nature as panorama, as stunning atmosphere/active environment inclusive of R.K. Narayan, Raja
Rao, Kamala Markanday, Anita Desai, Kiran Desai, Jayanta Mahapatra, Ramanujan, Bhabani
Bhattacharya. The literature has become a mode of expression approximately surroundings and its
importance in human life and universe. Environmental balance/protection has end up the hot problem of
the existing time in the entire global. It is the issue of worldwide importance. Due to the eco-imbalance
and the environmental pollution, the whole global is below the curse of world warming. The world is
turning into the prey of the environmental imbalance and destructions. The healthful well balanced
environment/ecosystem is the need of time. It is just like the lifestyles blood for the Universe. The world
wishes eco-friendly environment for the right growth, development, sustainability and prosperity. The
diverse form of environmental problems together with organic, political, social, racial, nearby, seasonal,
and psychological etc. It had been projected by the many intellectual writers. But, Arundhati Roy, Amitav
Ghosh, Bhabani Bhattacharya and Kiran Desai have dealt the subject count number with the
environmental problem. They have centered their interest on the value of eco-balance and environmental
stability. Theyadvise the balanced co-relation between nature and mankind.
WORKS CITED
1. Narayan, R.K. The Guide. Chennai: Indian Thought publications, 2006
2. Rao, Raja. Kanthapura. New York: New Directions, 1967.
3. Bhabani Bhattacharya’s So Many Hungers; Google.com
4. Desai, Anita. Cry, the Peacock. New Delhi: Penguin Books, 2006.
5. Roy, Arundhati. The God of Small Things. New Delhi: Indian Ink, 1997.
6. Desai, Kiran. The Inheritance of Loss. New Delhi: Penguin Books, 2006.
7. Amitav Ghosh’s Hungry Tide; Google.com

143
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

THE INTERPRETATION OF ECO-CRITICISM IN AMITAV GHOSH'S

THEHUNGRY TIDE

V. Shanthoshini, III BA English,

Marudhar Kesari Jain College For Women,
Vaniyambadi.

ABSTRACT
Eco criticism enables understanding the complexities of relationship between man and nature as
presented in literature. The relationship varies from one species to another and brings out the
aracteristics of nature and human being. India is a country rich in ecology and it syncs well with the
environment. The Sundarbans is one such place which is deeply immersed with planet's ecology. Amitav
Ghosh in his work wrote about the beauty of that place and spoke about the life of people lived over there.
He has brought out nature and man from his perspective in an eco-centric world.He portrays the
relationship between the Protagonist and nature in the novel The Hungry Tide.Despite the Various
troublesthat come their way their sole dependence upon nature is highlighted. The author points out the
relevance and invariance of age that dependent upon nature which aspires to the same.

KEY WORDS
Eco criticism –Ecology – Eco poetics – Humanistic geology – Eco centricism– Environment –Biology -
Sunderbans
INTRODUCTION
Eco is a part of biology which is related to the connections between living beings in their common
habitat and in addition their associations with that condition. The connection between man and nature isn’t
recently associated yet in addition interrelated. Eco criticism emerged in William Rucker’s paper “Writing
and Ecology: An experiment in Eco criticism. Eco criticism talks about the various ideas and connections
between man and the social construct at various level and exercised in writing. Individuals have a
characteristic journey to discover their roots and be a piece of the regular habitat that they have a place
with. Be that as it may, a similar time, they have over abused normal assets and misused nature to its
fullest. Eco criticism deals with the feedback which tends to explore the relationship between man and
nature. It covers the investigation of writing, human studies, social science, brain research and so on and
endeavours to consider the state of mind of humankind in environment.
144
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

At any rate as basic to their remediation as logical leaps forward and fortified administrations of
strategy execution is the driving force of innovative creative ability, vision, will, and Conviction. Without
anyone else, innovative portrayals of ecological mischief are probably not going to free social orders from
ways of life that de-pend on profoundly changing environments. Yet, pondering works of creative ability
may incite increased worryabout the outcomes of such decisions and conceivable other options to them.

THE CONCEPT OF ECO CRITICISM IN INDIAN WRITING:

In the contemporary world nature has been the centre in many notable works. Due to many
development there is a lot of destruction in the environment. The change in the social and economic
situation of the world has totally changed the man’s disposition towards nature in scholarly articulations.
Eco criticism is the quickly extending zone that covers the writings which examines the relationship
between the man and nature. In Indian works in English too there are numerous abstract books that mirror
the topic of eco criticism in them. There are numerous ways that creators have investigated natural issues.
In a few books it is integralto the book, while in others, it is optional to the storyand different topics.
There are excessive Indian works on the environment thanks to the flora and fauna of the country. Despite
direct correlation there is nature intertwined with the setting. The glorification of nature and description by
writers gives gleam to the art work.

ECOCRITICISM AND ETHICS

Ecocentricism strives to establish an integrity between man and his society and to also to evolve to
integrate a better society. Ecocenticism attempts to register the fact that man is the reflection of ecology
and is the mere representation of ecology. Ecocentricism promises effective solution through various
integrated societal aspect. AmitavGhosh’s The Hungry Tide (2005) is one of the novels which has been
written in the current era. In The Hungry Tide, Ghosh problematizes the strains between and inside human
groups, their particular relations with the regular world, and the additional desultory reality of nature that
progressions and is all the while changed by humankind. The novel revolves around the relationship
between the marine biologist (Piyali Roy) and nature. Water is the creator of the relationships and the
destroyer too. The bond is created when Piyali Roy almost drowns when she’s Aboard in a boat. Fokir
rescues her from water and that results in a beautiful relationship/friendship. It ends with his life being
taken awaywhen he tried to protect her. It has a sad ending. The water here is the Alpha and the Omega in

145
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

relationship. Which talks about the role of water in lives of people. The story revolves around Sunderbans.
Ghosh portrays the entire novel as the ecological witness in the region of west Bengal after 2004, which is
completely surrounded by the mangrove forest. The characters employed in the novel intersect at various
grounds and provide a striving purpose in Illustrating the Ecological factors in novel.
The narrator explained the role of each aspect of nature such as crocodile, tiger, and various other
animals in the entire story. The characters and the elements justify the natural happenings. The characters
in the story explains the present and past.

ECOCRITICISM IN THE HUNGRY TIDE

Charactersof the Hungry tide are Kanai dutt- A well-off interpreter and translator who owns his
own business, Kanai is a native of New Delhi. As his profession suggests, Kanai deeply values language,
using it as a tool to empower himself to navigate the world and to learn about others. He travels to the
Sundarbans, which he visited once as a child, to read the notebook his uncle left him after his death. Kanai
is confident to the point of arrogance and tends to be self-centered, and initially views the Sundarbans as
unimportant and inferior to his urban home. Though he believes that he’s a “connoisseur” of women,
Kanai repeatedly tries and fails to win Piya’s affection
Piyaliroy (piya) –Piya is a marine biologist who travels to the Sundarbans in India to survey the
local river dolphins. Though she was born in Kolkata, Piya grew up in the United States and never learned
Bengali, her parents’ native language. Piya is brave and confident, unfazed by the prospect of traveling to
a relatively remote area where she does not speak the language. When she meets the fisherman Fokir, she
is able to nonverbally communicate with him to the extent that they form a meaningful relationship. Piya
is intelligent but unambitious and begins the novel with a deep enthusiasm for animals and nature
conservation. Yet as she gets to know Fokir and the novel progresses, she begins to learn about the human
cost of conservation.
Fokir-Fokir is an impoverished fisherman who rescues Piya when she falls into the water. Typically seen
with his young son, Tutul, Fokir is kind and welcoming to Piya, eager to help her, and dedicated to his
family despite his frequent conflicts with his wife, Moyna. Though other characters often dismiss Fokir as
an uneducated fisherman, he’s deeply knowledgeable about the waters of the Sundarbans, as well as nature
more broadly, and this allows him to help Piya in significant ways.
Nilimabose-Nilima is Nirmal’s wife and in some ways his opposite. Though she shares his Marxist
ideology, she is willing to compromise with the government to improve the conditions of impoverished

146
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

people and works hard to found and maintain a hospital in the Sundarbans. Nilima disapproves of
Nirmal’s involvement in Morichjhãpi, but despite their many disagreements, she still deeply grieves his
death decades later
Nirmalbose-Nilima’s late husband, Nirmal is a Marxist intellectual who met Nilima when teaching
English in Kolkata. Due to persecution for Nirmal’s politics, the two relocated to the Sundarbans, where
Nirmal does practically nothing for decades even as Nilima blossoms in the new environment. Retiring in
the late 1970s, he is full of regret, which he attempts to assuage through his involvement in the refugees of
Morichjhãpi. Though Nirmal’s ideals are noble, he often risks getting too bogged down in these ideals and
ignoring their practical application.
Kusum-Friends with Kanai when she was a teenager and he was a child, Kusum was also close to
Nirmal, who may have had romantic feelings for her. Brave and dedicated to her principles, Kusum is
passionate about the plight of the refugees of Morichjhãpi and is killed in the 1979 massacre, though no
one is sure exactly what happened
Horen-Horen is a fisherman and a friend of Nilima and Nirmal. The father of three by the age of
twenty, he cares for Kusum when she’s in danger, though he also becomes romantically involved with her.
Unlike Nirmal, Horen believes in the local religion ofthe Sundarbans, which often surprises Nirmal
Moyna-Moyna is Fokir’s wife, as well as a trainee nurse at the local hospital. Ambitious and
dedicated to both her own education and that of her son, Tutul, Moyna gets along well with Nilima but
often clashes with her more traditional husband, Fokir.
Sir Daniel Hamilton-A Scottish man who got rich in India, Sir Daniel bought land in the
Sundarbans in the early 20th century and tried to create an ideal, equal society. His efforts are admired by
Nilima and Nirmal, despite his capitalist beginnings.
The forest guard-Piya is required to be accompanied by the forest guard on her trip to the
Sundarbans. Though he initially appears to be simply an inconvenience, he reveals himself to be a predator
who harrasses local fishermen and forces Piya to bribe him.
Mej– da-Associated with the forest guard, Mej-da is the first boater Piya hires. Like the forest
guard, he is a malicious figure, and he sexually harasses Piya.
Bon bibi-Bon Bibi is the benevolent goddess of the Sundarbans and along with her brother, Shah
Jongoli, she protects the area from evil and from the vicious natural world. Many believe that Bon Bibi
will rescue anyone who is good at heart.
Dokin rai–Bon Bibi’s evil counterpart, Dokkhin Rai is a tiger demon who haunts the people of the

147
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
Sundarbans.
Themes Employed in the Hungry tideis 1.Language2.Conflict between the human kind and the real
world3.The human cost of environmental protections4.Theory vs practice5.Education vs
experience6.Gender and the subjugation of women7 Bureaucracy.
In the beginning On a train to the Indian city of Canning, Kanai Dutt, a wealthy middle-aged
translator from New Delhi, meets Piya Roy, a young Indian-American marine biologist. Both are traveling
to the Sundarbans: Kanai, who’s been there once before, is going to visit his aunt and read his late uncle’s
notebook, while Piya is carrying out a survey of the region’s dolphins. Kanai invites Piya to visit him in
Lusibari.When Kanai meets his aunt, Nilima, he finds that she is still deeply impacted by his uncle’s death
decades ago and that the natural landscape of the Sundarbans has already changed since his visit as a child.
Furthermore, he learns that his childhood friend Kusum was killed in a 1979 massacre. Her son, Fokir, is
now a fisherman with a wife, Moyna, and son of his own, Tutul.When Kanai begins reading his uncle’s
notebook, he discovers it was written in a very short amount of time as his uncle, Nirmal, tried to fight to
protect the refugees who had settled on a local island fromthe government’s aggression.
Meanwhile, Piya begins her survey alongside a forest guard, who’s required to accompany her, and
a boater named Mej-da. Both of them are rude to her and offer no help. They approach a fisherman in the
water, and the forest guard fines him for supposedly poaching. Trying to surreptitiously give the fisherman
some money in return, Piya falls off her boat, and the fisherman rescues her. She decides to ask him to
take her to Lusibari, and he turns out to be kind and respectful, though they do not speak the same
language. He introduces himself as Fokir, accompanied by Tutul. The next day, the group observes
dolphins behaving differently than usual, which intrigues Piya. As they travel, Piya and Fokir get along
extremely well and find that their work styles are very complementary despite their apparent differences.
Kanai continues reading Nirmal’s notebook, which tells of his dedication to Marxist theory and his
decision to involve himself in the plight of the refugees, partially because of Kusum, who he has romantic
feelings for. Against the wishes of Nilima, his wife, Nirmal travels to Morichjhãpi repeatedly. One day,
police begin a siege on the island and destroy a boat filled with refugees. Kusum and her young son Fokir
survive, but Kusum is later killed.
Impressed with Fokir, Piya hires him for a week to help her survey the dolphins in the region.
Kanai comes along to serve as a translator, and they bring Nilima and Nirmal’s friend Horen, who owns a
large boat. When the boat’s engine dies, they float to a nearby village. That night, they hear loud voices
and find a tiger captured in a building surrounded by angrypeople. Wanting to protect the tiger, Piya tries

148
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

to break up the mob, but Kanai stops her. Later, he admonishes her for wanting to protect the tiger at the
cost of the local people.One day, as Fokir and Kanai observe the dolphins together, Fokir suggests going
ashore to an island he believes is protected by Bon Bibi, a goddess. As they trudge through the mud, Kanai
falls over and gets angry, sending Fokir away. He arrives onshore trying desperately to escape the
crocodiles of the area, then runs into a clearing where he sees a tiger. Slowly, he backs away and returns to
the rest of the group, who don’t believe he saw the tiger. Kanai decides to return to Lusibari along with
Horen.
Soon, Horen and Kanai realize that a major cyclone is coming, but when they turn around, they
can’t find Piya and Fokir. After waiting overnight, theydecide they can wait no longer if they want to save
themselves, so they return to Lusibari. Wading to shore, Kanai falls and drops Nirmal’s notebook. He
promises to rewrite the notebook from memory, and Nilima asks him to include her story as well.Fokir
and Piya tie themselves to a tree on an island, but Fokir is crushed by a large flying object( Climax). Piya
manages to navigate back towards Lusibari, running into Kanai and Horen. She stays in Lusibari for a few
weeks longer, then returns soon after, planning to work on a conservation program
alongsidenilima(Foreshadowing)
The literary elements used in this story are Genre–Novel; environmental fiction, literary fiction
,Setting and context –The Sunderbans in India,Narrator and Point of View–Third-person limited,
switching back and forth between focusing on Kanai and Piya,Tone and Mood –Contemplative,
hopeful,Protagonist and Antagonist–Piyali Roy and Kanai Dutt are the protagonists of the story, while the
government and the natural world are the antagonists,Major Conflict–People vs. nature is the most
prominent conflict, as seen in the struggles of the characters to control the natural world around them.
People vs. the government is a secondary conflict as Piya, Fokir, and Nirmal and the refugees navigate a
hostile system that doesn’t prioritize the lives of the poor,Climax- The cyclone and Fokir’s death,
Foreshadowing– The early mentionthat some have come to Lusibari from islands evacuated to preserve
wildlife foreshadows the novel’s major conflict between conservation and human livesKusum’s spirit
telling Fokir that theywill be reunitedsoon foreshadows Fokir’s death.

CONCLUSION
India is a country which is rich in biodiversity. The Country is rich in Flora and Fauna and hence it
is seen in the Works of writers. Hungry Tide is one such novel which has immense amounts of such
Literature in correlation to that. Piyali Roytries to do research and can be seen as an Eco Feminist based

149
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

on This work.The Novel is filled with Ecocritical Elements and stands as literary elements which add
flavour And beauty to the novel by broadcasting the relationship Between man and nature. The
harmonious balance between man and nature is Meticulously explained through the novel. coexistence it
also paved way for man to understand that There is no life possible without establishing relationship
Between man and nature. Literature acts as a tool and a Medium to link nature and man and also strives
for effective commencement of actions to mankind. Ghosh has Remarkably included the elements of
caution through every Character deployed in the novel. Ecology has proved to be a striving force
throughout the novel which alters the way of Life people lived in the past and also featured in the present.
There is fear instilled in Moyna, who is depicted to be the One of the bravest characters with will power,
fears nature to Safe guard her son’s life. This is the strongest reinforcement From nature against all odds to
win man.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Ghosh, Amitav. The Hungry Tide. London: HarperCollins, 2004. Print
2. Howarth, William. “Some principles of ecocriticism.” The Ecocriticism Reader: Landmarks in
literary ecology (1996): 69-91
3. Mukherjee, Pablo. “Surfing The Second Wave: Amitav Ghosh’s The Hungry Tide.” Literature and
Globalization: A Reader. Ed. Liam Connell and Nicky Marsh. London And New York: Routledge
(2011)
4. Sankaran, Chitra, ed. History, Narrative, and Testimony In Amitav Ghosh’s Fiction. SUNY Press,
2012.
5. Tomsky, Terri. “Amitav Ghosh’s Anxious Witnessing And the Ethics of Action in The Hungry
Tide.” TheJournal of Commonwealth Literature, vol. 44, no. 1, Mar. 2009, pp. 53–65,
doi:10.1177/0021989408101651
6. Weik, Alexa. “The home, the tide, and the world: ecocosmopolitan encounters in Amitav Ghosh’s
The HungryTide.” Journal of Commonwealth and PostcolonialStudies Vols 13.14.1 (2006): 2006-
2007.

150
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
ISOLATION AND IDENDIFICATION OF BIOACTIVE MOLECULES BY
LACTIC ACID BACTERIA

Dr.M.Charumathy
Assistant professor, Department of Biochemistry,
MarudharKesari Jain College for women, Vaniyambadi, Tamilnadu.

INTRODUCTION
Lactobacillus is one of the most widespread Lactic acid bacteria (LAB) in the
environment. It is naturally found in the human gastrointestinal tract and it is also encountered
in a variety of fermented foods for which stress conditions such as heat, cold, and acidity are
common. Lactobacillus has been recognized for its probiotic characteristics as a member of LAB
and this awareness has extended research on the inhibitory effect and probiotic properties o f
Lactobacillus. Studies had stated that Lactobacillus had an inhibitory effect upon a wide range
of microorganisms including both Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacteria, pointing to
bacteriocins as the responsible compounds for such inhibition.
Lactobacillus can synthesize metabolites with enhanced effects on human health are
multiple, including food and gut environment. Thus the assessment of growth and behavior
of Lactobacillus under food or gut conditions should be the first step of a comprehensive st udy
dealing with probiotic and inhibitory capacity of Lactobacillus. The behavior of microorganisms
in foods are influencing by some of the most important controlling factors such as sense,
temperature, pH, and water activity (Aw). Besides, foods may conta in additives with
antimicrobial activity or other functions; for example, sodium lactate (Na-lactate) contributes to
the microbial stability of many foods. In the gut environment, pH is one of the most important
factors affecting the viability of microorganisms. The use of predictive microbiology tools is
increasing due to their adequacy (readily available and reliable) to assess microorganisms’
kinetics such us growth, survival, inactivation, or cross-contamination
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1. Isolation and characterization of microbe:
Lactobacillus:

The lactic acid bacteria usually present in milk and some of the milk products.
Lactobacillus was isolated from curd. The curd was homogenized with PBS buffer of 7.4PH and

151
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

plating was done on MRS medium, these plates was incubated at 37 for 24hrs. Then, it was
screened for resistance against bile salt, acidic PH and temperature. The characterization of
isolated bacteria was done to confirm lactobacillus by performing staining and various
biochemical tests which as follows.
For isolating Lactobacillus, the collected milk and curd samples were streaked on MRS
(De Man, Rogosa& Sharpe) agar plate and incubated at 37 °C anaerobically for 24 to 48 hours.
At the end of 48 hours, when the colonies became predominant, morphologically distinct and
well isolated colonies were picked and transferred to MRS broth for further enrichment. The
composition of MRS media : peptone 1%, yeast extract 0.5%, beef extract 0.5%, glucose 2%,
dipotassium phosphate 0.2%, dibasic ammonium c itrate 0.2%, sodium acetate 0.5%, magnesium
sulphate 0.01%, manganese sulphate 0.005%, Tween 80 (0.1%) and agar 3% (for solid medium).

2. Assay for lignin peroxidase:

The assay for the enzyme lignin peroxidase was estimated using Kang et al method.
Pyrogallol was used as the substrate. The assay mixture contained 1 ml of crude enzyme sample,
0.2 ml 0.1 M pyrogallol, 2 ml 0.1 M phosphate buffer (pH 6.5) with 0.1 ml, 0.1 M H2O2. The
enzyme activity was determined at 35°C at 30 sec intervals for 5 min by monitoring the
absorbency at 436 nm using Beckman
DU-40 Spectrophotometer due to the formation of purpurogallin and using a molar extinction
co- efficient of 2470 M 1 cm-1. One unit (U) of enzyme activity was defined as the amount of
enzyme which
produced 1 mM of purpurogallin/min/ml. The assay mixture was added and readings were noted
for activity, calculated and expressed in units per litre.

3. Assay for Laccase:

The specific activity of laccase was assayed spectrophotometrically by monitoring the
absorbance increase from oxidation of Hydroquinone at 390nm (ε=65 mM−1 cm−1) with a Perkin-
Elmer Lambda UV-VIS spectrophotometer at room temperature (light path 1 cm). The assay
mixture for the test cuvette consisted in 2.20 ml Britton buffer, 0.3ml of Hydroquinone
0.216 mM in absolute methanol and 0.5 ml of laccase 1mg/ml solution. The assay mixture for
the blank cuvette consisted in 2.20 ml Britton buffer, 0.3ml of Hydroquinone 0.216 mM in

152
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

absolute methanol and 0.5 ml of deionised water. The reaction was started b y the addition of
Hydroquinone solution and immediate mixing by inversion.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

1. Isolation of Bacteria

MRS Agar was reported to be the best suitable selective media for the isolation of
Lactobacillus spp. by Selective medium is used to cultivate specific type of microorganisms.
Thus, the ability of bacterial species to be cultured on specific media is regarded as an
0
important characteristic in identification of the microorganisms and were incubated at 37 C
overnight.

BIOACTIVEMOLECULES DETECTION:

1.LIGNIN PEROXIDASE
STANDARD CURVE OF PYROGALLOL

ONCENTRATION OPTICAL ETIMATION OF LIGNIN

pm) DENSITY PEROXIDASE
ACTIVITY (mg)

0.1
0.19
0.25
0.31
0.39 28

0.45

In the LiP activity, using the Lactobacillus supernatant after extraction, the
amount of Lignin peroxidase was estimated as 28 mg whivch proved the presence of
bioactive molecule.
2. LACCASE ACTIVITY:

153
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Laccases are copper-containing oxidase enzymes that are found in many plants,
fungi, and microorganisms. Laccase can degrade complex polymers such as lignin or
humic acids.

STANDARD CURVE OF HYDROQUINONE

NCENTRATION OPTICAL TIMATION OF

pm) DENSITY LACCASE
ACTIVITY (mg)
0.581

1.0289
.5
1.2892

1.4622

In the Laccase activity, lactobacillus produced 1.5 mg/ml of Laccase on a lab scale
in 7 days.

SUMMARY ANDCONCLUSION

Lactobacillus as industrially important bacteria was selected for the production of

bioactive molecules which shall be produced at low cost, environmental friend ly method and
in a large volume. In this study, curd and milk were selected as sources for the isolation of
Lactobacillus bacteria and the biochemical tests were performed to confirm the organism. This
was then followed by the detection of various bioactive molecules in which LiP activity using
the Lactobacillus supernatant after extraction, the amount of Lignin peroxidase was estimated
at 28 mg/ml. In the Laccase activity, lactobacillus produced 1.5 mg/ml of Laccase on a lab
scale in 7days. All the bioactive molecules produced out of Lactobacillus have several
applications outside in industries. This proves the production of various bioactive molecules
easily out of bacteria which is cheap and eco-friendly method.

BIBLOGRPHY

154
ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

o FrancieliDalcanton, Elena Carrasco,Fernando Pérez-Rodríguez, GuiomarDenisse Posada-

Izquierdo, Gláucia Maria Falcão de Aragão, and Rosa MaríaGarcía-Gimeno et.al (2018)
Modeling the Combined Effects of Temperature, pH, and Sodium Chloride and Sodium
Lactate Concentrations on the Growth Rate of Lactobacillusplantarum ATCC 8014, Journal of
Food Qualitys.
o Espirito Santo, Milton LuizPinho (2005) Effect of different levels of sodium chloride and
glucose on fermentation of sardines ( Sardinellabrasiliensis) by Lactobacillus sakei 2a. Braz.
arch. biol. Technol., vol.48, n.1, pp.42-52.
o Luciana Francisco Fleuri, Mariana Cassani de Oliveira, Mariana de Lara Campos Arcuri,
Bruna L. Capoville(2014) Production of fungal lipases using wheat bran and soybean bran
and incorporation of sugarcane bagasse as a co-substrate in solid-state fermentation, Food
Science and Biotechnology, 23(4):1199-1205.
o H. Daba and S.Saidi, Detection of Bacteriocin(2015) –producing Lactic acid bacteria from
milk in various forms in North east Algeria by a new procedure, Agronomy Research, 13(4), 907-
918.
o Debajitborah, R.N.S. Yadav, AnkushSangra, LubanaShahin, and Anand Kumar
Chaubey(2012) ‘Production, purification and characterization of nattokinase from bacillus
subtilis, isolated from tea garden soil samples of dibrugarh’, assam, Vol.5, No.3, pp.124-125.
o DeepikachoubeyKishanDhusia, Neha Gupta, Nisha Ann Viswan, SushmitaMandal ( 2017)
‘Identification and characterization of Nattokinaseproducing bacteria and optimization of
enzyme production J. Agric’, Food Chem Vol. 57, No.2, pp.503-508.
o Donnet-Hughes A, Duc N, Serrant P, Vidal K, Schiffrin El(2000), Bioactive molecules in
milk and their role in health and disease: the role of transfor ming growth factor-beta,
Immunol Cell Biol., 78(1), 74-79.

155
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT.

P. DHATCHAYANI, P. THRISHA
MARUDHAR KESARI JAIN COLLEGE FOR WOMEN -VANIYAMBADI

ABSTRACT
What is the role of resource management in sustaining competitiveness for island economies such
as the republic of the Philippines and Hawaii? We review the history of thought on sustainable resource
management and sustainable development and then turn to the threats to sustainability from in governance
that can transform the curse into a blessing.

Introduction
Effective resource management is a priority for all professional services executives looking to
optimize profit margins, improve billable utilization, retain top talent and increase client satisfaction.

Definition
The process of using a company’s resource in the most efficient way possible. These resources can
include tangible resources such as foods and equipment, financial resources and labour resources such as
employees. Resource management can include ideas such as making sure one has enough physical
resources for one’s business, but not an overabundance so that products won’t get used, or making sure
that people are assigned to tasks that will keep them busy and not have too much downtime.

156
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Organizations can profit significantly from efficient resources and efficient waste management, and form
improved environmental management practices. This free article explains the basics of resources
efficiency and how to manage resources more efficiently. The article discusses Life Cycle Analysis and
how this can be used as a starting point for organization seeking to improve the efficiency of their waste
and resources management.
Sustainable development and resources efficiency overview
Resource efficiency is an aspect of sustainable development, which in the UK had become embodied in
Government legislation over recent years, especially after the publication of “Astrategy for sustainable
development for the UK” in 1999. Many other countries have similar government led programmers.
“sustainable development is a dynamic process which enables all people to realizetheir potential and
improve their quality of life in ways which simultaneously protect and enhance the earth’s life support
systems” forum for the future, 2000.
Views as to the viability of the sustainable development concept rang between unrealistic and unfeasible
perfectly possible and moreover absolutely necessary.

Use your resources

Effectively
Efficiently
economically
Area of application
1. Project accounting
2. Project management
3. Resource management and scheduling
1. Project accounting

Project accounting differs from standard accounting in that it is designed to monitor the
financial progress of a project rather than the overall progress of organizational elements. With project
accounting, financial reports are specifically created to track the project process. Utilizing project
accounting provides project managers with the ability to accurately assess and monitor project budgets
and ensure that the project is proceeding on budget. Project managers can quickly address any cost
overruns and revise budgets if necessary.
Project accounting also differs from standard accounting in the time period that it is reported.

157
ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Standard accounting reports financial progress for fixed periods of time, for example, quarterly or
annually. Projects can last from a few days to a bumper of years. During this time, there may be
numerous budget revisions. The project may also be part of a larger overall project. For example, if an
organization were constructing a new building that would be the larger project, however
telecommunications could be handled as its own project, and as such with a separate project budget.
Costs and revenues that are allocated to projects may be further subdivided into a work breakdown
structure (WBS). In utilizing project accounting. You have the flexibility to report at any such level
and can also compare historical as well as current budgets.

Project management
In project management language, resources are needed to carry out the project tasks. They can
be individuals, hardware, facilities, capital, or something different proficient at definition (normally
other than work) necessary for the conclusion of that exercise. Most professionals agree that the first
step is to define your strategies. That opens the door to efficient strategic management strategies.
It considered the practice of thoroughly predicting or organizing, coordinating, encouraging and
regulating assets to realize distinct targets and meet precise success standards.
A project is considered to be a short-term venture built to generate a one-of-a-kind product, service or
outcome having a described starting point and conclusion (usually time defined, and frequently
restricted by financing or deliverables) carried out to satisfy unique objectives and goals, generally to
create worthwhile change or increased worth. The interim aspect of a project appears in comparison
with market as usual (or procedures), that are recurring, long term. Or semi – permanent practical
actions to create goods and services. Utilized the management of both of these programs is frequently
very diverse, therefore necessitates the expansion of unique specialized capabilities and management
strategies.

Resource management and scheduling

Resource management and scheduling is the process of getting the right number of people with
the right skills, experiences and competencies in the right jobs at the right time to advance the
business. Resource management and scheduling is a comprehensive process that provides
organizations with a framework for making staffing decisions based on its mission, strategic
objectives, financial resources(budget), abed a defused set ofdesired workforce competencies.

158
ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

The need for resource management and scheduling has increased in the wake of shifting
views ofwork. With more workers seeking to change organizations throughout theircareers: greater
competitionfor more talented worker: rapidly changing technology work and the skills workers need.
Resource management and scheduling must address what the organization will need in the futureto
accomplish its business. Ruthecritical workforce characteristics and the desired distribution of those
characteristics must be identified/ this information will help the organization to narrow its to its
success. Resource management and scheduling analyzes the current workforce to determine the
distribution of future workforce characteristics present day.
Once you have assessed the current workforce, you determine what gaps will exist between your
current and projected workforce needs. The next critical step in is to determine what gaps will exist
between current and projected workforce needs. Strategies are then implemented to address the gaps.
The strategies might include recruiting training or re-training,outsourcing, competency – based
assessment, leadership development, succession planning and technological enhancements.
Resource management and scheduling enables organizations to strategically make human resource
decisions. Change is anticipated and thus planned for in advance. Some components of resource
management and scheduling are succession planning, retirement projection and workforce
demographics. The discipline of resource management and scheduling gives focus to these
components, how the uncontrollable actions will take from the workforce and key positions that will
need to be filled.

Sustainable development
Sustainable development is “development that meets the needs of the present without
compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.” Sustainable development
promotes the idea that social, environmental, and economic progress are all attainable within the limits
of out earth’s natural resources. Sustainable development approaches everything in the world as being
connected through space, time and quality of life.

Corporate sustainability
Corporate sustainability is a business approach that creates long-term consumer and employee
value by creating a “green” strategy aimed toward the natural environment and taking into
consideration every dimension of how a business operates in the social, cultural, and economic

159
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

environment. It also formulates strategies to build a company that fosters longevity through
transparency and proper employee development.
Corporate sustainability is an evolution on more traditional phrases describing ethical corporate
practice. Phrases such as corporate social responsibility (CSR) or corporate citizenship continue to be
used but are increasingly superseded by the broader term corporate sustainability. Unlike phrases that
focus on “added -on” policies, corporate sustainability describes business practices built around social
and environmental considerations.
The phrase is derived from two keys sources. The Brundtland commission’s report, our
common future, described sustainable development as, “development that meets the needs of the
present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs”. This desire to
grow without damaging future generations prospects is becoming more and more central to business
philosophies.
References
1. Werbach, Adam strategy for sustainability: A Business Manifesto, Boston Mass: Harvard
Business, 2009.
2. Lynn R. kale, Eda Gurel – Atay, Eds (2008). Communicating Sustainability for the Green
Economy. New York: M.E. Sharpe
3. Schaltegger, S & Sturm, A 1998. Eco – Efficiency by Eco – Contr0olling . zurich :vdf

161
ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

BINARY OPERATIONS AND IT’S FUNCTIONS

PAVITHRA R1 , ,REETHIKA S2
I MSC MATHESMATICS
MARUDHAR KESARI JAIN COLLEGE FOR WOMEN, THIRUVALLUAR UNIVERSIRY

Abstract:
In this paper, we discuss about the binary operations, types of binary operations and it’s
application properties of binaryoperation, uses of binaryoperations, functions of binaryoperations and
used in everyday life.

Introduction: Binary Operations

The binaryoperations * are a non-emptyset A of functions from A*A to A. The binary operations, *:
A*A→A. It’s an operation oftwo elements of a set whose domain and co- domain are in same set.

X Y

X○Y

A binaryoperation is a calculation that combines boththe arguments X and Y to x ○ y.

Types of binary operations:

There are four types,

 Binary Addition (+)

162

162
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
 Binary Subtraction(-)
 Binary Multiplication (*)
 Binary Division (÷)

Properties of binary operations:

 Commutative property: Any binaryoperation defined on a nonempty set S is said to satisfy

the commutative property, if

p*r = r*p∀ p, r ∈ S.

 Associative property: A binary operation is said to be associative property, if p* (r*

q)=(p* r)*c ∀ p, r, c ∈ S
 Identity property: An element e €S is said to be the Identity Element of S under the
binaryoperation * if for also p€ S we have that p*e=p and e*p=p
 Inverse property: If an identity element e exist and if for every p∈ S, there exist b in S such
that p*r = e and r*p=e then b∈ S is said to be the Inverse Element of p. In such instances, we
write r = pˉ¹.
 Addition are the binary operations on each of the sets of Natural Numbers (N), Integer
(Z), Rational Number(Q), Real Numbers(R),Complex Number(C).

Algebraic structure:

 Any non-emptyset on which contain operations are is called an algebraic structure.

 Another wayof defining a binaryoperation * on S is as follows:

∀⃒ , ⃒ ⃒ ⃒ , ⃒ ∗ ⃒ is unique and p*r∈ ⃒ .

S p Sr
p*r

163
163
 Functions of binary operations:
A function is a relation that maps each element x of a set X with one and only one element y of
another set Y. Inthe other words, it’s a relation between a set of inputs and a set of outputs in which
each input is related with a unique output.

INPUTS Function OUTPUTS

Binary operations are ternary relations:

A binary operation f on a set S may be viewed as a ternary relation on S, that is, the set of triples (x,y,
f (x, y)) in S*S*S for all x and y in S.

Examples:

 Binary addition. If we add two operation X, Y which are in natural numbers hence the
operation will also be a naturalnumber. Same condition satisfy for realnumbers as well.

+: R+R→R is derived by(x, y) →x+ y

+: N+N→N is derived by(x, y) →x+ y

 Binary multiplication. If we multiply two operation X,Y which are in natural numbers
hence the operation will also be a natural number. Same condition satisfy for real numbers
as well.

+: R*R →R is derived by (x, y) →x* y

+: N*N →N is derived by(x, y) →x* yFor Example: 1÷0=0(0 it is

4
164
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

whole number).
Is not a binary operation:

Subtraction is not a binary operation because if we subtract two operation some time we get a
negative number, and Division is not a binary operation because if we subtract two operation
sometimes we get is not always an integer.

Some binary operations on Boolean matrices:

A Boolean Matrices is a real matrix whose entries are either 0 or 1.

The following two kinds of operations onthe collection of all Boolean matrices are
defined,
Let M=[mij]and N=[nij] be any two Boolean matrices of the same type. Then their join˅ and meet˄ are
defined as follow Join of M and N,

M˅N = [mij]˅[nij] = [mij˅ nij] = [oij] Where oij=

{1, if either mij = 1 or nij =1
{0, if both mij = 0 and nij = 0 Meet of
M and N,
M˄N = [ mij]˄[ nij] = [mij˄ nij] = [oij] Where oij = {1,
if both mij = 1 and nij = 1
{0,if either mij = 0 or nij = 0.

(m˅ n) = max {m, n}; (m˄ n) = min {m,n}, m,n €{0,1}

Properties satisfied by join and meet:

Closure property:

M, N ∈ N, M˅ N =[mij] ˅ [nij] = [mij˅ nij] ∈ N. (Because, (mij˅ nij) is either 0 or 1 ∀

i, j. is a binaryoperation on N.

165
 Associative property:
M ˅ (N˅O) = (M˅N) ˅ O, ∀ M,N,O∈ M. ˅ is associative.

Identityproperty:

˅M∈ N, thenull matrix 0 ∈ N ∄ M˅ 0= 0 ˅M=M. The identityelement for ˅ is the nulmatrix.

Inverse property:

For any matrix M N, it’s impossible to find a matrix N∈ N∄ M˅ N=N˅M=0. So the inverse
doesn’t exist. Similarly, it can be verified that the operation meet satisfies (i) closure property (ii)
commutative property (iii) associative property(iv) the matrix

U= 1 1

1 1

exists as the identity in B and (V) the existence of inverse is not assured.

Used in everyday life:

Numbers can be encoded in binary format and stored using switches. The digital technology which
uses this system could be a computer, calculator, digital TV decoder box, watch, cellphone etc.
Values are stored in binary format in memory, which is basically a bunch of electronic on/off
switches. Inthe binary system, there are onlytwo symbols or possible digit values, 0 and 1.

Conclusion:

The binary, or base 2, positional number system uses only two digit, 0 and 1, which make it
ideal for computers whose basic components typically exist in two states, off (0) or on (1).

166
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

110111101100000101011001000111111.

Reference book:

 The modern Gottfried Leibniz who in the 17th century proposed and
developed it in his article explication de .
 Leibniz invented the system around 1679 but he published it 1703 .
 Trembly J.P&Manohar, Binary operations with applications to computer science
(1st edition). Published by Mcgraw Hill.

“Young man, in mathematics you don’t understand thing

u just get used to them”.

John Von Neumann

Join of M and N,

M˅N = [mij]˅[nij] = [mij˅ nij] = [oij] Where oij=

{1, if either mij = 1 or nij =1
{0, if both mij = 0 and nij = 0 Meet of
M and N,
M˄N = [ mij]˄[ nij] = [mij˄ nij] = [oij] Where oij = {1,
if both mij = 1 and nij = 1
{0,if either mij = 0 or nij = 0.

(m˅ n) = max {m, n}; (m˄ n) = min {m,n}, m,n €{0,1}

Properties satisfied by join and meet:

167
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Closure property:

M, N ∈ N, M˅ N =[mij] ˅ [nij] = [mij˅ nij] ∈ N. (Because, (mij˅ nij) is either 0 or 1 ∀

i, j. is a binaryoperation on N.
Associative property:
M ˅ (N˅O) = (M˅N) ˅ O, ∀ M,N,O∈ M. ˅ is associative.

Identity property:

Numbers can be encoded in binary format and stored using switches. The digital technology which
uses this systemcould be a computer, calculator, digital TV decoder box, watch, cell phone etc.
Values are stored in binary format in memory, which is basically a bunch of electronic on/off
switches. Inthe binary system, there are onlytwo symbols or possible digit values, 0 and 1.

Conclusion:

The binary, or base 2, positional number system uses only two digit, 0 and 1, which make it
ideal for computers whose basic components typically exist in two states, off (0) or on (1).

110111101100000101011001000111111.
Reference book:

 The modern Gottfried Leibniz who in the 17th century proposed and
developed it in his article explication de .
 Leibniz invented the system around 1679 but he published it 1703 .
 Trembly J.P&Manohar, Binary operations with applications to computer science
(1st edition). Published by Mcgraw Hill.

“Young man, in mathematics you don’t understand things.

You just get used to them”.
- John Von Neumann

168
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
Graph neural networks and its applications

K.Sowmiya1
Department of Mathematics

R.Swetha
Department of Mathematics
Marudhar Kesari Jain College for women

Abstract:
Graph Is a Universe (Creation) Data Structure That Is Largely Used to Assemble Data in Real World.
Various Real-World Networks Like the Passage (Transportation) Network, Social and Academic Network
Can Be Represented by Graphs. Modelling Physics Systems, Learning Molecular Fingerprints,
Forecasting Protein Interface and Classifying Diseases Stipulation (Demand) A Model to Learn from
Graph Inputs. K-Hop GNNs, Modernize A Junction (Node) Representation by Collecting Information Not
Only from Its Direct Region but From Its K-Hop Regions.

Keywords: Graph Neural Network, Network Representation Learning.

Introduction :
Graphs are a Mathematical Structure Collected of a Set of Components (Elements), And A Set of
Connection (Relation) Between Them.

GRAPH NEURAL NETWORKS (GNNS):

Graph Neural Network Is a Type of Neural Network Which Straight Operates on The Graph Structure.
A visual application of GNN is junction classification. Necessarily, every junction in the graph is
connected with a tag(label), and we want to forecast the tag of the tag of the junctions without ground-
truth.

A Review of Methods and Applications:

Graphs Are a Class of Data Structure Which Models a Set of Junctions (Node) And Their Borders
(Edges). Recently, Researches on Analysing Graphs with Machine Learning Have Been Receiving More
And More Attention Because Of The Great Explicit Power Oh Graphs.
(I. E.) Graphs Can Be Used as Denotation of a Large Number of Systems Covering Various Areas

170
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Including Social Networks, Physical Systems and Forecasting Protein Interface, Knowledge Graphs
and Many Other Research Areas.

Based On GNNs And Graph Implanting Variants of Graph Neural Networks (GNNs) Are Put Forward
to Collectively Valuable Information’s from Graph Structure, thus They Can Model Input And \ Or Output
Consisting of Elements and Their Dependency.

Find graph structure:

We Have to Find Out the Graph Structure in The Solicitations (Applications). There Are Usually Two
Scenarios;
Tectonic (Structural) Scenarios
Non-Tectonic Scenarios

Tectonic scenarios:
In Structural Scenarios, The Graph Structure Is Expressive in The Applications. Such As Applications
On;
Molecules
Physical Systems
Knowledge Graphs and So On

Non-Tectonic scenarios:
Graphs Are Inexpressive. So That We Have to First Build the Graph from The Chore (Task), Such as
Building a Fully Connected “WORD” Graph for Text or Building a Scene Graph for An Image. After We
Get the Graph, The Later Design Process Attempts to Find an Optimal GNN Model on This Specific
Graph.

171
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

(Structural Graph)

Current State of Art, Challenges and Applications:

Several Areas in Science and Engineering Have the Relationships Between Their Fundamental Data,
Which Can Be Represented as Graph, For Example Molecular Chemistry, Computer Vision, Node
Forecasting and More.
GNNs Encompasses the Neural Network Technique to Process the Data Which Is Represented as Graphs.
Due To Its Huge Success, GNN Has Made Its Way into Many Solicitations and Is a Popular Architecture
to Work Upon. The GNNs Its Area of Solicitations and Its Day-To-DayUse in Our Daily Lives.

Heterogenous Graphs:
In Representation Learning in Heterogenous Graphs Aims to Pursue a Meaningful Vector
Representation for Each Junction (Node) So as To Lubricate Downstream Solicitations Such As, Node
Forecasting and So On. Heterogenous Networks Are Prevalent in Real-World, Which Have More Than
One Type of Vertices or Borders (Edges).
Thus, Algorithms for Heterogenous Network Embedding Are Supposed to Not Only Incorporate Vertex
Attributes or Labels with Tectonic Information, But Also Leverage Vertex Types, Border Types and
Connotation Information That Lies Behind the Connection Between Two Vertices.

172
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

(Heterogenous graph)

Molecular Generative Graph Neural Networks for Drug Discovery:

Drug Discovery Is a Fundamental and Ever-Evolving Field of Research. A Very Relevant
Solicitation of Graph Generation Methods Is the Unearthing New Drug Molecules, Which Are Naturally
Represented as Graphs. The Use of GNNs Maximizes the Information’s in Input at Each Generative Step,
Which Consists of The Subgraph Produced During Previous Steps.
Graph generation is being reappraised by deep learning methods, and molecular generation is one of its
most reassuring solicitation’s. sequential molecular graph generator based on a set of graph neural network

modules, which we call MG2N2 (P.Bongini at el(2021)).

173
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

(Graph Neural Network for Drug Discovery)

K-Hop Graph Neural Network:

GNNs Have Emanated Recently as A Powerful Architecture for Learning Node and Graph
Representations. Although Numerous GNN Variants Have Been Put Forward in The Past Years, They All
Sharethe Same Basic Idea, And Can Be Assembled into a single common frame work.
Specially, GNNs Employa Message Passing Procedure, Where Each Node Updates Its Characteristic
Vectors by Aggregating the Characteristic Vectors of Its Regions. After K- Repetitions of The Message
Passing Procedure. Each Junction (Node) Obtains A Characteristic Vector Which Captures the Tectonic
Information’s with Its K-Hop Region. These Representations Can Be Used as Features for Junction-
Related Chores.
Example: GNNs Compute a Characteristic Vector for The Entire Graph Using Some Permutation
Invariant Readout Function. Such As Summating the Characteristic Vectors of All the Junctions of The
Graph.

(K-Hop Graph Neural Network)

Network Representation Learning: A Macro and Micro view:

Mining Information from Real-World Networks Plays a Pivotal Role in Many Emerging Solicitations.
For Example, In Social Networks, Categorization of People into Social Communities According to Their
Profile and Social Connections Is Useful for Many Related Chores. Like Social Recommendation, Target

174
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
Adverting and So On.
In communication network spotting community tectonic can help understand information’s dispersal. In
bio-logical networks, forecasting the role of protein can help us reveal the mysteries of life; forecasting
molecular drug ability can encourage new drug development. In chemistry networks, forecasting the
function of molecules can help with the combinations of new compound and new material. The way in
which networks are generallyrepresent cannot supply effectual analysis.

For example:
(i.e.) O(N) for one node, where N is the number of junctions in the network.

(A Macro and Micro View Graph Neural Network)

Conclusion:
Graphtectonic data is common across various domains, examples such as molecules
{social, physical, citation} networks are just a few of the vast array of data which can be represented with
a graph. With the advancements of machine learning we testimony the potential for applying intelligent
algorithms on the data which is available. GNN is the branch of machine learning which concerns on
building neural networks for graph data in the most effective manner.
Reference:
Xueyi liu at el. Department of computer science and technology, Tsinghua university, Beijing (100084)
China.
Jie zhou at el. Department ofcomputer science and technology, Tsinghua university, Beijing (100084) China.
G.Nilcolentzos at el (2020) Neural networks and data mining.
C.Zhang at el. Proceeding of the 25th ACM SIGKDD International conference on knowledge discoveringand
data mining -793-803 (2019).P.Bongini at el.Neurocomputing (2021) Elsevier.

175
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

MATRIX

S.Priyadharshini, I Msc Mathematics

S.Pavithra, IMsc Mathematics
Marudhar Kesari Jain College for women,
Vaniyambadi

MATRIX

In this topic we discuss about rank of matrix, inverse of non singular matrix, application of
cryptographyand application of matrix in real life

Definition of Matrix

A matric is a rectangular array of numbers for which addition and multiplication have been
specified..It is frequently used synonymously with a table, which has horizontal rows and vertical
columns.A matrix is a set or group of numbers arranged in a square or rectangular array enclosed by
two brackets.Arthur cayley as the father of matrices and great mathematician.

RANK OF MATRIX

The rank of a matrix A is defined as the order of a highest order of the highest order non- vanishing
minor ofthe matrix A. It is denoted bythe symbol p(A). A zero matrix is defined as 0

176
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

A sub matrix of A is a matrix obtained by eliminating some rows and colums from A. Because
it is obtained by leaving zero number of rows and zero number of columns. The determinant of a
square sub-matrix of a matrix is called as minor of the matrix.

Example:

Find the rank ofthe matrix 1 5

3 9

Solution:

Let A= 15

39

Order of A is 2 x2 p(A)≤ 2 Consider the

second order minor
1 5

3 9 = -6 ≠0

There is a minor oforder 2, which is not zero ⸫ p(A)

Inverse of non-singular square matrix

A non – singular matrix is a square matrix. If its determinant is not equal to zero and a square matrix is
called singular if its deterrminant is zero. A square matric is called singular if its determinant is zero and
if its determinant is not equal to zero. Multiplication of a matrix by a scalar, addition of two matrices,
and multiplication of two matrices have been covered. However, because a matrix is only a collection of
numbers with no numerical value, a rule to divide a matrix by another matrix could not be constructed.
When we saya matrix is of order n, referring to a square matrix with n rows and n columns.

A non-singular matrix is a square matrix with a non-zero determinant [A]. As a result, a

singular n x n matrix has a rank of n and known as non-singular matrix.

Example:

177
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

6(3) – 5(2) = 18 – 10 = 8 ≠ 0

So it is a non singular matrix.

ADJOINT OF A SQUARE MATRIX

 The Qualities of the cofactors of the elements of a square matrix. Let A be a square matrix
o f by o rder wit h A o r det as t he det erminant (A). let aᵢⱼ be t he e le ment at the
intersection ofthe I row and j

column of A, we have a sub-matrix of order (n-1).

 The mino r o f t he ele ment aᵢⱼ is t he det erminant o f this sub- mat rix. . It is deno ted by Mᵢⱼ . The
det erminant o f t his sub- mat rix is ca lled mino r of t he ele ment aᵢⱼ. It is denot ed by Mᵢⱼ. The
co fact or o f t he ele ment a ᵢⱼ is t he pro duct o f Mᵢⱼ and (-1) ⁱ⁺ʲ . It sideno t ed by Aᵢⱼ. As a resu lt , t he
co fact or of aᵢⱼ is Aᵢⱼ =(-1) ⁱ⁺ʲ Mᵢⱼ .

 The determinant of the matrix is equal to the sum of the products of the entries of a row and
the correspoding cofactors of the elements of the same row and the sum of the products of
the entries of a row and the corresponding cofactors of the elements of any other row is equal
to 0.

 The adjoint of a matrix A is the cofactor matrix of A . It is denoted byadj A. An adjoint

matrix is also called as adjugate matrix.

APPLICATION O FMATRICES TO CRYTOGRAPHY

 Crytography is one of the most important uses of the inverse of a non-singular square matrix.
Cryptography is a kind of communication between two persons in which the information is kept

178
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

secret from the outside world. It is buit around two concepts, namely encryption and decryption.
The process of transforming information into an unreadable form is known as encryption. On the
other hand, Decryption is the process of returning a coded communication to its original form.
Encryption and decryption require secret technique that only the sender and receiver are aware
of.

 This secret is called a key. Using a non-singular matrix to encrypt a message bythe sender is
one method of producing a key. The receiver uses the inverse of the matrix to decode the
message and obtain the original message. The encryption is called encryption matrix and the
decryption is called decryption matrix.

 Both the sender and receiver only evaluate messages in the alphabets A-Z , assigning numbers
1-26 to the letters A-Z and 0 to a blank space. The sender uses a key as a post- multiplication by
a non singular matrix of order 3 of his choice for simplicity.

 The post-mulriplication by the inverse of thematrix chosen by the sender is used by the
receiver.

The encoding matrix be

1 -1 0

A= 2 -1 0

1 0 0

 The key matrix is used to encrypt messages, while the inverse is used to decrypt
them. The key matrix must be kept secret between the message sendes and intended
recipients.

179
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

 If the key matrix or inverse is found, all intercepted messages can be easily
decoded. Cryptography classified as symmetric key cryptograph and asymmetric
cryptography.

TRIANGULAR MATRIX

 The matrix A is referred to as Triangular matrix. If all of the entries are above
the main diagonal, or if the total is zero. A square matrix with elements sij =0
for j < I is termed upper triangular matrix. A lower triangular matrix’s
transpose is an upper triangular matrix.

 Except for the entries in single column,an atomic triangular matrix is a specific
type of unitriangular matrix in which all off-diagonal elements are zero. A
Frobenius matrix, a Guass matrix, or a Guass transformation matrix are all name
for the same thing. Upper and Lower triangular matrix are the two froms of
triangular matrix. Triangular matrices have the same number ofrows and columns.

 A Triangular matrix is invertible if and only if no element on the primary

diagonal is 0. If the inverse U-1 of an upper triangular matrix U exist, then its
upper triangular . If the inverse L-1 of an lower triangular matrix L exists, then it
is lower triangular

SIMILAR MATRIX

S,TA(v) and S,TA(v) are believed to be equivalent linear transformations. CA(v) if there is an invertible
element. If there is an invertible n-by-n matrix p, two n-by-n matrices A and B are said to be

180
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

comparable in linear algebra. The same linear map is represented by comparable matrices under two
different bases, with p represeting the change of basis matrix. Not all matrices are diagnonalizable,
however every matrix is similar to a matrix in jordan form at least over the complex numbers

Example

If A is similar to the identity matrix I, then A=I Proof:

A is similar to I, there exists a non singular matrix P Such
t hat A= P⁻¹ IP
S ince P⁻¹IP=I, A=I

APPLICATION OF MATRICES IN REAL-LIFE

 Matrixes are used in graphc applications such as Adobe photoshop to process linearchanges and
render graphics. A linear transfromation of a geomentric object can be represented by a square
matrix. In a video game, this would result in an assassins upside down mirror image in a pool of
blood. The matrix would be more complicated to extend or compress the reflection if the video
game game had curved reflecting surfaces, sch as a bright metalshield.
 Matrix algebra is utilized in the study of electrical circuits, quantum, mechanics, and optics in
physics, among other physics related appilications. Engineers utilise matrices to represent
physical systems and execute the precise calculations that are required for complicated
mechanics to function.
 Matrix transformations are used to obtain fully calibrated computations in eletronic
networks, aeroplanes and spacecraft, and chemical engineering. Matrices are used in
hospitals for medical imaging. CAT scans and MRI
 Matrices are the essential components for robot movements in robotics and automation. The
inputs for controlling robots are calculated from matrices and are extremely accurate at the
moment.
 Matrix are used in geology to conduct seismic surveys. They are used to create graphs,
calculate statistics , and conduct scientific studies and research in a variety of subjects.
Matrices are also used to represent real-world statistics such as population, infant mortality
rate.

181
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

CONCLUSION

Matrix is a handy and effective tool for performing mathematical analysis and data collection. In
computer science and applied mathematics, matrices are play a crucial role. The usage of matrix
representations substantially network analysis in the study of communication theory and electrical
engineering. Matrices are used by sociologists to investigate group dominance.

REFERENCE BOOK

1. Matrix computations 4 th edition, Gene H. Golub , Charles F.Van Loan

2. Matrix analysis , Roger A.Horn and Charles R.Johnson
3. Matrix differential calculus with application in statistics, Heinz neudecker
4. Fundamentals of matrix computations, David S Watkins

182
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

COMING-OF-AGE IN NEIL GAIMAN’S CORALINE

M. Subha Sri1 M. Sri Harini2
Assistant Professor of English Research Scholar
St. Joshep’s College for Women. Thirurpattur Kumaran College for Women

ABSTRACT
Neil Gaiman, an English author often described as post-modernist writer of fantasy fiction. He is
an author of fantasy and horror novels who has written many books for adults, young-adults and children.
He has gained reputation both to entertain audiences of all age categories by his fanciful and frightening
tales. Coraline is a Coming-of-age novel that deals with the idea of independence and identity. The
development of main character is an outcome of exploration. The significant thing is that it is really
concerned with the protagonist, a girl who is fully rounded and develops on her own as a stable and
coherent individual subject. It is about the problems and conflicts faced by the preadolescence children.
Dilemmas and everyday challenges, resurrection and solutions are features in coming-of-age story. It is
also about the transition from childhood to adulthood. Usually in children’s stories the protagonist
becomes matured and has greater sense of self-awareness by the end. The Novel Coraline is about a girl in
danger. It pictures her bravery, trouble and problem-solving matters and discusses about her parents.
These characteristics features of coming-of-age are manipulated and influenced in Coraline.
KEYWORDS: Coming-of-age, psychological growth, quest, infantile complexes, independent.
INTRODUCTION
Children’s literature or Juvenile literature includes stories, books, magazines and poems that are
widely read by children. Fiction in its various forms- contemporary realism, fantasy, historical, folk tales,
legends, myths and epics have their counterparts in children’s literature. In most children’s and young
adult literature, the main character is a child or teenager. The main character in Coraline is a child. This is
often characteristic’s of children’s literature. However, the fact that a child is going through all these
horrors may make the novel more terrifying for adults, especially when they have children of their own.
Coillie claims that fantasy characters and speaking animals are also more common in literature for a young
audience (Coillie 1999, 27). Neil Richard Mackinnon Gaiman is an English author of short fiction,
children’s novel, comic books, graphic novels, audio theatre and films. His genre is based on fantasy,
horror, science fiction, dark fantasyand comedy. He begins his writing career in England as a journalist.
Coraline, which began as a book, becomes a theatre play, comic book storyand also in the formof video

183
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

games. It is adapted into film. The story starts out when a girl named Coraline Jones moves into an
apartment in an old house together with her parents. Her neighbors include two elderly retired actresses
and a weird man who lives upstairs training his mice for a circus act. Despite this weirdness, Coraline is
very bored. Her parents are workaholic and that they tend to ignore her. One day she discovers a door with
a brick wall behind it. When she opens the door later, there is a hallway which is strange. When she goes
through the door, she ends up in an entirely different world. It is according to her interest but with some
strange differences. In the other world she has other mother (beldam), other father, and other neighbors.
The cats living there talk with her. She decides this other world as weird and so she heads back home. But
when she arrives, her parents are missing. The other mother Beldam has kidnapped them, and she is in the
need to return to the creepy other world in rescuing them. She succeeds in her attempt. Coraline gets her
parents back within the meantime. She also rescues the trapped souls of three kidnapped children who are
stuck within the other world for an extended time. She beats the evil beldam, saves her family and returns
home. But it is not quite over. It turns out the other mother’s hand has followed her home. She plays a
trick to trap the other mother’s hand in a deep well. Finally, the scariness is over. After all this excitement,
she is ready to start for the school.

COMING-OF-AGE
In most fairy tales, there's a search structure that the protagonist follows through. Here, the
protagonist Coraline’s quest signifies her coming-of-age when she overcomes her infantile complexes,
which then allows her to break the typical quest structure by abandoning her childhood and embracing her
adulthood. “On a practical level,” Russell further proposes, “the plot requires the absence of the ‘good’
mother-too much support and nurturing leaves little room for the character of the daughter to develop or
dramatic incidents to unfold” [172]. Coraline and her parents do not have good relationship in the
beginning of the story. Parents are always busy with their works. She feels lonely and bored. Her father
always cooks dinner for family but she does not like it. Coraline always tries to get her parents attention
which she never gets. Coraline went exploring. On one such exploration she finds a well. Misses Spink
and Forcible warn her to keep away from the well. Then she explores the insides of the flat. And discover
a door in the drawing room. Coraline thought that the doorway has to go somewhere. The key felt colder
than any other. She pushed into the keyhole and turned it where the door opens to the dark hallway. This is
the call to adventure for Coraline. In the mysterious dark world, other mother tries to change her mind
against her realparents. She tells Coraline that her parents are bored ofher. Coraline hoped that it is not

184
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

real but still she doubts. On the other situation, Coraline doesn’t know where she is. Coraline doubts arise
in the other world. Refusal of call comes directly from the protagonist. Coraline is quick to spot any
anomalies. Other mother informs her to stay with her forever and to sacrifice her eyes. But Coraline
refuses. This brings transition in her. This transition is the psychological growth. The mentor is a black
cat. It talks in the other world. The cat leads her to the mirror where her parents reside. It befriends
Coraline and helps her to flee from the other mother. Coraline also uses cat as a weapon. She is worried
about her parents who are missing. She leaves her real house and re-enters the other world in rescuing
them. Coraline wanted to save her parents and children's soul trapped in the magical world. She makes a
deal with the other mother. Coraline explores alone in searching the souls and her parents. After a long
time, she finds all missing souls but still is in need to find her parents. She is in the lowest point that she
couldn’t find her parents. So she went to other mother because Coraline knows that she hides them. She
reveals that her parents are hidden in the passageway. And insisted the other mother to open the door and
it is empty. Other mother thinks that she has won but not yet. Coraline has a better idea. She throws the cat
towards other mother. Coraline takes the mantel piece in which her parents are hidden. Thus wins over
other mother in the challenge. She escapes from the other world. She makes her way back to home and
instantly falls asleep. Coraline awakens to find her real mother shaking her. Coraline parents are safe and
unaware of the happenings in the other world. That is, world has not changed. In Coraline’s pocket, she
finds marbles, stone, empty snow globe and the key. That night, she dreamt of the three children thanking
her for liberating their souls. The next morning, Coraline wakes up by a scrabbling noise. It is other
mother’s hand, and it wants the key back. Coraline plays a trap and it’s all over. Cat is delighted and they
two walked home back. Coraline prepares for next years at school. Family plays a huge part throughout
the novel. Coraline is so thankful to be with her parents. Finally, children tend to be very close with their
families and have a happy ending.

CONCLUSION
Baxter says that the coming of age in novels occurs on three planes simultaneously, namely that of
individual development, from a narrative standpoint, and from a cultural/historical one (3). Throughout the
novel, Coraline is shown as independent with an identity. Her character develops and challenged by
horror, death and fate. Coraline comes out as a braver, happier and more centered. Coming-of-age story is
for girls, about girls and are whole subjects in them and solves problems. The end creates a new ordinary
world. It is a coming-of-age storyconcerned with the identities ofgirls and their power as themselves. The

185
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

young girl makes mistake but also solves the problems. She is a power unto herself. It is more of coming-
of-age story about girls who are whole subjects in themselves. These are the steps to create a coming-of-
age story because the end creates a new ordinary world. There is a new problem that leads to more quests.
Bywhich the character can always improve them, resurrects and becomes better.

REFERENCES
Gaiman, Neil. Coraline. Bloomsburypublication, London, 2016. Print.
Baxter, Kent. “On ‘Coming of Age’.” Baxter, Kent [ed.]. Critical Insights: Coming of Age. Salem
Press, 2013.
Coillie, Jan van. Leesbeesten en boekenfeesten: hoe werken (met) kinder- en jeugdboeken? 2nd ed.
Leuven: Davidsfonds/Infodok, 1999.
Russell, Danielle. “Unmasking M(other)hood: Third Wave Mothering in Gaiman’s Coraline and
MirrorMask.” Prescott, Tara and Drucker, Aaron [eds.]. Feminism in the Worlds of Neil Gaiman. Essays
on the Comics, poetry and prose. McFarland, 2012.

186
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

A STUDY OF COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT IN LEWIS CARROLL’S

ALICE’S ADVENTURES IN WONDERLAND
M.Sindhupriya
Assistant professor of English
Marudhar kesari Jain College for Women , Vaniyambadi

Abstract
This paper aims to discuss Alice’s search for knowledge and identity in her dream adventures in
Wonderland. In her dream journey in Wonderland, Alice undergoes emotional upheaval and physical
transformations, encounters various creatures, and experiences a loss of and quest for identity, and finally
gains self-confidence and returns back to the reality. Her journey can be said to be a quest for knowledge
and identity, and also a process of maturity and growth. Alice grows more and more confident and
autonomous, which is atypical of the Victorian ideal female.

Introduction
Alice in Wonderland can be used to give interesting examples of many of the basic concepts of
adolescent psychology. Alice's experiences can be seen as symbolic depictions of important aspects of
adolescent development, such as initiation, identity formation, and physical, cognitive, moral, and social
development. The psychology instructor may choose a part of the story, then point out the parallels
between it and particular aspects of adolescent development.
In the novel Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland by Lewis Carroll, the protagonist Alice is a seven year-old
girl. She falls down a rabbit-hole chasing a White Rabbit with a waistcoat and ends up in Wonderland, a
place where logic no longer applies and animals talk. We follow her on her adventures and encounters
with absurd characters such as the Cheshire Cat, the Mad Hatter, the Queen of Hearts and the Caterpillar.
In the world of literature, novels are categorized in different genres. Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland
belongs to the genre of fantasy, which itself can be divided into different classifications. The novel
includes elements from several fantasy genres and therefore can be classified as mixed fantasy “which
includes journey, transformation, talking animal and magic”

187
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

However, while Alice is supposed to be seven years of age, the reader can perceive her as older
than that and get the impression that she has entered adolescence. Alice vacillates between being a child
and striving to act like an adult in her various encounters in Wonderland. In this essay, I will examine
Alice’s emotional and intellectual phases in her search for identity, and show the different levels according
to developmental theory.

Lewis Carroll's own fascination with logic reflected in Alice in Wonderland. It is particularly well-
suited for illustrating cognitive development in late childhood and early adolescence. Piaget and Inhelder
have described the shift in cognitive development occurring at the end of childhood as a change from
thought which is bound to the concrete to thought which is freed from the concrete and open to the
abstract. The adolescent who has attained formal operations can see the logical form of an argument and is
thus not limited by the argument's particular content. Hypothetical thinking can be performed and the
adolescent mind "becomes capable of drawing the necessary conclusions from truths which are merely
possible" This newly-acquired abstract reasoning ability makes logical debate possible and even
enjoyable. Adolescents are quick to point out inconsistencies and errors in the logic of an unwary adult's
statements. Adults who must deal with this intellectual sword-play may find it annoying, but adolescents
need verbal battling as exercise for their new cognitive powers. Through the interplay of argument and
counter-argument the adolescent's developing mind sharpens its reasoning.

In the same manner, Alice's mental abilities mature as she encounters each new Wonderland
experience. Her dialogues with the creatures are battles of wits that provide opportunity for practice in
abstract thinking. The creatures often try to trap Alice with tricky maneuvers of logic, which, in fact, are
rarely logically sound. In her early encounters, Alice is baffled by these tricks, but, as the story progresses,
she begins to deliver formal operational thinking and is able to fight back with the weapon of abstract
reasoning. She attains this reasoning ability, however, only after she has suffered many cruel wounds from
the sarcastic attacks of the Frog Footman, the Cheshire Cat, and the Mad Hatter and the March Hare. Her
interactions with these creatures offer fertile examples for teaching the concept of cognitive development,
as will be illustrated below.

188
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

The Stages of Cognitive Development in the novel

Early in the story, when Alice comes to the Duchess' house and starts to knock on the door to get
in, the Frog Footman, standing outside with her, makes the statement that since hc is on the same side of
the door as she, there is no sense in her knocking for him to let her in Although this is a perfectly logical
statement, Alice is not interested in a lesson on the finer points of relative position and door-opening by a
footman. She is more interested in trying all possible means of rapidly escaping this strange world. The
Frog Footman's statement is a challenge to Alice's naive approach to the world; it forces her to think about
logical possibilities as she has not done before. To Alice, this lesson in logic appears to be an obstacle to
her immediate goal; it seems as irrelevant to her as geometry seems to some high school students. To
adolescents who are seeking immediate goals, and who have difficulty delaying gratification, many things
appear to be obstacles. To Alice, the footman's statement is also an apparent obstacle, but, viewed from a
different perspective, it can be potentially helpful. The Frog Footman's lesson can be a stimulus to growth,
because understanding it requires that she use sequential reasoning, thus encouraging her cognitive
development.
In Alice's classic encounter with the clever Cheshire Cat, she is lost and asks the cat which way she
should go. The cat aptly replies that the answer depends on where she wants to get to. Alice says she
doesn't care, as long as she gets somewhere. The cat, correctly and wittily, replies that it doesn't matter,
therefore, which way she goes, because she'll be sure to get somewhere.The cat, in a practical sense, is not
being very helpful. But, by replying the way it does, the cat is making Alice aware of her vagueness and is
helping her to recognize the greater degree of logical precision she needs to develop. The Cheshire Cat
next introduces Alice to syllogistic reasoning. This part of the story provides an excellent teaching
example for illustrating the difference between concrete and formaloperational thought.
Like the Cheshire Cat, the Mad Hatter and the March Hare lure Alice into games of wits for which
she is not yet cognitively prepared, At the Tea Party, feeling unjustifiably self-confident, Alice
impulsively engages in the following verbal battle with these two characters.
Alice's dealings with the King demonstrate that she has developed greater ego strength and a more
logical mind than she possessed when her adventure began. It is rather amazing, considering her recent
defeats, that Alice fairly easily outwits the King. Adolescents can experience a rapid change like this in
which a new level of insight and confidence is reached.
Alice's behavior at the trial of the Knave also provides an interesting illustration for teaching the

189
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

concept of moral development. One teaching technique might involve having students read the trial
section of the story and then make an evaluation of Alice's stage of moral reasoning using Kohlberg's
categories. Though her precise stage of moral development can only be inferred, Alice's confrontive
behavior toward the King and Queen suggests that she has acquired moral reasoning appropriate for stage
5 on Kohlberg's scale. At stage 5 there is respect for the morality of contract, for individual rights, and for
democratically accepted law (Kohlberg, I964). Alice challenges the King and Queen because they are not
upholding these standards of justice. Alice does not merely accept their authority because of their
positions, as would a person still in stage 4- ("authority maintains morality"). To Alice, their authority is
acceptable only if it is consistent with the underlying moral principle of democratically accepted law.
Alice's behavior shows that she has attained a post-conventional moral level. The fact that post-
conventional morality and formal operational thought are developmentally related, is reflected in Alice's
having attained both these levels. Thus, the trial section of the story can also be used to exemplify the
correlation between cognitive and moral developmental stages.

Conclusion
Alice's adventures in Wonderland end when she awakens from her dream. The dream represents
the unconsciousness of the pre-adolescent state of mind. The fact that Alice awakens from her dream
shows that she has successfully completed her initiation and is now able to re-enter the everyday world.
But she re-enters as a new person with new skills and strengths. Alice's newlyacquired cognitive, moral,
and ego development enable her to rise out of the unconscious dream state and to enter a sharper, more
focused consciousness. Her emergence from the dream parallels a person's emergence from the foggy
semi-consciousness of pre-adolescence into the sunlit clarity of adolescent consciousness where a sense of
ego control exists. It is because Alice in Wonderland is a tale of initiation and development that it provides
a natural springboard from which to teach many of the basic concepts of adolescent psychology. The
instructor can start with an incident from the story, interpret its symbolism, and then show how the
incident illustrates a particular concept. I have found this technique to be a valuable way of capturing
student interest and of increasing my own interest in the familiar course material. Since this teaching
technique involves creative integration of story, fact, and concept, students and professor alike have the
opportunity to use synthetic as well as analytic modes of thinking in approaching the subject matter of the
course. Overall, these results suggest that the use of this story in the manner described in this article can be
helpful to students learning about cognitive development in adolescence.

190
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Work cited
Carroll, L. (z96oa). Alice in Wonderland. New York: New American Library.
Carroll, L. (z96ob). The Annotated Alice (Introduction and Notes by Martin Gardner). New York:
New American Library.
Erikson, E. H. 0968). Identity : Youth and Crisis. New York: W. W. Norton. Flew, A. (1977).
Thinking Straight. Buffalo, NY:Prometheus Books.
Kohlberg, L. 0964). Development of moral character and moral idealogy. In Review of Child
Development Research, Hoffman, M. L. and Hoffman, L. W. (Eds), Vol. i. New York: Russell Sage
Foundation.
McCandless, B. R. and Coop, R. H. (z979). Adolescents : Behavior attd Development. New York:
Holt, Rinehart and Winston.

191
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

MORALS VALUES AND ETHICS VANISHED IN CURRENT SCENARIO

Easwari. C
Assistant Professor,

Department of English Literature,

Marudhar Kesari Jain College for Women, Vaniyambadi.

Abstract

Humans are governed willingly or unwillingly by morals and ethics from birth till death. Here the
discussion is about the Moral Values, its usuage ,ethics and its practice utilized bypresent generation.
Aristotle said that, a good citizen makes the nation as good. Moral values and ethics are useful to every
citizen to be good always. In today’s generation moral values are disappearing and many are depending on
Materialistic gadgets byadapting themselves to western Culture.

key words ; Moralvalues, ethics, degrading, young generation, corruption, westernization

Introduction

India is a country of Great Hertiage where great priests and saints took birth and tried to spread the
maximum knowledge and messages in favour of mankind. It is believed that following Moral values and
ethical life leads a good salvation in Indian cultures. It is important to every society as it plays a critical
role in shaping the individuals behaviours with in society. It is not only ancient belief but has relevance
even today. It is sorrowful to see a lack of morality and ethics in present generation. India still has moral
values in societybut the poor fact now is that the people who have them are in minority numbers and those
who would have acquired in the majority.

Importance of Moral values and Ethics

Moral values are personality traits that guide us to make judgments and decisions based on what
we think is right or wrong, whereas Ethics refers to a set of rules that describes acceptable conduct in
society. It serves as a guide to moral daily living and help us judge whether our behavior can be justified.
Ethics and Morals values are very crucial for a human being when it comes to personal and professional
success. In a society where a moral value exists we understand and realize the importance of private
property and breaching, taking another's property is a crime.

192
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Ethics also shows human behaviour and their back ground. Without any moral values many
theorist havesuggested that the nation will lead itself to an anarchical state, where lawlessness and
chaos will reign supreme. truth, no stealing, becoming a good citizen.

Declination of Moral values

The three important aspects of life are food, clothes and shelter. But man wants more than that in
order to live a comfortable life. In today’s generation man has become puppets in the hands of his own
desires. He started to depend on materialistic goods which have led him to declination of moral values.
The influence of machines has made man a machine which is emotionless.

Actually, moral values are not present now in Indian society, what is now left are vices like
hypocrisy, backbiting, greed, selfishness, conspiracy, superioritycomplex, anger, hatred. People are now
ever ready to injure each other in thought, word, and deed. Now a days man’s heart are harder than rock.
Theyare veryselfish. Real and pure love is unknown and they are not interested to learn ethics.

Another major reasons for degradation of moral values and ethics among the youth are giving more
importance to social media and no room for improving moralstandards. The Desire for materialistic gains
and comforts, greed for luxury life has led them to corrupt practices and downfall of social values. Due to
various changes such as rapid modernization, industrialization, urbanization, globalization, excessively
materialistic lifestyles, as well as influence of western culture accompanied many problems and evils in
Indian society that cause declining ethical values in Indian education system. The more society become
fragmented the less law and morality achieved.

Westernization penetrated by Present Generation

Moral values should be inculcated by parents from the very beginning stage when the child starts
learning how to speak. After all it’s their responsibility to impinge in the good values and moral ethics.
But today, westernization has penetrated so much into Indian minds that people have rendered their
culture. It's fine that people find far off things better but to applythose things in our lives we must

193
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

The condition oftoday's generations:

 Veryselfish.
 Disrespect.
 Dishope in sprituality especially GOD (Somebody does just for formality).
 Lust.
 Moneydemons.
 Supporting bad things.
 In obedient among elders etc

Everything is money now. Marriage is now based on money and on the other side divorce happens
continuously, no one follows moral values.

The profession is a significant activity of human being to provide proper service towards the society
and nature. Moral values are taught to children from the beginning and at the level of family andsociety.
People always be different, not common. But, we need to remember one thing, ie., if we do goodthings then
we get good results if we do bad things we get bad results. If we want to remove social evils among the
people, now everyone should start to teach goodthings, good values to children.

But the irreligious, heretical, mean, and selfish thoughts spreading outside the country has severely
attacked Indian culture and values. A person who is dishonest and disloyal to himself or society cannot be
honest and loyal to his country. The consequences of such behaviors are now visible in our country in form of
violence, anarchy, fundamentalism, racism, communalism and terrorism to name a few.

Every individual should have manners and ethical principles to live a life, and in all the areas ethicsand
values are being used to work smoothly. We should take ownership of making our society and in turn our
planet a beautiful world where all persons can live a life with respect and dignity without any fears in their
mind. Once we all start following the rules of ethics and values the world will be a great place to livelong.

Reference

https://www.sentinelassam.com/editorial/moral-values-and-importance-of-moral-education/

https://www.speakingtree.

https://www.civilserviceindia.com

194
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

A STUDY OF TRADITION AND MYTH IN GIRISH KARNAD’S

NAGAMANDALA

R.
Priya, ASSITANT
PROFESSOR, DEPARTMENT
OF ENGLISH,
MARUDHAR KESARI JAUN COLLEGE FOR WOMEN

ABSTRACT
Indian writers in English especially dramatists were on the search for new avenues for their
creation. Folk tales, mythologies, episodes from epics like the Ramayana and the Mahabharata lent
themselves admirably to their cause. During the late nineteenth century professional companies in
Karnataka and Maharashtra began to stage mythological plays. A myth is defined as a legend, a story, a
saga of superhuman will, courage and strength handed down to the people by word of mouth over a long
period of time, and put it into written form by poets who made changes in theme whenever it suited their
purposes to do so. Karnad widely uses episodes from Indian mythology as a base for his plays. Myths and
legends have an enduring significance for the fundamental human obsessions. Indian writing in English is
a product of our history. It is a product of our culture. Drama cannot be thought of without the possibility
of its performance. All Indian literature for centuries had been drawing on myths. The plays taken for this
study both Hayavardana and Nagamandala are mythical and folkloristic. While Nagamandala is formed on
two Kannada folk-tales, Hayavardana is moulded from the story of the Vetalapanchavimsati, of Thomas
Mann and of Karnad’s invention. This paper concentrates on these famous plays in terms of the use of
Hindu mythology. It also focuses on the use of Hindu mythological elements like Gods and Goddesses,
animals etc. It further verifies the mythological authenticity by comparing the Hindu mythology and
Karnad’s use of it.

195
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
Indian writers in English especially dramatists were onthe search of new avenues for their creation.
Folk tales, mythologies, episodes from epics like the Ramayana and the Mahabharata lent themselves
admirably to their cause. During the late nineteenth century professional companies in Karnataka and
Maharashtra began to stage mythological plays. Karnad widely uses episodes

Nagamandala is an Indian play written by Girish Karnad, which was originally written in Kannada
and later translated into English by the author himself. It is based on Kannada folk tales and combines folk
elements with mythical and surreal to present a domestic drama. Karnad makes use of myths and folk
forms in his play to shed light on socio-cultural aspects of the Indian society such as patriarchy, adultery,
male chauvinism, feminism, orthodox practices and folklore.
The ‘Mandala’ in the title suggests a circular area or a cyclic time. Naga-Mandala denotes a world
dominated by Naga. The reference to circular time and space evokes an image of concentric circle in
motion that move outwards only to start all over again. Karnad has deployed all devices used with the folk-
tale and lore mythic patterns, like the imputations of superhuman qualities to humans and non- humans, the
use of magic elements, extraordinary ordeals. The flames, the Naga taking Appanna’s form, the magic
roots, the imputation of divinityto a woman – all confirm to the needs of folk-tale and myth.

Karnad in ‘NagaMandala’ has made use of the folk tales and the “mixing of human and non-
human worlds” as a distancing device, which brings in the element of alienation in the play.

Girish Karnad in this play portrays the character of a married woman, Rani from an unconventional
point of view to demonstrate that the society is terribly puritanical, patriarchal and prejudicial to women.
Ranirepresents the common submissive Indian rural girl who becomes the victim of the unfair social order
through the institution of Marriage. Her parents decide her marriage without even asking for her choice
thinking that she is incapable of taking her own decision. She is asked to marry a person named Appanna,
literally means ‘any man’.

So it is a not just the story of Rani and Appanna but that of any man and woman united in a wed-
lock. Marriage is the age-old institution that has always been unfair to women. Women are exploited
physically, mentally, emotionally, socially and intellectually. Her father thinks Appanna a suitable groom
for Rani from the perspective of economical criteria. He was rich and wealthy. Therefore her father thinks
him suitable for Rani. Ironically, Appana is adulterous and not at all suitable for a simple girl like Rani.

196
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Rani mirrors the image of a common woman who comes to her husband’s house with sweet dreams and
desires of happy domestic life. But she has to face another side of reality. Besides Rani, Appanna has a
mistress whom he visits every night and comes to Rani only at noon. His treatment with Rani is monstrous
and animalistic. He keeps her locked up inside the house so that she cannot express her grievance to
anyone. Her sexual desires are neglected. She is frequently beaten. Her emotions are crushed mercilessly.
And socially, she is not allowed to communicate with anyone outside the house. Rani’s dreams and desires
are shattered. She turns voiceless and choice less. She does not find emotional, social or sexual satisfaction
fromthe institution of marriage.

Appanna’s inhuman treatment is witnessed on the first day of their marriage when instead of being
with Rani.Appanna goes to meet his mistress and locks Rani up in the house. He says, “…I'll be back
tomorrow at noon. Keep my lunch ready. I shall eat and go”. He doesn’t even tell her the reason. Neither
he tells her where he is going. Because of the patriarchy-conditioned mind, she even does not gather
courage to question his night-visit. Her upbringing in patriarchal setup has made her timid, shy and
submissive. She has lost her capacity to question. As a result, she fails to gather courage and confidence to
question the exploitative and oppressive system. Women do not have freedom to question. However, they
are questioned in case they deviate slightly from the prescribed path of patriarchal system. For Appanna,
there is no social, ethical or established taboo. He is free from all limitations and his actions are not
subjected to questions. Karnad very ingeniously raises the issue that our conformist society and social laws
insist loyalty and dedication from a wife even to a disloyal and heartless husband. Rani is always locked
by Appana in the house. This lock and key is the symbolical representation of the patriarchic cage man has
prepared for women. In the words of Manchi Sarat Babu

“This solitary confinement of Rani by Appanna in the house symbolizes the chastity belt of the
Middle Ages, the reduction of women's talents to housework and the exclusion of women from
enlightenment and enjoyment.” He comes only for lunch and remains there for a while without any
conversation. He doesn’t allow Rani to ask any question. Ha says, “Look, I don’t like idle chatter. Do as
you are told, you understand?” Man, conventionally gets the privilege to order his wife in a marriage
whereas wife is taught to follow what man dictates. Like most of the traditional Indian wives, Rani suffers
severe sense of loss and weariness within wedlock.

197
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

In Naga-Mandala, the human and non-human worlds enter into one another’s lives to reveal the
playwright’s vision of reality. A number of Indian habits and beliefs are reflected in Karnad’s play.
Appanna marries Rani, locks her up in his house, and carries on his affair with his concubine. He is
notoriously promiscuous but expects his wife to be chaste. He goes to the extent of lodging a complaint
with the elders of the village for justice. Such a hypocritical attitude is common in many parts of the
country.

The play seems a re-mythification of the Ahalya myth. In Valmiki’s Ramayana, Ahalya commits
adultery knowingly but the folk mind equates Ahalya with the chaste women and therefore cannot allow
her to sin deliberately. So Indra is shown to have perpetrated a fraud on her by impersonating her husband
Rishi Gautam. In Naga- Mandala too, Rani is innocent. It is Naga in the form of her husband Appanna
who makes love to her. She thinks that she bears her husband’s child and does not suspect Naga’s identity
until the very end.

According to Northrop Frye, “A ritual is a sacred manifestation or an epiphany of a myth in

action”. In other words, myth rationalizes or explains a ritual by providing an authority for it. For instance,
it is a common practice in our country that on a certain day of a certain month of a certain year, women
perform the ritual of pouring milk on ant-hills inhabited by Cobras. It is believed that married women
propitiate the Cobra to get over barrenness and unmarried girls to get good husband. Naga of the play
Naga-Mandala is a supernatural being who reflects charisma and possesses the special powers of
transformation. The scenography of Naga-Mandala is set in the aura of Naga, which is both beautifully
terrible and terrifyingly beautiful. This mysterious qualityof Naga permeates the entire play.

The play examines the issues of adultery and chastity and questions the patriarchal moral code,
which believes in the loyalty of a woman to her husband but not in the fidelity of a man to his wife. No
hue and cry is raised when Appanna commits adultery openly and intentionally whereas Rani, who
commits adultery unknowingly, is compelled to face the trial. She remains one of Sitka in Valmiki’s
Ramayana who has to pass through the test of fire to prove her purity. Rani is tormented by her husband
who accuses her of infidelity. The social mores linked to women’s purity are many in the case of Indian
society. This is explained to Rani by the Naga when he tells her, Rani, the Village Elders will sit in
judgment. You will be summoned. That cannot be avoided.

198
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Hindu society has been perfectly reflected in Naga-Mandala. It is a very common practice among
Indians in general and Hindus in particular that they look for a rich boy with a status for the match of their
daughters and marry them away without the consent of the bride and bridegroom. Such marriages result in
laceration of women. Many a time it so happens that the rich boy is found poor in morality. Rani is a
victim of such a concept. It is not this that the marriage has been rocked, but a woman has been enslaved.

In the play, Naga (Cobra) grants Rani all her wishes, which she does not express openly. She
grows mentally and becomes a confident woman. She is cured of her frigidity. She gets a devoted
husband. Her husband’s concubine becomes a life-long servant-maid for her. Above all, she begets a
beautiful son. Naga, in addition, makes Appanna’s heart fertile with love and affection for his wife.

The play deals with male female sexuality, too. Naga employs the myth of life to educate Rani
about sex. Sleep (nindra), food (ahara), and copulation (maithuna) are common to man and animal. Naga
as the phallic symbol performs as per his nature or Swadharma and initiates her into sex. He comes
disguised as her husband but he cannot change what he is.

Naga-Mandala depicts that man and woman pass through several stages of doubt, uncertainty, and
even failures before they become mature and learn to live harmoniously as husband and wife, within the
family-fold. Appanna becomes a caring and subdued husband, accepting Rani’s decisions, which may be
at times, baffle him. This change in Rani’s status comes through her motherhood, and the public trial,
where her bold acceptance of truth gains her public respectability. This transformation of both Appanna
and Rani presents the significance of the institution of marriage. It is through their adjustment that they
gain a status within the life of the community.

Naga-Mandala is an out and out feminist drama imprinted out of the rubric of folk legends. It
covers the theme of woman's destiny, her chastity and societal role and merges it with an unpredicted
ending latent on double crossing and reviving of old customs.

Girish Karnad’s plays reflect upon the contemporary Indian cultural and social life using folk tales,
myth and historical legends. He weaves together timeless truth about human life and emotions contained
in ancient Indian stories with the changing social mores and morals of modern life.

199
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

WORK CIRED

1. Girish karnad’s Naga-Mandla: A Play with a Cobra, Trans. (New Delhi: Oxford University
Press, 2004.)

3. Sarat Babu, Manchi “The Concept of Chastity and NagaMandala,” The Plays of Girish Karnad:
Critical Perspectives, ed. Jaydipsinh Dodiya, (New Delhi: Prestige Books, 1999).

200
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

GRAPHIC NOVELS

Deeksha.Y.R
Prerna D Pokar
BA English
BMS college for Women
Bengaluru

ABSTRACT

In this paper we cover some of the Evolutionary changes that took place throughout the history of
the graphic novels. It includes how the genre of comics has become the main basis for graphic novels. We
can say graphic novels have emerged when cavemen started to express their thoughts and ideas. Thus it
has a massive and interesting history. There are certain famous graphic novels that introduced characters
which had a great impact onthe audience and were especially interested in children fantasy.

Body
As known to the world “novels” are long fictional books and graphic novels being one of its type
is a book made up of comic content, which are applied broadly and includes fiction, non fiction and
anthologised work.
When we go down in the timeline we observe that pictorial representation has always been proved
to be more impact-full than textual representation. Hence graphic novels have always been on the priority
list of the readers, alongside novels. But graphic novels have always been overlooked, because as the
statement goes “ good literature is not and never has been a static category.”

201
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Since the prehistoric era, people have been telling stories using pictures instead of prose. From the cave
paintings of the Cro-Magnon to the hieroglyphics of ancient Egypt, graphic storytelling has been in use as
a popular means of communicating thoughts and ideas.
Majority of the population in the early civilisation era were illiterates, reading was a luxury for the
well to do. Introduction of machinery in the industrial era gave the working class more leisure time and
people used this time looking for entertainment, which led a huge mass of the population to develop
interest in reading. As more folks began reading, humour periodicals began to appear. Humour turned out
to be an effective way to approach social ills or political agendas. In 1732 Benjamin Franklin published
the first humour novel named “ Poor Richard’s Almanac”. Franklin used satirical cartoons to advance
the cause of the American revolution.
Novels, an early form of today’s paperback books, were another form of entertainment periodicals,
usually illustrated and involving a sensational adventure or mystery. In 1842, the first major graphic novel
was published by Rodolphe Toffler. It was published in the United states by the name “The Adventures of
Obadiah Oldbuck, appearing in a weekly humour magazine called Brother Jonathan. It concerned the
misadventures of a young man and his lady love, using caption cartoons arranged in tiered or strip-like
fashion. In the early 1895 “The Yellow kid” appeared and became the first successfully merchandised
comic strip character. It was created by Richard Outcault and it was so popular that the strip’s presence
actually increased the newspaper salesLater in 1897, the Hearst Syndicate released the first collected
edition of yellow kid cartoons in book form and this best selling collection could be considered the very
first financially successful graphic novel.
After the first world war in united states, popular forms of entertainment periodicals began to
appear, such as pulp novels. They were named so as for the cheap pulp paper they were printed on, they
usually featured adventure stories aiming at male readers, with topics such as war stories, westerns and
science fiction. Later the pulp publishers started looking for new genres and ways to expand their
readership. M.C. Gaines created the first comic book in 1933 called “New Funnies”. Later that year, a
company called Humour Publications printed the first original comic books “Detective Dan”. And in
1938, everything exploded with the publication of “Action Comics” and its number one star, a guy named
superman.
The golden age ofthe comic books had started with this character and the newsstands were flooded
with costumed heroes, detectives and cowboys. During the 1940’s comic books sold millions of copies,
including readers of all age. Later in the 1950’s everything changed dramatically, with new medium of

202
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

television attracting general public. Comic books in America became increasingly known as children’s
fair, as the publishers bounced from genre to genre looking for the next big trend. In parallel in many other
countries, comics continued to be marketed on different levels for different readership groups. In the
1930’s, the first graphic album “ Tintin in the land of the soviets” was created by a Belgium artist named
Herge. It was an adventure story of a boy and his dog. The graphic album was a major success and
eventually 24 Tintin albums were produced; it is still being published in 29 languages.
There was a bizarre twist in the concept of the graphic novels when American publications had
limited success in states, whereas it gained enormous popularity overseas. Till date the most popular
graphic album series features the character of Walt Disney. Disney albums have been published in the
United States since the early 70’s and they have been in constant publications all over the world,
usually in the form of graphic novels. Donald Duck, Mickey Mouse and Uncle Scrooge albums are
currently printed in over 90 languages across the globe.
In the 1970’s and 80’s comic publishers began to sell to the direct market, stores that sold mainly
comic books and related merchandise. This opened up the way for creators to do comics and albums using
specific themes and target audience. These small store trade drastically evolved to mass market trade, with
paperback graphic novels. The 1st original paperback graphic novel “The Silver Surfer” was produced
by Marvel comics in late 1978.
Sabre, a science-fiction adventure story, was the first graphic novel that granted full copyright
ownership.
The concept of the graphic novel has come a long way from its modern era origins as bound
collections of previously published comic books.
In conclusion, the youth of today’s generation live within an increasingly complex information
environment, and preparing them to engage in such an environment in an active and informed way is one
of the many challenges faced. In such cases the need to convey better ideas and thoughts for the readers
has led the graphic novels to play an important role than ever. Harris(2006) identifies a decline in the
dominance of exclusively text based sources in the modern society.
REFERENCES
https://atlanticbooks.ca/stories/the-evolution-of-the-graphic-novel/

https://web.archive.org/web/20080603041720/http://www.graphicnovels.brodart.com/history.htm
https://theconversation.com/graphic-novels-are-overlooked-by-book-prizes-but-thats-starting-to-change-
146740
https://theconversation.com/we-asked-artificial-intelligence-to-analyze-a-graphic-novel-and-found-both- limits-and-new-
insights-107331
203
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

GOTHIC ELEMENTS IN MARY SHELLEY’S NOVEL

FRANKENSTEIN

MS. U. MONISHA (ASSISTANT PROFESSOR)

ST. JOSEPH;S COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCE FOR WOMEN, HOSUR, PERIYAR
UNIVERSITY

ABSTRACT
The association between sci-fi and the Gothic has existed for almost 200 years, starting with the
text likewise seen as the principal sci-fi novel, Frankenstein. This paper investigates the association
between sci-fi stories and the Gothic through Mary Shelley's Frankenstein (1818). Gothic components
incorporate dull settings, enduring of champion, and otherworldly events. In Frankenstein, Mary Shelley
makes employments of settings, portrayal to utilize Gothic components all through the book. Mary Shelley
utilizes nature as a quieting and therapeutic impact in Victor Frankenstein's life. Nature was a restorative
cure that he searches out when he needs departure and recovery, while his family brings him solace; it was
nature that was extreme reestablishing specialist. Frankenstein's dependence upon nature be that as it may,
was a contention with his underlying cravings to controlthe regular condition and have impact and power
over creation. Frankenstein was an extremely complicated novel which excites significant and
indispensable issues of the failure of individuals assuming the liability of the maker. A heavenly occasion,
weary feeling, orders Frankenstein as Gothic Novel.

204
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

INTRODUCTION
Frankenstein or the cutting edge Prometheus was a novel composed by the English author Mary
Wollstonecraft Shelley about the youthful science understudy Victor Frankenstein, who creates a
grotesque but sentient creature in an unorthodox scientific experiment. Shelley began composing the story
when she was eighteen, and the novel was distributed when she was twenty. It was a moment
achievement, and presently perhaps the most well known fruitful novel at any point written in the English
language. The release was distributed secretly in London 1818.Shelley's name shows up on the subsequent
version, distributed in France in 1823.
Frankenstein was mixed with components of the Gothic novel and the Romantic Movement and
was likewise viewed as probably the most punctual illustration of sci-fiction. Brian Addles has contended
that it ought to be viewed as the main genuine sci-fi story in light of the fact that, as opposed to past stories
with fantastical components taking after those of later sci-fi, the focal person "settles on an intentional
choice and goes to present day tests in the research facility to accomplish awesome outcomes". It has had
impressive impact in writing and mainstream society and generated a total kind of harrowing tales, films
and plays. Since the original's distribution the name "Frankenstein" has frequently been utilized to allude
to the actual beast all things considered in the stage adaption by Peggy Webbing. This utilization is once in
a while thought to be wrong, however use analysts see it too settled and OK .In the novel, the beast was
distinguished by words, for example, "creature","monster","demon", and "it". Addressing victor
Frankenstein, the beast alludes to himself as "the Adam of your works" and somewhere else as somebody
who might have been "your Adam", yet is all things considered" your fallen heavenly messenger".
The other rendition of the Frankenstein story, was practically after its distribution, Frankenstein
was taken on and retold by different authors. Indeed, even today, right around two centuries after the fact,
it keeps on moving new forms in different forms"Theatre, Films, Comics, and surprisingly Music's and
just as the books.

THE DARK SETTING OF THE NOVEL

Gothic components are the setting with the enormous palace like houses and the climate with all the

205
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

disgraceful false notion and the reality the beast was rejuvenated in the bleak month of November. The
powerful of bringing somebody resurrected particularly the reality it was all unique in relation to parts of
individuals seen together and the horrendous distinctive depiction of what the beast resembles. Victor's
foreboding dream was extremely Gothic and bloody with every one of the parasites and Elizabeth kicking
the bucket in his arms. There were a ton of feelings and sensations of culpability and gloom which is very
unique Gothic and the manner in which the Peruser sympathize with this "beast" as it was dismissed.
The fundamental Gothic components worked on the feelings and over fall sensations of
unhappiness and gloom. All through, the heavenly and the misfortune with respect to visuals might be a
slide show of a melancholy palace, a rainstorm, graves or people groups understandings of what
Frankenstein resembled. This book was a sort of about nurturing or obligations of our activities in the
manner Victor purchased the "beast" into the world however at that point dismissed it on appearance
plunging it crazy as a result. The otherworldly and puzzling components of the novel incorporate
Frankenstein's capacityto make the beast lives. Shelley investigates human instinct bycausing the beast to
appear to be more "human" than his maker.
The monster was a fantastical person and his human feelings make him a doppelganger for
Frankenstein, who turns out to be more similar to a beast as the original advances. The monster torment
Frankenstein from the very day he was made. Likewise with most Gothic writing, the saint turns into a
scoundrel in Shelley's book. Frankenstein's hunger for information and force ruins his life, as the beast
initially turns into a weight and afterward becomes something. To fear as he looks for vengeance on the
scientist. Frankenstein likewise contacts open the fall of man to uncover the internal fight among great and
fishiness. The various settings of the novel additionally reverberation the Gothic classification with dull
palaces, a baffling research facility and the cold waters of the icy.
A CASTLE: There was no palace in Frankenstein. The justification behind Shelley leaving this
out was undoubtedly because of the plot of the story which includes a great deal of pursuing around and
development Gothic texts that have palaces in them, for example, the main story of wicked loads had the
entire story set in the palaces or based around the palace. A palace is utilized in Gothic texts when the
settings were going to as yet unchanged all through the text; in contrast to the setting in Frankenstein.
There were loads of dark settings in Frankenstein, when the beast was made; Frankenstein depicts
how it was an inauspicious evening of November. The despicable false notion sets on the introduction of
the beast. It was a foretell haziness to come further on this book. The gigantic unfortunate paradox was
utilized to clarify that what Frankenstein was fouled up. The sun had set; the moon was simply ascending

206
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

from the ocean. This makes the dull setting of when the beast was initially made. This likewise makes the
feeling that the setting was most exceedingly awful than a "terrible evening of November". The new
creation may be much more malicious than the main creation. The moon was related with the beast as
being underhanded. Subsequently we could that dark was shrewd.
This has utilized parcels particularly right now, where light addresses life and the candle that was
going to be worn out, it compares to what exactly was About to happen [being the introduction of the
monster]. This makes pessimism over the monster before he was even conceived. This low lighting of
'Frankenstein' was made more evident with the moon, faint and yellow light of the moon. The moon
doesn't ordinarily sparkle yellow white or blue. Consequently, Shelley was making the association
between the moon and the beast that he had yellow skin. This clarifies that the peruse was intended to
connect the beast with being something of haziness." If light addresses life and paradise, then, at that point
obscurity addresses passing and damnation". The moon attempting to be light, yet it was colored with the
shade of death. The beast was alive, yet it was colored with death from the body parts used to make it and
anticipating evilness.
Frankenstein was the forbidden knowledge wherein science consolidates with the unholy craving
to play god by making life. Annihilation anticipates whoever would look for and practice illegal
information that apparently enables the searchers with capacities held for god alone. None of the
components talked about above, regardless of whether at a film or in private perusing,was dependent upon
a specialized information on films or an advanced education in the humanities. In short paying little mind
to the degree to which critical examination and specialized information help in artistic investigation, there
was not a viable replacement for an underlying individual.

GALVANISM AND SCIENTIFIC DISCOVERY:

Galvanism can characterized as the impact of the utilization of electric flow beats through body
tissues that causes muscle inconsistency. Late in the eighteenth century, researcher Luigi Galvani, who
was probing took apart frogs, erroneously contacted the metal bar to a steel surgical blade making an
unmistakable inconsistency of muscle in a generally dead frog. He accepted that this type of power, which
he called "creature power", was a type of energy that was all the while being held in the creature's tissue.
Today, it was alluded to as electro physiology and researchers know that it was not indeed an electrical
liquid gushing from the mind that makes the creature jerk however rather impact of the joining of two
metals and their electric charges.

207
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

As of now, Galvanism was the most current logical exploration being directed in Europe.
However, Mary Shelley even goes the extent that naming as examination investigated by Darwin in which
he had the option to make an example of vermicelli move in glass jar. The introduction of Frankenstein
was totally given to additional characterizing the explanation by which Mary Shelley decided to glut
herself in the possibility of galvanism, which drove her to an extreme long for the formation of life
through electrical development. In the prelude she expresses, "I saw-with shut eyes yet intense mental
vision, I saw the speed understudy of unhallowed expressions stooping other than what he had assembled.
I saw the ugly apparition of a man loosened up and afterward, on the working of some amazing motor,
looks alive, and mix with an uncomfortable half essential movement". This main fills in as more proof of
Shelley's communication with the logical examination of galvanism being directed at that point.
All through the novel, one can see that Mary Shelley was devoured by raising and making life from
a dead state. Basically, power is the wellspring of life for the beast. Whose body was that of a man that
once lived? Mary Shelley's musings and thoughts in regards to the logical revelation of time relating to
galvanism become clear in victor Frankenstein's fixation on making and recovering life making the crowd
consider him to be the maker of all living things [a god like figure].By creating this life form known as the
‘monster’. The audience was left to understand the relationship between character personalities and the
function of electricity. This deals with the idea of “duality”. Where the positive and negative electrical
forces highlight other contrasts within the novel such as the monster’s character as good or evil, and the
morals of Dr. Frankenstein as being the creator versus the destroyer.

CONCLUSION:
Frankenstein altered the class of Gothic writing, sci-fi and shocking tales, and raised the situation
with the heartfelt craftsman. Composed by Shelley when she was just nineteen years of age, the clever
offers creative flare, innovation, and a development past Shelley's age. Somewhat recently of the 20th
century, this work arrived at another status in basic assessment. It stays an undisputed anecdotal show-
stopper. The letters close the "outline" in the novel, Walton's form of the story was utilized to make
Victor's story more credible.
Mary Shelley composed an exceptionally profound book and a series message to the reader. The
lines of the original yield the way that nobody ought to meddle throughout life and demise, that no person
should bring back someone from death or make such of these activities at last cases lethal and shocking
results. Each unnatural demonstration will make unnatural demonstration will make unnatural outcomes as

208
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
science was not god.
Toward the finish of Frankenstein, Walton depicts the beast's last move; we don't know without a
doubt that he completes his expectation of consuming himself to death, however it appears to be quite
probable, with Victor out of the picture, the beast has no good excuse to experience nobody passed on to
kill; nobody's endorsement to look for, however at that point there's the first consummation, the one that
Shelley distributed in 1818 preceding Percy modified it for her. In the consummation, it was somewhat
more uncertain.

REFERENCE
A Handbook of Critical Approaches to Literature, Fifth Edition.
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley, Use borne paperbacks.

Bloom, Harold. Afterword. Frankenstein. By Mary Shelley. New York: Signet Classic, 1965. 212-223.
Botting, Fred. “Aftergothic: Consumption, Machines, and Black Holes.” The Cambridge
CompaniontoGothicFiction.Ed.JerroldE.Hogle.Cambridge:CambridgeUP,2002. 277-300.
Freedman,Carl.“HailMary: OntheAuthorofFrankensteinandtheOriginsofScience Fiction.”
Science Fiction Studies 29 (2002):253-264.
Moers, Ellen. “Female Gothic: The Monster’s Mother.” Frankenstein. Ed. J. Paul Hunter New York:
Norton, 1996. 214-224.
Rauch,Alan.“TheMonstrousBodyofKnowledgeinMaryShelley’sFrankenstein.”Studiesin Romanticism 34
(1995):227-253.

209
ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Reconstructing the route through the root in The Tree Bride by Bharati Mukherjee

R. Uma
Guest Lecturer
PG Department of English
Sri SubramaniyaswamyGovt Arts College, Tiruttani.

“To live in the borderlands means you

Are neither hispanaindianegraespanola
Ni gabacha, eresmestiza, mulata, half-breed
Caught in the cross fire between camps
While carrying all five races on your back
Not knowing which side to turn to, run from”

- Anzaldua (194- 95)

210
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

The Diasporic literature isa broad term, which includes all the literary works written by the
writersfrom outside their homeland, but related to the native culture and background. These writers can be
considered as diasporic writers, who write from the hostland but still remain related to their homeland
through their works. Any experience of migration would qualify the writers to be classed under diasporic
literature.The migration people start to express their experience through their writings. This writers focus
onthe search of identity because they feel rootless.
Diaspora commonly refers to the “dispersal of a people from their original homeland” (Butler
189).Butler suggests that any diaspora has three main elements: a homeland (real or imagined land)
defined in national or regional terms, a hostland (destination), and finally the diasporic state (196). He also
gives importance to the homeland that:“The homeland is an anchors diasporic identity. It is the existence
of the issue of return, and the related sense of connection to the homeland that is intrinsic to the
diasporanexperience, rather than a specific orientation toward physical return” (204).
The Indian diaspora is the most spread out in the world. Indian Diasporas have managed to develop
prominent identities and ways of life wherever they have settled.People of Indian diaspora contribute to
different fields of their adopted hostland and homeland.
Writers of Indian diaspora like V.S. Naipaul, Salman Rushdie, Bharati Mukherjee, Rohinton
Mistry, Anita Desai, Kiran Desai, JhumpaLahiri and others have contributed a lot to Indian writing in
English in different genres like fiction, short story, poems etc. Their diasporic novels are a journey into the
quest for self-realization, self-recognition, self-definition and self-identity. The fictitious works are like a
genre trying to find new routes to enter reality. The distance both geographical and cultural enables the
writer to have an insider’s as well as an outsider’s perspective. The readerswill able to reconstruct reality
fromthe direct experience.
Bharati Mukherjee was a pioneer of Indian English diasporic fiction. She was born in Calcutta,
India, in 1940 in a Bengali Brahmin family.She met Canadian author Clark Blaise in Iowa and married
him in 1963, immigrating to Canada soon after and becoming a naturalized citizen in 1972. She reflects
her own immigrant experiences, feelings and problems with a series of displacements and transformations
in her own identity through her novels. Her novels seem to be autobiographical touches and a projection of
herself, while she portrays her characters.Exploration of self and search for identity are the main features
of her novels.Dascaluexpresses that,“Bharati Mukherjee is an American citizen with Indian Heritage, who
writes of emigration as a question of negotiating the gender and ethnic implications of subjectivity. In

211
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
much of her writing, Mukherjee filters her relationship to her identity” (3).
Mukherjee draws her own experiences of the old world while writing with perception about the
new world to which she belongs. Through the past memory, the immigrant characters read their new
environment in hostland. It creates a hybrid identity to the immigrant characters.
Vandana Singh rightly observes about Mukherjee's protagonists when she writes: “Though the
female protagonist is comfortable with her American identity still they identify with their Indian roots”
(189).
“When Victorians dreamed, they dreamed of the future. I dream of the past.” (The Tree Bride 51).
Mukherjee’s narration of history is a part of the narration of Tara’s life in America as an immigrant, and
her desire to write.By put together the stories of the modern rootless Tara with the rooted Tara Lata,
Mukherjee opens up the contradictions between modern and myth. The Tree Bride is basically her attempt
to discover her past in order to relate it with the fire bomb attack on her house in San Francisco. Tara's ex-
husband Bish, the former Silicon Valley genius is terrifyingly injured by the bombing and Tara determines
to nurse him back to health. She tries to connect the wires of her present horrible attack in America to her
past roots in India. She states, “I know that somewhere in the wire-web of history, our lines have crossed”
(The Tree Bride 246).
Sense of home plays a significant role in Tara’s construction of her identity that “Each generation
of women in her family has discovered something in her. Even far-flung California, the Tree Bride speaks
again, she is quiet center of every story” (Mukherjee289).
Tara is in search of a gynecologist for her second pregnancy and finally she traces one, a doctor
named Victoria Khanna, a white woman whose British family history also connects her to the Tree Bride.
In the second attack, her gynecologist Victoria Khanna harshly injured.Victoria Khanna reveals to Tara,
before her death that she had a box, a white banker's box, which was lying with her from many years. The
box belonged to her grandfather Virtie a nickname for Virgil Treadwell, when they opened the box, all
identifiable trace of India roar from that box. Victoria Khanna was very happy to hand over these letters to
Tara as she was researching her Indian root: “These papers from my grandfather have been traveling for
nearly a century, across half the world……… I have a feeling that you might be the perfect person for
them, Mrs. Tara” (The Tree Bride 26).
After reading the papers given by Victoria Treadwell, Tara learns the history of her homeland and
culture. The storydates back to a place called Mishtigunj. Victoria Treadwells grandfather also know the

212
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Tree Bride. “Out of her curiosity to know about her ancestral home and Tara Lata, The Tree Bride, she
visits India three times and directs her search in Mishtigunj” (Gupta 1).
The very first time when Tara went back to India on her own, it wasn't just to see her relatives. She
took Rabi with her in her own American style searching roots, into the East Bengal, which is now in
Bangladesh.Tara follows the same route taken by her ancestor before her. She has a perception that can be
related to a promising experience. Nothing really surprised her as it conformed to an intellectual image
that she was carrying since her childhood, from the stories she had been raised on. This, in turn, may lead
Tara’s vindication and self-discovery.In her second visit to Mishtigunj, she meets the hajji named Gul
Mohammed Chowdhury who provides her with more significant information about the Tree Bride and
Mistitigunj and also gives her some important documents. First he shows Tara the place where the Tree
Bride stayed, the Mist Mahal.In third time she tracks Tara Lata’sroute. This time, she says “I felt myself a
vulture, like someone picking through the trash” (The Tree Bride 41). Thus, Tara goes into a kind of
cultural quest as she descends into the unconscious to probe, document, explore the wrecks, an action she
takes in order to understand her roots.
Tara LathaGangooly was named Tree Bride because when her groom died on the day of her
intended marriage ceremony, disaster was averted by marrying her to a tree and burying her substantial
dowry at its base.Tara LataGangooly was freed from family obligations, she spent the next years inside
her father's compound learning to read and write Bengali and English, then teaching and finally organizing
and protesting.Bharati Mukherjee sets the story in the colonial era, she eventually puts forward the British
rule in India upholding Indian customs and tradition.
Tara Lata’s storythat brings Tara to the conclusion that her identity cannot be achieved by sever
her Indian filiations and affiliations. The Tree Bride portrays Tara’s quest to reconstruct the life of her
ancestor and to find her own identity as well.
We can conclude that, Tara’s remarriage may be understood as the protagonist’s attempt to restart
her story, not under the traditional hindu patriarchal system, but under the western experiences from which
she tries toreconstruct her own cultural identity. At the end of the narratives, the protagonist assumes the
control of the narrative of her ancestor’s life. It can be said that she invests herself of power to reconstruct
her ancestor’s routes through the interaction of her personal route and her family, considering they are part
of Tara Lata’s story as well, it is like a cycle being completed and restarted.
Tara is neither of India nor of America but is a stunned wanderer between these two worlds, yet to
attain a mixed identity. The tree bride never left India while Tara detaches herself physically from India

213
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

and tries to repress its memory after immigration. Both Tara Lata and the modern Tara experience
displacement and undertake on journeys on their own as a result both succeed in discovering their mission
in life and their true identities.
In the novel The Tree Bride, Mukherjee takes up the private history of the past, that of Tara
LataGangooly and relates it to the diasporic present, that of Tara Chattarjee, who journeys to India with a
hope of constructing identity. “The novel follows the same track of thinking back through history in an
attempt to trace the origin of a female consciousness and the making of an identity that transgresses
boundaries and analyzes history in order to give it a new recourse” (Hasanat 284).
Diaspora itself reconstructs it meaning. The concept of diaspora has undergone changes from
beginning being too narrow and then too wide. It shifts its focus from the point of departure and
maintenance of identity to shifting identity and then hybridity.Constructing identity in the multicultural
land of America by Tara is perfectly presented through the differences of tradition, personal memories,
different places and latest styles of life in the altered socio-cultural problems. Tara not only longing for
establishing her self-identity, but also she tries to reconstruct her own identity against the traditions which
she belongs.
Tara finally succeeds in discovering her identity in life and finds the roots of ancestral through the
routes of Americanized impulses. In the end of the novel The Tree Bride, that Tara is able to enjoy the
harmony and happiness when she remarries Bish, who accepts her with her new reconstructed hybrid
identity.
List of Works Cited
Primary Source
Mukherjee, Bharati. The Tree Bride,Rupa Publications India Pvt. Ltd., 2011.
Secondary Sources
Anzaldua, Gloria. “To Live in the Borderlands Poem,” From Borderlands/La Frontera; The NewMestiza.
San Francisco: Aunt Lute Books, 1987, pp. 194-195. <www.powerpoetry.org/content/live-
borderlands>
Butler, Kim D. “Defining Diaspora, Refining a Discourse,” Diaspora: A Journal of Transnational Studies,
vol. 10, no. 2, 2001, pp. 189-219.
Dascalu, Cristina Emanuela. Imaginary Homelands of Writers in Exile: Sulman Rushdie, Bharati
Mukherjee, and V.S.Naipaul, New York, Cambria Press, 2007, pp.1-36.
Gupta, Purnima. “Gender Biases and Resistance in BharatiMukherjee’s Desirable Daughters,” The

214
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
Criterion 3.4, December 2012, pp. 1-5.
Hasanat, Fayeza. “Three Kinds of History, Three Kinds of Texts, and the Futility of Diasporic Desire in
Desirable Daughters and The Tree Bride.” Bharati Mukherjee: Critical Perspectives, edited by
Somdatta Mandal, Pencraft Books, New Delhi, 2010, pp. 270–285.
Mukherjee, Bharati. Desirable Daughters, Rupa Publications India Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
Singh, Vandana. The Fictional World of Bharathi Mukherjee, Prestige Books, New Delhi, 2010, pp. 189.

215
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

PERFORMANCE IMPROVEMENT STRATEGIES

DHIVYA DHARSHINI.S
III BBA ,
MARUDHAR KESARI JAIN COLLEGE FOR WOMEN,
VANIYAMBADI.
Abstract
Our classification divides strategies for improving employees performances into four main groups.
By employees development,by rewarding employees ,by modifying the job description , by employee
involvement in the organisation . Starting from this model, through two types of questionaries we have
made an empirical research among managers as well as among office personnel, inorder to capture both
perspectives regarding the pursued objectives.For the present paper we will present only research results
obtained for performance improvement strategies by employees development because support a higher
degree of generality and do not depend onthe organisation characteristics .
Key words
Performance improvement ,motivationalstrategies ,employee development ,performance feed back
,career planning , mentoring.
Introduction
As well as it may be forecasted, The evolution of economic conjuncture is accompanied by
frequent restructurings , which affect the employees of a company in respect of quantity as well as in
respect of quality. Knowledge of the employees potential, performances and motivations and the ways in
which these can be maintained represents one of the basic activities of the human resources management
in an organisation.
 Identify motivational strategies that would cause employees to achieve better the
 Identify the differences between the perception ofthe managers and the perception of the
employees regarding the ways to improve the performances.
 Identify motivational strategies that would cause employees to achieve better performance.

The reason we choose to address performance and ways to improve it , from a strategic perspective is the
fact that the management of organisation must have a vision of efficient use of human resources. The need
for a strategic thinking stems from environmental characteristics , found in a changing shift that is seen as

216
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
a condition of progress

Literature Review
The organisations possibility of progress may only be achieved if these pursue continuous
performance and therefore it represents one of the main objectives at the level of the organisations
management. Many of the studies approach only the organizational performance (koning,2004) ,but for
instance 98% ofthe subjects of study consisting in executive managers of average and big companies have
stated that improved performance of the employees would lead to an increased performance of the
company. Over time, management staff was asked what methods to improve the performance of work for
their employees are more appropriate . We consider the issue of motivation as essential to human activity
, for understanding and explaining behaviour in general and especially those within organisations and
therefore we cannot talk about strategies to improve performance without implicitly bring into question the
concept of motivation.

Research Methodology
The target group of the study is represented by general managers, human resource managers and
office personnel. The study was conducted on a sample of 40 organisation in production and services from
private sector, in north-west of Romania. In order to achieve the objectives of the study, data was collected
through two questionnaires, self-administered that were design separately for the two target group to
capture both manager and employees perspective on the most used way to improve performance at
workplace.

Results and Discussions

In the following we present the structure of the two samples according to some socio-demographic
characteristics size of accompany, respondents age , seniority in the company and on the job, level studies
, most respondents work in large firms (62.1%) followed by those working in medium sized firm (17.6%)
and small firms (12.4%) the test in micro firms. The average age of managers – respondents is 43 years
old and the post length with in the organisation 8 years and a half , on average. In this way we made sure
that people who answer the questions have experience and service seniority in the organisation (average
11 years) , so that they can provide relevant answers regarding the study objectives . In terms of

217
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

vocational training of respondents dominated by those with higher education (58.3%) , but only one-third
of them attended post graduate (31.7%), which shows that the majority were not conditioned by
completion of a masters programme to be promoted and are not concerned with its own development and
life long learning ,next we analyse the sample consist of employees in executive positions, so that their
average age is 35 years, seniority in the firm is on average 7 years and 5 years in current position, which
we can indicate a low staff fluctuations . Age of respondents is a variable that must be taken into account
in the processing and interpretation of data , being a factor of influences in matters related to motivation
and job satisfaction. Given the sample distribution by level of education of respondents .In that 53.8% of
them are graduates of institution of higher educations, followed by those which secondary education
(25.8%), while the percentage of respondents registered postgraduate (masters) is 20.4% . We believe that
the vocational training of employees is an important variable that influences their motivation for
performance, and strategies to improve performance used by managers. Therefore in our research we
aimed to test the following hypothesis .There is a direct, positive correlation between educational level and
employees preference for strategies to improve performance through development.

Planning and career development

One of the best ways to ensure long term commitment and loyalty of employees to the organisation
is to transform a job of some into a career for that employee (hamngton,2001:234) . Indeed the best way to
keep employees is to make them understand that they have a future in the organisation and thus will
devote personal time to prepare for the opportunities for promotion that might occur. Although in literature
career planning is considered a key element in the human resources strategy and an essential component of
career management. Practice shows that managers do not give due importance considering it’s a point less
waste of time and resources . For example the study conducted by marinas (2010:329) one sample of one
fifty organisations in various field show that frequency of use of career plans in the promotion of
employees of Romanian companies is quite low . This is evidence by low mean score (3.62) obtained from
the processing of responses (using 7-step scale ).The same study show that among the types of companies
investigated large companies are using in the lowest proportion career plan as a tool for career planning
(21.43%). Promoting employees ,on the needs of them moment impulse is evident expression of short term
orientation, them a in value of culture in Romania .
Employees Training
Training related to professional development is one of the main ways in which organisation can

218
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

enhance employee performance ( bocean,2009;27) between training and development must established a
certain distinction , at least in principle. Giscard (in russu,2004;156) says that the training is to develop
new capabilities , while developing involves improving existing capabilities. Total expenditure per
employee of Romanian companies for training make that Romania ranks last , while participating in
professional training programs remains low.
Coaching and Mentoring
Coaching is an interactive process through which manager and supervisors seek to resolve
performance issues or to development staff capacity through collaboration and based on three components;
technical support, personal support and individual challenge. The aim of the coaching is to improve
professional performance, correct inappropriate behaviour and unlock a person’s potential to maximize
their own performance. Both results obtained on the sample consists of managers and those obtained on
the sample consists of employees shows that mentoring and coaching are not ways to persuade employees
to strive for better results (it can be recorded the lowest average 3,4) , nor strategies used by managers to
motivate their actions for performance (average 2.44). This was the only variable for which we obtained
between score compared and recorded (p>0.05), averages being very close (2.44 on managers sample and
on employee sample). We believe that involving the employees in a personal process of
explorationand discovery, setting goals and implementing a specific action plan, followed by
appropriate feedback, coaching leads in time to obtain good results.

Performance improved system

To explain this model, begin with the end and work backward. Start with the receiving system,
which drives everything else, follow this order.

Receiving System
The stake holders ; customers (most important) , investors , employees and any regulating bodies
(often government).
Outputs
Individual products, services, sub-assemblies, and other items produced by the work that will lead
to results. Example; A completed motherboard is an output a laptop sold is a result. A decision to grant
credit is an output, a profitable loan is a result.

219
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Processes
Methods, work streams and sequences of operations that we refer to as the work level. This is how
materials and information are turned into products and services, then sold, delivered, billed and collected.

Inputs
The resources required to produce the products and services. This includes information, goals,
materials, labour, time and money.

Conclusion
Human resource strategies are increasingly necessary has essential components of human resource
management conditioning the development and rational use of personal of an organisation. Strategies to
improve performance costs are much lower then the losses caused by fluctuation of employees and their
dissatisfaction. Conflicts , sabotage , defensive behaviour , intensive fluctuation are just some of the forms
of employee dissatisfaction. Fluctuation is costly and deeply dysfunctional and employees departure
affected good work in an organisation , because on the one hand, A certain amount of time, colleges must
take the burden off , on the other hand to find a person in place , mean time to integrate in relation to
current tasks and team work. In our opinion, one of the main measures that could be taken in order to
increase employees performance, refers to fact that managers can not determine every employee to be
competitive by using the same methods , and therefore treating each person differently with the aim of
creating for that person a favourable context for the development of the performance, brings benefits at
individual as well as at organizational level.But , to perform this roll , full understanding human behaviour
and appropriate use ofthese strategies is required.

Reference
1. Aubrey C D (2007) Management performantel – strategii de obtainer a rezultatelormad me de la
angajatj, lasi; Editurapolirom.
2. Bocean, C. (2009) Managementulperformantelorpersoanlulul, Bucuresti:
EdituraTribunaEconomica.
3. Boswell, W.R, and Boudreau, J.W. (2000) Employee satisfaction with performance appraisals
and appraisers: The role of perceived appraisal use ,Human Resource Development
Quarterly,vol,11,pp.283-299.

220
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Two Dimensional of Analytical Geometry

P.Priya,
M.Sc. Mathematics
Marudhar kesari Jain College for Women,
Vaniyambadi.

Introduction:

The geometric objects such as line, point, circle, parabola, ellipse and hyperbola where
describe bytwo dimensional of analytical geometry byusing Cartesian coordinate.
By the great mathematicians like Fermat, Newton, Cramer and Jacobic etc..,where
developed the solving of analytical geometryproblem in first half of 17th century.
In the area of industry, medicines and scientific research .were improved to solve the
problem by using algebraic method fromgeometrical techniques.

221
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Equation of the circle in standard form

I. Centre (o, o) and Radius r

q(x, y)

r
X
(0, 0)

Let the centre = (0, 0)

The radius =r
The moving point = q(x, y)
For (x, y) has the coordinate q and it shown as q(x, y)
q=r and so q2 =r2
Since (0, 0) = (a, b)
(x-a)2+(y-b)2 = r2
(x-0)2+(y-0)2 = r2
x2+y2 = r2
If x2+y2=r2 is the circle of equation with centre (0, 0) and radius r and the moving point q(x, y).

2. The centre (m, n) and the radius r

222
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
ISBN:

q(x,y)

C (m, n)

Let the centre (m,n) the radius r the moving point q(x,y)
Now q=r andso q2=r2
Standard formof circle
(x-a) 2+(y-b) 2=r2
If (a, b) = (m, n)
(x-m) 2+(y-n) 2= r2------------------
The equation (x-m) 2+(y-n) 2 = r2 is the centre radius form 1

From 1 equation
x2+m2-2xm+y2+n2-2yn = r2
x2+y2-2xm-2yn+m2+n2-r2 = o------------
Let us consider -2m=2l , -2n=2k 2
2 2 2
a=m +n -r
now the consideration can apply in the equation 2 and we get the general form of circle
x2+y2+2lx+2ky+a = 0
the above equation represent the second degree equation.
REMARK.
The geometrical equation x2+y2+2mx+2ny+a=0.were the centre(-l,-k)and the radius
l2+k2-a
=>if l2+k2-a >0 then the circle is real.
=>if l2+k2-a =0 then the circle is point.
=>if l2+k2-a < 0 without lows then the circle is imaginary.
Condition ofthe line is y=nx +a

223
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
1. The line to be tangent :
In the perpendicular direction of line y-nx-a=0 fromthe centre (0, 0).
= 0-n. (0)-a

2
= 1+n
a

1+n2
The equationofthe line to tangent is acquittals equal to radius
a
=
1+n2
Taking square on both side
a2=r2 (1+n2)
By using the condition of line y=nx+a is must be tangent of circle x2+y2 =r2 is the equation is a2=r2 (l+n2 ).

2. Contact of point

q(x1, y1)
Y=nx+a
x
(0,0)

Let the contact ofpoint is x1,y1 bythe line y=nx+a and with the circle equation x2+y2=r2
Now y1=nx1+a------------------
Therefore the tangent equation in the point (x1,y1) is xx1+yy1=r2
1
yy1= -xx1+r2
2

224
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
bythe equation 2 and 1 implies the line is same and the proportional of co-efficient

,
` a= ±r 1+n2

The contact of point , ,

Or
, ,

Tangent Equation ;
 Form of Point
Tangent equation at point P(x1,y1) in a circle

X2+y2 +2ly +2ky+a=0

Therefore , xx1+yy1+l(x+x1)+k(y+y1)+a=0
 Form of Slope
Tangent equation of slope ‘m’ in the circle x2+y2+2lx+2ky+a=0

Therefore, y+k=m(x+l)± (l2+k2-a)(1+m)2

 Form of Parametric
Tangent equation at circle (x-l) 2+(y-k)2= a2 at a point (l+acosθ,k+asinθ)
Therefore, (x-l) cosθ +(y-k) sinθ =a
“Tangent equation is represented in circle the line which cross onlyone point”

225
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY IN VARIOUS FIELDS

Hema Malini.E
Magavharsini.M
2nd BSC Mathematics
Marudhar Kesari Jain College for Women,
Vaniyambadi,
TamilNadu, India.

Abstract:
In this paper, we discuss about applications of trigonometry in various fields. Trigonometry is
helpful for many fields and research industries. This is usefull for medical feilds and many industry
companies so and so. Trigonometry is the basement for all industries and companies, based on this only all
fields are there .Byobtaining trigonometry equations we can solve all problems even in medical field also.

Keywords:
sinө, cosө, and tanө .

Introduction:
Trigonometry is the division of mathematics that’s concerned with various properties of
trigonometric functions and the applications of those functions to determine unknown angles and sides of
triangle. Trigonometry is an important topic of mathematics that’s taught to students in their high
schoolmathematics curriculum. Trigonometry is also a paramount importance in daily life .

226
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Ancient Uses:
Trigonometry was initially used in astronomy. Before the sixteenth century, the
subject of astronomy was based completely on that Earth is placed in the center of a number of nested
spheres. Therefore it can be said that trigonometry was mainly used for calculating the positions of planet
and stars.
Modern trigonometry has many influences from the Babylonians, the Sumerian,
Greek and the Indian astronomers.

Importances of Trigonometry Concepts:

We are actually surrounded by various applications of trigonometry on our daily life
but honestly, we are not aware of this fact. It will be impossible to construct house, cars, etc.. without the
knowledge of trigonometry. We do not mean the entire process is based on trigonometry but certain
measurements and concepts are actually based on this important topic. Similary, there are many other
pieces of technology that are researched, manufactured and developed through the use of some
trigonometric concepts.

Trigonometry used in Astronomy:

Since ancient times trigonometry was used in astronomy. The technique of triangulation is

227
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

used to measure the distance to nearby stars. In 240 B.C., a mathematician named Eratosthenes discovered
the radius of Earth using trigonometry and geometry. In 2001, a group of European astronomers did an
experiment that started in1997 about the distances of Venus from the Sun. Venus was about 105,000,000
kilometers away from the Sun.

Trigonometry used in Navigation:

Trigonometry is used to set directions such as north-south or east-west. It tells you what
direction to take with the compass to get in a straight direction. It is used in navigation in order to pinpoint
a location. It is used to find the distance ofthe shore froma point a sea. It is also used to see the horizon.

Trigonometry used in Statistics:

Trigonometry functions are used in their two main roles: as functions that enable lengths of
segments and measurements of angles of figures to be determind, and as functions are used in this more
and even small problem to solved by trigonometry only. By viewing statistical distributions as functions,
properties of one idea can be applied to the other.

Trigonometry used in Electronics:

Electronics need to know mathematical concepts to ensure that the wirings and electrical

228
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

components they use will work according to design. Without this knowledge, each circuit may not work
and can even cause serious damage to a circuit. Trigonometric calculations are used in the day-to-day
tasks of an electrician, such as bending conduits. Trigonometry I also a subject covered in examinations to
be a master electrician.

Trigonometry used in Medical imaging:

Now a days trigonometry is used in medical fields also because this is a basement to all
calculations. This is used to calculate ECG and more, in X-ray the image is printed with the help of

trigonometry calculations.

Trigonometry used in Game development:

Trigonometry is used extensively in game development in order for the game function.
Trigonometry is used in writing the program for games so that object can move. Also used for designing
objects, characters and sets. Geometry is at the base of our daily life amd we should apply this theorems
and axioms to obtain the best result in our daily practice. By Pythagoras’ theorem many functions and
programs are done by that only in our day-to-day.
Pythagoras’ theorem formula:
Tanө=sinө/cosө
Conclusion:
Trigonometry is extensively used to generate complex as well as detailed images through a
computer. The generation of such a detailed image is done through a process is known as triangulation.
Several trigonometric concepts are used by this process. Trigonometry makes it possible for individuals to
determine unknown sides and angles.

229
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Reference:

1. Sara Izyan, importance oftrigonometry in our daily life.

2. Streve Johnson, trigonometry in Electronics.
3. Alessandro De Cassai, Ludovica Sandei&Michele Carrom, trigonometry in Medical imaging.
4. Sarah C – Prezi, trigonometry in Game Development.

230
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

INTERPRETATION OF The Jungle book by Rudyard Kipling

As Children’s Literature

S.Durga, Department of English

Marudhar kesari Jain College for women

Abstract
This paper deals with the children’s literature in The Jungle book. The Jungle book(1894) is a
collection of stories by the English author Rudyard Kipling. Most of the characters are animalsuch as
Shere Khan the tiger and Baloo the bear, though a principal character is the boy or “man-cub" Mowgli,
who is raised in the Jungle by wolves. The stories are set on a forest in India; one place mentioned
repeatedly is “Seonee" (Seoni), in the central state of Madhya Pradesh. Raised bya family of wolves since
birth, Mowgli must leave the only home he’s ever known when the fearsome tiger Shere khan unleashes
his mighty roar. Guided by a nonsense panther and a free spirited bear, the young boy meets an array of
jungle animals, including a slither python and a smooth-talking ape. Along the way, Mowgli learns
valuable life lessons as epic journey of self-discovery leads to fun and adventure.
Key words : heroism, human rights, gratitude, giving protection, Defending rights.
Children’s literature, the body of written works and accompanying illustrations produced in order to
entertain or instruct young people. The genre rncomp6a wide range of works, including acknowledged
classics of world literature, picture books and easy-to-read stories written exclusively for children, and
fairy tales, lullabies, fables, folk songs, and other primarily orally transmitted materials.
Children’s Literature or Juvenile literature includes stories, books, magazines, and poems that are created
for children. Modern children’s literature is classified in two different ways:genere or the intended age of
the reader.
Examples of Children’s Literature are:
 Verna Aardema- Why mosquitoes Buzz in People’s Ears
 Debbie Dadey- The Adventures of the Bailey School Kids
 RoopaPai- The Gita for Children

231
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

INTRODUCTION
The Jungle book (1894) written by English author, Rudyard Kipling, is a collection of stories that
relate the experiences of a human child, Mowgli, who is adopted and raised by wolves in an Indian jungle.
The tales in the book (and also those in The Second Jungle Book which followed in 1895, and which
includes five further stories about Mowgli) are fables, using animals in an anthropomorphic manner to
give moral lessons.
Regarding the subject matter ofthe study, heroes are just common people that have the courage to
solve a problem that they see in today’s community. Heroes are not rare. They can be found almost
everywhere you look. They are at places that they go too every day. Heroes can also be found in places
that theydo not travel very often.

OVERVIEW
A very young boy, called Mowglilives in the Jungle. Shere Khan, the tiger, wants to look after him,
and so do the wolves. Akela, the wolf leader, decides that Mowgliwill stay with the wolves. Baloo the bear
and Bagheera the panther also look after him. Mowglistays in the Jungle for ten years. When Akela
becomes old, Shere Khan thinks he might now get Mowgliwith the help of the young wolves who
don’tlike him. Mowglidefends himselfby throwingfire at his enemies, but he must leave the Jungle. He
says goodbyesadly to his friends and family and goes to live in the village.
Mowgli, the man-cub, arrives at the mountain top home of the wolf pack led by Akela. He is taken
in by Mother and Father wolf. But Shere Khan, the tiger, wants to catch and eat the man-cub. He is very
hungry and in pain because his foot hurts badly. He is finally accepted into the pack after Baloo, the bear,
speaks for him and Bagheera, the panther, gives the pack food in return.
Mowgli grows up happily with the wolves. He learns the law of the Jungle but also watches the
men in the village. As Akela becomes weaker, Shere Khan gets closer and closer to 5he young wolves to
get support to have Mowgli excluded from the pack. Finally Mowgli realizes that it is time to move on.
But before he goes, he follows Bagheera’s advice: he grace the red flower from outside the house of a
man. The red flower is the animals way of ranking about fire. Animals are too afraid of it to use it as a
weapon, but Mowgli is not an animal. He is a man-cub. He hits Shere Khan with a fiery stick and leaves
the mountain-top, promising to return one day with the tiger's skin. He cries for the first time and
Bagheera sees he is now a man.
Baloo, the old brown bear, is Mowgliteacher during his happy years with the pack. He teaches

232
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Mowgli the language of the Jungle. He learns how to hunt, how to communicate in the different animal
languages, survival techniques and all about Jungle etiquette. Baloo and Bagheeraalso warn Mowgli to
stayaway from the Monkey because they are foolish and have no law. But one day, Mowgli is kidnapped
by the monkeys. Mowgli remembers Baloo's teachings and asks Chil, a big bird, to notify Baloo and
Bagheera. Baloo asks Kaa, a ten-metre- long snake for help, and theytrack Mowglito Monkey City.
Once in Monkey City, the monkeys take Mowglito a building with no doors or windows.
Bagheera is the first to arrive and fights hard with the mobkeys, which wants to kill him. Mowgli suggests
Bagheera gets into water, where the Monkey will not follow him. Then Baloo arrives and some monkeys
attack him as well. In the end Kaa comes down, kills a few monkeys and the rest are so afraid that they
climb walls, running away from Kaa. The great snake starts a snake-dance which captivates all the
animals, including the bear and the panther. Mowgli sees no fascination in it, and helps his friends not to
fall under the snake's spell. Mowgli has disobeyed the Law of the Jungle and is physically punished for
his mistake.
When Mowgli leaves the Wolfpack, he goes to an village. There he is rescued by Messua and her husband.
They believe Mowgli is their own son, who was taken by a tiger many years ago. Mowgli makes an effort
to learns the ways and speech of man. One of the men in the village thinks Mowgli must work, so he is
given the menial task of herding the cattle. One day, when he us looking after the animals, Mowgli hears
from Grey Brother (one of his wolf cub step-brothers) that Shere Khan still wants to kill and eat him.
Mowgli still wants to take the tiger’s skin back to the mountain-top. So, when Mowgli hears that Shere
Khan has come back, he plans an ambush: he divides to one end of the dry river and Grey Brother takes
charge of the other cattle on the opposite end.
Mowgli taunts Shere Khan and traps Tim in the middle of the river. Mowgli charges the cattle to
stampede, and Shere Khan is trampled to death. When Mowgli is skinning the tiger, Boulder comes and
tries to take the tiger skin for himself. He can make good money by selling it. But Mowgli and Akela scare
Buldeo away. Buldeotells the villagers that Mowgli is not a boy ant that he has strange conversation with
the wolves. Thrvillagers stop Mowgli from returning to the village. Now he is not welcome anywhere. He
is too much a man for the wolves and too much a wolf for the men. However, he fulfill his promise and
drags the tiger skin up to the mountain cave. He is welcomed back by his friends Bagheeraand Akela and a
small group of cubs who will hunt with him in the future.

BACKGROUND AND THEMES

233
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

At first sight, The Jungle book appears to be a ‘rites of passage’ story, about a rather unusual boy
growing up with wolves in the Jungle. The myth of the wolf boy is an abiding one, dating back at least to
the legend ofthe founding of Rome, with the twins Romulus and Remus supposedly suckle bya wolf.
Perhaps Kipling picked up such a story in India, or perhaps he had heard of the ‘wild boy of Aveyron', an
eleven-year-old child who had been found running naked wild in a forest in France.
As the story unfolds, we realise that Kipling is conveying a deeper message. Mowgli, the man-cub, is
driven out of the pack of wolves that brought him up because he is too much like a man, and then driven
out ofthe man village, because he is too much like a wolf. Ironically, Kipling has sometimes been accused
of racism, perhaps because his stories are now viewed from a modern perspective. But in fact The Jungle
book can be seen as anti- racist and a powerful plea for social acceptance of differences.

CONCLUSION
This study is about heroism in the novel The Jungle book by Rudyard Kipling. There are three
points if discussion under this title: giving protection, Defending rights and gratitude. The result shows
that heroism is highlighted throughthe major character such as Mowgli, Father Wolf, Mother Wolf, Hathi,
and Bagheera have done heroic deeds. Their heroism is presented in the form of giving protection,
Defending rights and gratitude.
REFERENCE
Slideshare–Pearson Education limited 2008

234
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

A Literary Review of the Economic of Covid 19

M.Nithisha

Marudhar Kesari Jain College forwomen

Vaniyambadi

Abstract

In early December 2019, an outbreak of coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19), caused by a novel
severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2), occurred in Wuhan City, Hubei
Province, China. On January 30, 2020 the World Health Organization declared the outbreak as a Public
Health Emergency of International Concern. As of February 14, 2020, 49,053 laboratory-confirmed and
1,381 deaths have been reported globally. Perceived risk of acquiring disease has led many governments
to institute a variety of control measures. We conducted a literature review of publicly available
information to summarize knowledge about the pathogen and the current epidemic. In this literature
review, the causative agent, pathogenesis and immune responses, epidemiology, diagnosis, treatment and
managementofthe disease, control and preventions strategies are all reviewed.

Keywords: 2019-nCoV, COVID-19, Outbreak, SARS-CoV-2, Novelcoronavirus

235
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Background

On December 31, 2019, the China Health Authority alerted the World Health Organization (WHO) to
several cases of pneumonia of unknown aetiology in Wuhan City in Hubei Province in central China. The
cases had been reported since December 8, 2019, and many patients worked at or lived around the local
Huanan Seafood Wholesale Market although other early cases had no exposure to this market. On January
7, a novel coronavirus, originally abbreviated as 2019-nCoV by WHO, was identified from the throat swab
sample of a patient. This pathogen was later renamed as severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2
(SARS-CoV-2) by the Coronavirus Study Group and the disease was named coronavirus disease 2019
(COVID-19) by the WHO. As of January 30, 7736 confirmed and 12,167 suspected cases had been
reported in China and 82 confirmed cases had been detected in 18 other countries. In the same day, WHO
declared the SARS-CoV-2 outbreak as a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC) .

According to the National Health Commission of China, the mortality rate among confirmed cased in
China was 2.1% as of February 4 and the mortality rate was 0.2% among cases outside China. Among
patients admitted to hospitals, the mortality rate ranged between 11% and 15%. COVID-19 is moderately
infectious with a relatively high mortality rate, but the information available in public reports and
published literature is rapidly increasing. The aim of this review is to summarize the current understanding
of COVID-19 including causative agent, pathogenesis of the disease, diagnosis and treatment of the cases,
as well as control and prevention strategies.

Discussion

The virus: classification and origin

SARS-CoV-2 is a member of the family Coronaviridae and order Nidovirales. The family consists of two
subfamilies, Coronavirinae and Torovirinae and members ofthe subfamily Coronavirinae are subdivided

236
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

into four genera: (a) Alphacoronavirus contains the human coronavirus (HCoV)-229E and HCoV-NL63;
(b) Betacoronavirus includes HCoV-OC43, Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome human coronavirus
(SARS-HCoV), HCoV-HKU1, and Middle Eastern respiratory syndrome coronavirus (MERS-CoV); (c)
Gamma coronavirus includes viruses of whales and birds and; (d) Delta coronavirus includes viruses
isolated from pigs and birds . SARS-CoV-2 belongs to Betacoronavirus together with two highly
pathogenic viruses, SARS-CoV and MERS-CoV. SARS-CoV-2 is an enveloped and positive-sense single-
stranded RNA (+ssRNA) virus.

SARS-CoV-2 is considered a novel human-infecting Beta coronavirus. Phylogenetic analysis of

the SARS-CoV-2 genome indicates that the virus is closely related (with 88% identity) to two bat-derived
SARS-like coronaviruses collected in 2018 in eastern China (bat-SL-CoVZC45 and bat-SL-CoVZXC21)
and genetically distinct from SARS-CoV (with about 79% similarity) and MERS-CoV. Using the genome
sequences of SARS-CoV-2, RaTG13, and SARS-CoV .a further study found that the virus is more related
to BatCoV RaTG13, a bat coronavirus that was previously detected in Rhinolophus affinis from Yunnan
Province, with 96.2% overall genome sequence identity .A study found that no evidence of recombination
events detected in the genome of SARS-CoV-2 from other viruses originating from bats such as BatCoV
RaTG13, SARS-CoV and SARSr-CoVs . Altogether, these findings suggest that bats might be the
original host of this virus.

However, a study is needed to elucidate whether any intermediate hosts have facilitated the
transmission of the virus to humans. Bats are unlikely to be the animal that is directly responsible for
transmission of the virus to humans for several reasons : (1) there were various non-aquatic animals
(including mammals)available for purchase in Huanan Seafood Wholesale Market but no bats were sold
or found; (2) SARS- CoV-2 and its close relatives, bat-SL-CoVZC45 and bat-SL-CoVZXC21, have a
relatively long branch (sequence identity of less than 90%), suggesting those viruses are not direct
ancestors of SARS-CoV-2; and (3) in other coronaviruses where bat is the natural reservoir such as
SARS-CoV and MERS-CoV, other animals have acted as the intermediate host (civets and possibly
camels, respectively). Nevertheless,bats do not always need an intermediary host to transmit viruses to
humans. For example, Nipah virus in Bangladesh is transmitted through bats shedding into raw date palm
sap .

237
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Transmission

The role of the Huanan Seafood Wholesale Market in propagating disease is unclear. Many initial
COVID-19 cases were linked to this market suggesting that SARS-CoV-2 was transmitted from animals to
humans.However, a genomic study has provided evidence that the virus was introduced from another, yet
unknown location, into the market where it spread more rapidly, although human-to-human transmission
may have occurred earlier.Clusters of infected family members and medical workers have confirmed the
presence of person-to-person transmission After January 1, less than 10% of patients had market exposure
and more than 70% patients had no exposure to the market.Person-to-person transmission is thought to
occur among close contacts mainly via respiratory droplets produced when an infected person coughs or
sneezes. Fomites may be a large source of Transmission, as SARS-CoV has been found to persist on
surfaces up to 96 h and other coronaviruses forup to 9 days Whether or not there is asymptomatic
transmission of disease is controversial. One initial study published on January 30 reported asymptomatic
transmission but later it was found that the researchers had not directly interviewed the patient, who did in
fact have symptoms prior to transmitting disease A more recent study published on February 21 also
purported asymptomatic transmission but any such study couldbe limited by errors in self-reported
symptoms or contact with other cases and fomites.

Findings about disease characteristics are rapidly changing and subject to selection bias. A study
indicatedthe mean incubation period was 5.2 days (95% confidence interval [95%CI]: 4.1–7.0) The
incubation period has been found to be as long as 19 or 24 days although case definitions typically rely on
a 14-day window.

The basic reproductive number (R 0) has been estimated with varying results and
interpretations. R 0 measures the average number of infections that could result from one infected
individual in a fully susceptible population Studies from previous outbreaks found R 0 to be 2.7 for
SARS and 2.4 for 2009 pandemic H1N1 influenza One studyestimated that that basic reproductive
number (R 0) was 2.2 (95% CI: 1.4–3.9) However, later in a further analysis of 12 available studies found
that R 0 was 3.28. Because R 0 represents an average value it is also important to consider the role of super
spreaders, who may be hugely responsible for outbreaks within large clusters but who would not largely
influence the value of R 0. During the acute phase of an outbreak or prepandemic, R 0 may be unstable.

238
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

In pregnancy, a study of nine pregnancy women who developed COVID-19 in late pregnancy
suggestedCOVID-19 did not lead to substantially worse symptoms than in nonpregnant persons and
there is no evidence for intrauterine infection caused by vertical transmission.

In hospital setting, a study involving 138 COVID-19 suggested that hospital-associated

transmission of SARS-CoV-2 occurred in 41% of patients . Moreover, another study on 425 patients
found that the proportion of cases in health care workers gradually increased by time. These cases likely
reflect exposureto a higher concentration of virus fromsustained contact in close quarters.

Outside China, as of February 12, 2020, there were 441 confirmed COVID-19 cases reported in
24 countries of which the first imported case was reported in Thailand on January 13, 2020. Among those
countries, 11 countries have reported local transmission with the highest number of cases reported in
Singapore with 47 confirmed cases.

Risk factors

The incidence of SARS-CoV-2 infection is seen most often in adult male patients with the median
age of the patients was between 34 and 59 years. SARS-CoV-2 is also more likely to infect people with
chronic comorbidities such as cardiovascular and cerebrovascular diseases and diabetes. The highest
proportion ofsevere cases occurs in adults ≥60 years of age, and in those with certain underlying
conditions, such as cardiovascular and cerebrovascular diseases and diabetes. Severe manifestations
maybe also associated with coinfections of bacteria and fungi.

239
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Fewer COVID-19 cases have been reported in children less than 15 years. In a study of 425
COVID-19 patients in Wuhan, published on January 29, there were no cases in children under 15 years of
age. Nevertheless, 28 paediatric patients have been reported by January 2020. The clinical features of
infected paediatric patients vary, but most have had mild symptoms with no fever or pneumonia, and have
a good prognosis. Another study found that although a child had radiological ground-glasslung opacities,
the patient was asymptomatic. In summary, children might be less likely to be infected or, if infected,
present milder manifestations than adults; therefore, it is possible that their parents will not seek out
treatment leading to underestimates of COVID-19 incidence in this age group. v

Clinical manifestations

Clinical manifestations of 2019-nCoV infection have similarities with SARS-CoV where the most
common symptoms include fever, dry cough, dyspnoea, chest pain, fatigue and myalgia. Less common
symptoms include headache, dizziness, abdominal pain, diarrhoea, nausea, and vomiting. Based on the
report of the first 425 confirmed cases in Wuhan, the common symptoms include fever, dry cough,
myalgia and fatigue with less common are sputum production, headache, haemoptysis, abdominal pain,
and diarrhoea.Approximately 75% patients had bilateral pneumonia.Different from SARS-Covand MERS-
CoV infections, however, is that very few COVID-19 patients show prominent upper respiratory tract
signs and symptoms such as rhinorrhoea, sneezing, or sore throat, suggesting that the virus might have
greater preference for infecting the lower respiratory tract.Pregnant and non-pregnant women have similar
characteristics.

Treatments

Similar to MERS-CoV and SARS-CoV, there is still no specific antiviral treatment for COVID-
19, Isolation and supportive care including oxygen therapy, fluid management, and antibiotics treatment
for secondary bacterial infections is recommended. Some COVID-19 patients progressed rapidly to
ARDS and septic shock, which was eventually followed by multiple organ failure Therefore, the effort on
initial

240
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

management of COVID-19 must be addressed to the early recognition of the suspect and contain the
disease spread by immediate isolation and infection control measures

Currently, vaccination is available, A study of intention to vaccinate during the H1N1 pandemic in the
United States was around 50% at the start of the pandemic in May 2009 but had decreased to 16% by
January 2010

Neither is a treatment available. Therefore, the management of the disease has been mostly
supportive referring to the disease severity which has been introduced by WHO. If sepsis is identified,
empiric antibiotic should be administered based on clinical diagnosis and local epidemiology and
susceptibility information. Routine glucocorticoids administration are not recommended to use unless
there are anotherindication.Clinical evidence also does not support corticosteroid treatment Use of
intravenous immunoglobulin might help for severely ill patients.

Drugs are being evaluated in line with past investigations into therapeutic treatments for SARS
and MERS .Overall, there is not robust evidence that these antivirals can significantly improve clinical
outcomes A. Antiviraldrugs such as oseltamivir combined with empirical antibiotic treatment have also
been used to treat COVID-19 patients Remdesivir which was developed for Ebola virus, has been used to
treat imported COVID-19 cases in US A brief report of treatment combination of Lopinavir/Ritonavir,
Arbidol, and Shu Feng Jiedu Capsule (SFJDC), a traditional Chinese medicine, showed a clinical benefit
to three of four COVID-19 patients ]. There is an ongoing clinical trial evaluating the safety and efficacy
of lopinavir-ritonavir and interferon-α 2b in patients with COVID-19 Remdesivir, a broad-spectrum
antivirus has demonstrated in vitro and in vivo efficacy against SARS-CoV-2 and has also initiated its
clinical trial in addition, other potential drugs from existing antiviral agent have also been proposed

Control and Prevention Strategies

COVID-19 is clearly a serious disease of international concern. By some estimates it has a higher
reproductive number than SARS and more people have been reported to have been infected or died from it
than SARS Similar to SARS-Cov and MERS-CoV, disrupting the chain of transmission is considered key
to stopping the spread of disease Different strategies should be implemented in health care settings and at
the local and global levels.

Health care settings can unfortunately be an important source of viral transmission. As shown in the model
for SARS, applying triage, following correct infection control measures, isolating the cases and contact

241
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

tracing are key to limit the further spreading of the virus in clinics and hospitals.Suspected cases
presenting at healthcare facilities with symptoms of respiratory infections (e.g., runny nose, fever and
cough) must wear a face mask to contain the virus and strictly adhere triage procedure. They should not be
permitted to wait with other patients seeking medical care at the facilities. They should be placed in a
separated, fully ventilated room and approximately 2 m away from other patients with convenient access
to respiratory hygiene supplies.In addition, if a confirmed COVID-19 case require hospitalization, they
must be placed in a single patient room with negative air pressure – a minimum of six air changes per
hour. Exhausted air has to be filtered through high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) and medical
personnel entering the room should wear personal protective equipment (PPE) such as gloves, gown,
disposable N95, and eye protection. Once the cases are recovered and discharged, the room should be
decontaminated or disinfected and personnel entering the room need to wear PPE particularly facemask,
gown, eye protection.

In a community setting, isolating infected people are the primary measure to interrupt the
transmission. For example, immediate actions taken by Chinese health authorities included isolating the
infected peopleand quarantining of suspected people and their close contacts ]. Also, as there are still
conflicting assumptions regarding the animal origins of the virus (i.e. some studies linked the virus to bat,
while others associated the virus with snake contacts with these animal fluids or tissues or consumption of
wild caught animal meet should be avoided. Moreover, educating the public to recognize unusual
symptoms such as chronic cough or shortness of breath is essential therefore that they could seek medical
care for early detection of the virus. If large-scale community transmission occurs, mitigating social
gatherings, temporary school closure, home isolation, close monitoring of symptomatic individual,
provision of life supports (e.g., oxygen supply, mechanical ventilator), personal hand hygiene, and
wearing personal protective equipment such as facemask should also be enforced

In global setting, locking down Wuhan city was one of the immediate measures taken by Chinese
authorities and hence had slowed the global spread of COVID-19. Air travel should be limited for the
cases unless severe medical attentions are required. Setting up temperature check or scanning is mandatory
at airport and border to identify the suspected cases. Continued research into the virus is critical to trace
the source of the outbreak and provide evidence for future outbreak

242
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Conclusion
The current COVID-19 pandemic is clearly an international public health problem. There have
been rapidadvances in what we know about the pathogen, how it infects cells and causes disease, and
clinical characteristics of disease. Due to rapid transmission, countries around the world should increase
attentioninto disease surveillance systems and scale up country readiness and response operations
including establishing rapid response teams and improving the capacityof the national laboratory system.

References

1. Lu H., Stratton C.W., Tang Y.W. Outbreak of pneumonia of unknown etiology in Wuhan China: the
mysteryand the miracle. J Med Virol. 2020 [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
2. Hui D.S., E I.A., Madani T.A., Ntoumi F., Kock R., Dar O. The continuing 2019-nCoV epidemic
threat of novel coronaviruses to global health – the latest 2019 novel coronavirus outbreak in Wuhan,
China. IntJ Infect Dis. 2020;91:264–266. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
3. Gorbalenya A.E.A. Severe acute respiratory syndrome-related coronavirus: the species and its viruses –
a statement ofthe Coronavirus Study Group. BioRxiv. 2020
doi: 10.1101/2020.02.07.937862. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
4. Burki T.K. Coronavirus in China. Lancet Respir Med. 2020 [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Google
Scholar]
5. NHS press conference, February 4, 2020. Beijing, China. National Health Commission (NHC) of the
People's Republic of China.

6. Viruses, A Very Short Introduction - Dorothy H Crawford

243
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

PROBLEMS AND PROSPECTS OF AGRICULTURAL MARKETING

Ms.S.Semmalar
Asst.Prof ,Department of Mathematics
Marudhar Kesari Jain College for Women- Vaniyambadi, India
Ms.G.Aruna
Asst.Prof ,Department of Mathematics
Marudhar Kesari Jain College for Women- Vaniyambadi, India

ABSTRACT
Indian agriculture plays a vital role in economic development; therefore agricultural
production should be increased. Marketing is the process of determining consumer demand for a product,
motivating its sales and distributing it to ultimate consumer at a profit. Thus it is specifically concerned
with how transactions are created, stimulated, facilitated and valued. Agricultural marketing involves
many operations and processes through which food and raw materials move from the cultivated farm to
the final consumers.

INTRODUCTION
Agricultural marketing mainly depends on buying and selling the products. In those days, if
the village economy was more or less self- sufficient the marketing of agricultural products presented no
difficulty as the farmer sold his produce to the consumer on a cash or barter basis. Nowadays it as to
undergo a series of exchanges or transfers from one person to another before it reaches the consumer and it
involves assembling, preparation for consumption and distribution.
The economic development of any nation is basically dependent upon the sufficient
agricultural production and its proper distribution .However their arise a few problems as well
Insufficiency of production, compared to demand, seasonal production and reduction in quantity
and quality.

CLASSIFICATION OF MARKETS

 On geographic or area basis

 On economic basis
 On time basis

244
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
 On the basis of business
 On the basis of importance

 On the basis of regulations

 On the basis of nature of transactions

CONCEPTS OF AGRICULTURAL MARKETING

Agricultural marketing involves essentially in buying and selling of agricultural produces. But, in
modern times, marketing of agricultural produce has to undergo a series of transfers or exchanges from
one hand to another before reaching the consumer
PROBLEMS AND PROSPECTS OF AGRICULTURAL MARKETING
Some ofthe issues are
 Lack of marketing skills
 Lack of co-operation
 Weak economic status
 Access to local market
 An Absence of common brands
 Poor management ofstorage facilities
 Middlemen make excessive profits

MARKETING PROBLEMS
Agricultural Marketing is a process taking the agriculture product from the farmers to the
consumers. It includes gathering the agriculture producer, standardization, grading, storage, selling .
Even though India is an Agricultural Country, it affects the Indian farmers, who are unable to get the
reasonable price for the products even after their hard work because they are fully exploited by the
middlemen.
Some ofthe important problems are
 Distribution logistics, storage, transport and handling
 Location and degree of concentration of demands
 Dealers attitude and motivation
 Consumer motivation and buying habits

245
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

 Mass communication media ,their reach and influence

 Organizational alternatives

MAJOR PROBLEMS IN AGRICULTURE

• Low Productivity of Land under Cultivation – Agricultural yield is lower than the all India figures
and compares poorly with other states. The low level of agricultural produce negatively impacts the
contribution of the agricultural sector towards the State’s economy. Currently, farming techniques
prevalent in the region are outdated. Technology, best practices, better implements, etc. have yet to change
the lives of most farmers.
• Complete Dependence on Monsoons – The limited irrigation network has made the farmers
completely dependent on rainfall. The vagaries of nature coupled with an ignorance of modern weather
tracking techniques have culminated in the farmers being left to the mercy of nature. Further, since most
of the farmers currently follow a single crop pattern, total dependence on the monsoons threatens
productivity and as a result, their economic situation. The regular occurrence of drought in the rice bowl of
India is a serious concern.
• Inadequate Market Information – Most of the farmers are illiterate. Because of this problem the
farmers don’t understand the complicated market and price strategies. And they accept whatever price the
dealer or broker tells them of there product. Today the government is using internet, news papers, radio,
cellphone message, television as mediumof spreading information related to everyaspect of agriculture.
• Lack of Proper Storing Facility – Inadequate storage arrangements are the cause of heavy losses to
farmers. This results in serious wastage of agricultural produce and increased price.

SUGGESTIONS FOR IMPROVEMENTS

 The co-operative marketing company should hire the services of trained and qualified managers to
improve the performance of the society.
 It should provide the maximum storage facilities to the farmers to save the wastage of crops.
 To increase the business in agriculture, the government should provide the finance facility to the
society.
 Marketing societies must install computer and must have their website which is essential for online
and export trading.

246
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

ADVANTAGES OF MARKETING IN A GROUP

 Collection in one place to bulking of produce so that volume of produce can be achieved and the
traders will be attracted to visit the farmer’s place. 
 Regular supply is possible if proper planning and management is done.
 Price fluctuation can be managed if there are practices like contract farming, agreements.
 Easy in communication for dissemination of information about price, volume and others.
 Cost of production can be reduced byprocuring all necessary inputs using big transport.
 Collection of produce and transport to reduce marketing cost.
 Access to fund without collateral with group as a guarantee.
 Easyaccess of funds and other support services by the government and donors.
 More funds can be gathered fromthe members if big plans are envisioned. 
 Post harvest loss can be minimized.

 Provision of capacitybuilding and training fromthe processing company.

 Farmers Mobile App: The farmers mobile App is a convenient way to access popular policy
management features. The app allows you to easily view our ID cards, pay bills view policy
documents etc.,
 The new Farmers Insurance Mobile App: App is easier, smarter wayto manage their insurance
needs.

MARKETING AND PERSONNEL

All firms are social organizations composed of individuals. The prosperityofthe firm
largely depends on the effects of human beings it employs. Marketing, particularly is dependent on
getting the right personnel in jobs requiring persuasive abilities. This is highly essential in case of
marketing such as sales ,distribution and promotion. Thus a high degree of co-operation between
marketing and personnel is necessary.
CONCLUSION
The main constraints identified are high transaction cost, lack of financial credit, an
absence of controlon unlicensed traders, the government support related, unavailability of transport
services, Lack of trust in marketing, and Lack of market information.

247
ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Thus the agricultural marketing and the agri-business co-operatives

occupy an importantplace in the overall strategy for agricultural development in
India. Hence the marketing co-operativesocieties are indispensable for the
growth and the government must take all the necessary steps to enable the
apiculturists to get the maximum possible prices.
REFERENCES:
1. Agritech.tnau.ac.in/ agricultural_marketing.
2. https://www.farmers.com
3. https://www.Importanindia.com/23067/top-25-advantages of agriculture.
4. www.impactjournals.us/download.php?... %20manage-
A%20study%20on%20 by Misra .A.K.“A studyon Agricultural
marketing,” with special reference to Chhattigarh state
5. www.linkedin.com/pulse/agricultural marketing-mandeep-pujara.
6. Dr.Rajan Nair.N and Sanjith R.Nair, Marketing,Sultan chand & Sons,1993,7th
edition.
7. Vadivelu. A and Kiran. B.R., Universal Research Publications,
India(2013)[ISSN 2249
8. en.wikipedia.org/wiki/AM.

248
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

REFLECTIONS OF MYTHOLOGICAL PARABOLIC OF UNSTABLE ENVIRONMENT

IN AMITVA GHOSH’S THE HUNGRY TIDE
Dr. G.M. JOSEPH DUNSTON1, J. AJUNE SAMUEL RAJ2,
1
Professor, Department of English,
St. Jerome’s college (Arts and Science),
Anandhanadarkudy, Nagarcoil,Kanyakumari District- 629201,
(Affiliated with ManonmaniamSundranar University, Abishekapatti, Tirunelveli),
Tamil Nadu, India
2
Research Scholar,Department of English
Registration Number: 20123214011011,
St. Jerome’s College (Arts & Science),
Anandhanadarkudy, Nagarcoil,Kanyakumari District- 629201,
(Affiliated with ManonmaniamSundranar University, Abishekapatti, Tirunelveli),
Tamil Nadu, India

Abstract
Ghosh’s novels are having the purposeful social and political analysis always and his way of
approach to the problems, usage of symbols and mythological psyche references to deconstruct the
archetypal issues are unique qualities of his writings. Ghosh has used the myths of the region to
compare the current issues which are very controversial. Mythical deconstructions are doing
massive help to understand the problems in an advanced level. Facing the challenges is not new to
the society but the correct solutions only will be taken by the correct analysis. Ghosh explicitly
narrate the story of Dokkin Roy and Bon-bibi to differentiate the Sundarbans’ natural psyche of the
people from the rest of the world and Sir Daniel Hamilton’s real life ideology to plant the utopian
society in the natural inhabitants. People always fear the thing which is not known to them. Nature
has so many wonders and unanswered mysteries. The anger of the nature and its unpredictable
attacks are also mystery.
Keywords: Myth, Environment, Archetype, Anthropocentrism, Non-human agency, Exploitation

Introduction:
Sundarbans is portrayed as the cradle of species which are living peacefully and without any

249
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

interference. Ghosh’s “The Hungry Tide” explores the richness of natural sources and Mother
Nature’s existence through each and every part of that eighteen tide countries. It is very hard to
understand the paths of nature in this anthropocentric world which is not ready to understand the
emotions of ‘other’ (non-human agency). The little girl Kusum from Satjelia (one of the tiny Islands
of Sundarbans) and Kanai, from Calcutta, are used to understand and deconstruct the ancient beliefs
about the nature and its structures. Kusum was searched by the cruel man DilipChoudary, a pimp, to
earn money through sells her in the Calcutta’s brothel area. Eventually with the help of Horen,
Kusum reached Lusibari safely and allowed to stay with the Lusibari people. Likewise, Kanai, a
Metro city boy was sent to his Uncle and Aunt’s place by his parents as act of grounded to Lusibari
to know about the value of life.

The Glory of Bon-Bibi:

Night times are usually very early in the forest and Lusibari is no exception for that. The
dense forest of the Sundarbans is very dark and the air will be filled with the sounds of animals
which is obviously giving terror to the humans those who are living in it. There staged a drama
which explicitly announce the achievement of the tiger goddess, Bon-Bibi and her brother
Shajongoli. This particular chapter, ‘The Glory of Bon-Bibi’ from Ghosh’s ‘The Hungry Tide’ tells
not just an ordinary story but it has some deep and powerful environmental psyche of the tidal
country people about their fear which is lurking in the dense forest of Sundarbans. It is a story of
deep undercurrent significance and it relates the far-fetched command centre from the desert land.
Bon-Bibi and Shajongoli were the children of the pious muslim Ibrahim. They were assigned by the
arch angel Gabriel to make “the country of eighteen tides” as human inhabitant. These dramatic
introductions of the characters are not just quite fantasy elements, in depth they are the modern, dry,
corrupted civilized land representatives of ‘Anthropocene’. Getting the images of the setting
Medina and the unrelated power authority arch angel Gabriel were well associated to the
tribulations of the people unconsciously (or) in other words archetypal. This archetype of desert
images and the supernatural power authority are the dull post-apocalyptic resemblances from the
future. It is obvious that there is not slight connection for the greenish forest people with the settings
of Medina. But this analogy was created by Sundarbans people’s psychic fear about the dangers if
the forest and their anthropocentric approach towards the nature. This idea of interfering with nature
would have the thrust them to design their victory stories with the far-fetched images. These two
siblings Bon-Bibi and Shajongoli were sent to make the forest as a human

250
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

inhabitant. Forest cannot be a place of human inhabitant though humans are the part of the nature.
This story is also the silhouette of the current environmental scenario. Human society was become
strange group of hive population which does not follow many natural laws.

DokkhinRai:
The evil king of the ‘Country of Eighteen Tides’, Dokkhinrai, has a cruel desire to eat the
human flesh. He could change his appearance and disguised into ferocious tiger. This evil king was
guarding his territory and kills and eats the intruders. The people of Sundarbans are the best
example to explain this story line. Their initial and current attempts are distinctly displayed in this
introduction of the DokkhinRai.Now it is Bon-Bibi’s responsibility to help the people enter into the
forest. Living in the forest is not the main concern here but it will cost their lives in one way or
another. So they took their tools and weapons to make the forest to their own comfort. They are
doing the agriculture and taking the outcomes of the richness of the forest without any second
thought. DokkhinRai actually has been watching over his own parts of land from the hands of the
intruders and he was not portrayed as a person who came to the human’s living place and attacked
them. DokkhinRai is the oblique representation of the Royal Bengal Tigers of the Sundarbans.
Usually Bengal Tigers are considered very aggressive and dangerous. They live with the
Sundarbans people and occasionally attack them and lots of deaths were occurred in Sundarbans
because of these tigers. Actually, Bengal Tigers are very territorial and their scent was washed away
by the unstable water levels. This makes them really ferocious and it might be reason for their
anger. Nevertheless the story of Bon-Bibi is totally against the DokkhinRai and his actions.
DokkhinRai is a non-human agency to guard the sources. To live the wild life is not easy. There
will be insects, dangerous animals in land as well as in waster, quick sands and diseases. There is no
assurance for the so called advances social animals (humans) in the forest. Forest is the complete
non-human agency which totally free from the anthropocentrism. Ghosh distinctly explains the role
of DokkhinRai in the forest. Inspite of being accused of killing the humans, DokkhinRai
continuously guards the primordial of the forest. But in the war against the powerful Bon-Bibi,
DokkhinRai was defeated and left to live in the mercy of Bon-Bibi. Bon-Bibi handed out particular
part of the forest to DokkhinRai as his territory. “… she decided one half of the tide country would
remain in wilderness; this part of the forest she left to DokkhinRai...”(THT 103). So this clearly
shows the
power and urge of anthropocentrism. DokkhinRai was forced to live in the mercy of Bob-Bibi.

251
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

According to this story most of the incidents are merely fantasies but they do have some psychic
conscious of the survival intuitions. People of Sundarbans are now living in the forest without any
electricity, hospital facility and transport. They are using the natural canals of river streams. People
of Sundarbans now familiarized with the forest ambience. Their fear for lives is not vanished away
from them. Kanai and Kusum were representing the different ambiences of the landscape. Kusum
wanted to leave from the forest to know the city life and Kanai loved Kusum and also attracted by
the simple folk tale of Sundarbans.
“Kanai had expected to be bored by this rustic entertainment: in Calcutta he was accustomed
to going to theatres like the Academy of Fine Arts and cinemas like Globe. But much to his
surprise,he was utterly absorbed and even after the show had ended was unable to erase
some of the scenes from his mind”(THT105).
Kanai was mesmerized by the stage play and he saw the performance as many times. Inasmuch as
he observed the story to enjoy the forest life. Kanani, a boy, who had seen modern movies, was
stimulated by Kusum to see the drama. Kusum firmly believed the story of Bon-Bibi and called her
while her father was taken by the tiger but nothing had shown up to help her father. “… it was
Kusum who spoke first. I called her too, she said. But she never came” (THT107). In spite of
believing in Bon-BibiKusum was not helped by the tiger goddess. This might cause the clearance
about this tale in Kusum’s mind and she wanted to relieve from her belief and Kanai started to show
interest in the tales. It is now crystal that this parable is not as it seems. Bon-Bibi and Shahjongoli
were sent to make the eighteen tide country to human inhabitant. DokkhinRai was delineated as a
devil power. The Glory of Bon-Bibi might be a victorious story to the anthropocentric but it is an
annihilation of the non-human agency of the wilderness (nature).
“Once invasion and settlement has been accomplished the environmental impacts of western
attitudes to being-in-the world were facilitated or reinforced by the deliberated (or
accidental) transport of animals, plants, and the people throughout the European empires,
instigating widespread ecosystem change under conspiring unequal power
regimes.”(Huggan, Graham and Tiffin).
Nirmal was narrating the story of S’Daniel and his plan to build a utopian society in India. Like
Bon-Bibi and Shajongoli, Sir Daniel Hamilton arraived after he became a knight. In India, he saw
the empty islands of Sundarbans what would be the cost to live in these islands. The soil of the
Sundarbans mesmerized S’Daniel. He earned lot of money through his ticket company in India. He

252
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

had become one of the richest westerners in India that time. He turned his attention towards the
greenish Sundarbans. “Money S’Daniel already had. What he wanted was to build a new society, a
new kind of country” (THT52). He could have done anything possible inIndia with his power and
money in India. But he wanted to spend his money and power in India to make human inhabitants
in that mangroves like the divine powers of Bon-Bibi and Shajongoli. They were sent to make the
human inhabitants in the mangroves. The clear idea of invasion is portrayed between lines her in the
novel The Hungry Tide.AmitavGhosh narrated the invasion in nature can never be stopped in the
era of anthropocene. It was created (or) taught as common phenomena among the human society.
S’Daniel saw the land and analysed the emptiness in the islands. According to his invading eyes the
emptiness here only denotes the absence of human existence. S’Daniel failed to notice the structure
of life circle of the animals and the plants here. He saw only the land which was empty and was
suitable to make a society. But before his arrival “in the beginning, Remember, at that time there
was nothing but forest here, there were no people, no embankments, no fields. Just Kadaarbara,
mud and mangrove.”(THT51). But S’Daniel planted the idea of agriculture and he was not ready to
consider any wilderness values. “In 1903 he bought ten-thousand acres of the tide-country from the
British Sarkar” (THT51). People from many places have come to those islands for jobs and ot gain
some money from S’Daniel’s utopian project. He chose Sundarbans to mark his own identity in the
face of earth and was not ready to considering actual cause of those mangroves. Like the evil king
DokkhinRai, Tigers became a major problem of ´his invasion. “Think of what it was like: Think of
the tigers, crocodiles, and snakes that lived in the creeks and nalas that covered the islands”
(THT52). So the enumerating human population provoked the territorial aggressiveness of tigers
like the evil king DokkhinRai and many were killed by tigers. S’Daniel decided to stop the killings
and
“S’Daniel began to give out rewards to anyone who killed a tiger…”
“…with their hands, with knives, with bamboo spears, ehatever they could find at hand.”
(THT52)
S’Daniel and his ideaology of invasion had become the real evil for the wilderness. He collapsed
the natural existence of animal inhabitants which was never recovered. Like the Dokkhinrai, the
rulers (tigers) of those mangroves were driven far away from their massive level of territories.

Conclusion:
It is obvious that S’Daniel is the western version of the invasion like the myth Bon-Bibi and

253
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Shajongoli. He only saw the empty islands with the rich soil and inactive human territory.
Environmental issues become marginalized by the anthropocentric actions. S’Daniel would be the
living statues of those divine wilderness destroyers like Bon-Bibi and Shajongoli. The myths of the
Lusibari people have the intentions to take, invade and destroy which is existed in the path of
inhabitant war, the silent but dangerous war between the nature and human beings.Insofar this
novel’s title “The Hungry Tide” represents not only the unstable tides of the Sundarbans it has some
perturbation components which are very hard to find. The greedy tides of humans are supposed to
be stopped. The war with the tigers is still continues in the land of fens. This story is denotes the
downfall of the nature though describe all the heroic actions. Mother Nature is too eventually
wrenched under the circle of the ‘other’.

Work Cited
1. Ghosh, Amitav. The Hungry Tide. New Delhi: Harper Collins, 2014. Print.
2. Huggan, Graham, and Helen Tiffin. Postcolonial Ecocriticism: literature, Animal,
Environment. London: Routledge, 2010.

254
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

APPLICATIONS OF FUZZY TOPOLOGY

YUVA SHREE.P
II MSC MATHEMATICS
MARUDHAR KESARI JAIN COLLEGE FOR WOMEN,
THIRUVALLUVAR UNIVERSITY

ABSTRACT:
In this paper, we are going to discuss about a type of topology called Fuzzy topology.In this we
are going to see in which field the fuzzy topology is used and some of its applications in a detailed
manner. And few of the examples and preliminaries of fuzzy topology are given in this paper.

INTRODUCTION:
Notation of the fuzzy topology on the fuzzy sets introduced by the persons called Chakraborty
and Ahsanullah as the problem called a subspace problem in fuzzy topological spaces. By
extension, fuzzy topology was called the generalisation of topology(ordinary ) which introduces a
membership concept value and it can be adopted for topological modelling relations. And fuzzy
topology is one branch which is the combination of ordered structure with topological structure.

PRELIMINARIES:
FUZZY TOPOLOGY:
Fuzzy topology theory can potentially be applied to the modelling of fuzzy topology
Relations among spatial objects, It can provide a conceptual definitions of uncertain
It has a topological relation based on the descriptions of the interior and exterior of spatial objects in
GIS.

NORMAL FUZZY SET:

Fuzzy set defined on a universe of discourse holds total ordering, which has a height (maximal

membership value) equal to one (i.e. normal fuzzy set), and having membership grade of any

255
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

elements between two arbitary elements greater then, or equal to the smaller membership grade of the two
arbitary boundaru elements.

HOMOMORPHISM OF FUZZY TOPOLOGICAL SPACES[6]

Let F:(X,F1)→ ( Y,F2) be a function then

1.F is called continuous if 𝖯ЄF2, F‾1(𝖯)ЄF1.

2.F is called open if for every µЄF1, F(µ)ЄF2.

3.F is called closed if F1 -closed set µ,F(µ) is F2-closed.

4.F is called homomorphism if F is bijective. i.e> one to onto and biconditional .

It means that both f and F‾1 are continous

CLOSURE FUZZY TOPOLOGICAL SPACE:[6]

For any µ, the closure of fuzzy topological space is denoted by 𝜇̅ and is defined as the smallest

closed fuzzy set that containing µ.

Equivalently 𝜇̅ is defined as following way:

𝜇̅={α:α is F-closed as α≥µ}

Obviously then 𝜇̅ is always F-close.

INTERIOR OF A FUZZY TOPOLOGICAL SPACE:[6]

256
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

The smallest superior bound of all interior fuzzy sets of µ is called the interior of µ, and is

denotedby µ⁰. Evidently, µ⁰ЄFX, So µ⁰ is F-open.

Suppose, (X,F) be a fuzzy topological space and I=[0,1] and µ,λЄ[0,1]x where µ≥λ.

Then λ isdefined as an interior fuzzy set of µ iff for ρЄFx such that µ≥ρ≥λ.

REAL TIME APPLICATIONS OF FUZZY TOPOLOGY:

In our daily life, fuzzy topology is used in many fields,

They are
1. Washing machine

2. Cooking
3. Tv’s
4. Fiber art
5. Air conditioning
6. Games and puzzles
7. Robotics
Some of them are explained detailly in the following:
1.Washing Machine:
Washing machine uses fuzzy logics now a days. They were able to sense if it is a heavy load
and it can also determine the exact amount of water and detergents, and the time duration of washes
and the speed. For dirty laundry, single standard is absent. At first, the water is clear before the
load, then if the water becomes dirtier then the machine is able to sense discoloration and it does not
pass the light easily. Then we get the clean load by using the sensors to set fuzzy logic control
settings.

257
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Cooking:
We always face a trouble while cooking rice to get the texture right , but now a days we prefer
rice cooker since it is easy and does it work by self. And it is one of the best handy example for the
use of fuzzy technology in between the consumers. Suppose if the rice gets boiled very fast, here
the algorithm of fuzzy alerts the computer and it turns the heat down. And if it finds that the
moisture is not absorbed at a correct rate, then the computer kicks up its heat. In this cooking
process every fluctuation triggers “If” and then it answers with “then”
Tv’s
Similarly in tv’s it controls the brightness of the screen and it adjusts the screen’s presence if it is
necessary and it automatically adjusts the picture if the room is dark .

258
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Fiber art:
In this to create a continuous joining pieces of a modular constriction, it is compulsory that we
should have some unbroken paths in order.
Air conditioning:
In older days the usage of AC were set to some maximum and minimum room temperature,
and after in that if lower number is reached, then it will turn off the unit. And if the temperature is
highthen it will turn back. It manages steady room temperature. By doing some fluctuations and by
adjusting AC works more efficient.

Reference:

[1] Tang X.M. Kainz, W, 2002. Analysis Of topological relations between fuzzy regions in general
fuzzy topological space. In. Proceeding the SDH Conference 02, Ottawa, Canada, pp 114-123.

[2] Tang, X.M., Kainz. W,Tu,Fu., 2003, Modeling of fuzzy spatial objects and topological relations
in proceeding of the second International Symposium on Spatial Data Quality 03, Hong Kong,
pp.61-67.

[3].Wong, C.K 1974 Fuzzy points and local properties of fuzzy topology. Journal of Mathematical
Analysis and Application 46,316-328.

[4].Wu, G.Zheng, C, 1991. Fuzzy boundary and characteristic properties of order-homorphisns

Fuzzy sets and systems 39,329-337.

[5].Chang,C.L. 1968 Fuzzy Topological. Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Application 24,182-
190.

[6] Zahan, R. Nasrin, department of mathematics, Bangladesh, an introduction to fuzzy topology .

[7].Hutton, B(1980) Products of fuzzy topological spaces, topology and its applications

[8].klir ,G.J and Yuan, B(1995) Fuzzy sets and fuzzy logic . theory and applications. Prentice hall ,
Hoboken.

259
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

REAL TIME APPLICATIONS OF LINEAR ALGEBRA UNDER

MATRIX MULTIPLICATION
G.PRIYADHARSHINI
II MSC MATHEMATICS
MARUDHAR KESARI JAIN COLLEGE FOR WOMEN, VANIYAMBADI,

ABSTRACT:
In this paper we will discuss how linear algebra is used in computer graphics worked under
matrix multiplication, and we will also look on the basic concept regarding computer graphics. In a
3D graphics, the process of transforming points and direction vectors from one co-ordinate space to
another is used in matrices. The present study is to discuss the concepts of linear algebra that are
applied in computer graphics.
KEYWORD: Linear algebra, Matrix multiplication, Computer graphics.

INTRODUCTION:
Linear algebra is the branch of mathematics concerning linear equation such as
𝑐1𝑦1+𝑐2𝑦2+………+𝑐𝑛𝑦𝑛=a, their representations through matrices and vector space. Linear
algebra is central in all areas of mathematics. Linear algebra is fundamental in modern presentations
of geometry, including for defining basics object such as lines, planes, rotations. Linear algebra also
used in sciences and engineering areas ,because it allows modeling many natural phenomena, and
efficiently computing with such models, matrix are used in computer graphics over a large number
of industries. To program 3D video game is done by the concept of matrix multiplication. In this
paper we describe details about linear algebra and some application approach through computer
graphics which is worked under matrix multiplication.

260
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

PRELIMINARIES:
In this session we recall the Basic definitions:

DEFINITION OF LINEAR ALGEBRA:

A finite set of linear equation in a finite set of variables, for example𝑧1,𝑧2.…,𝑧𝑛 or X,Y,Z is
called system of linear equations, forms a fundamental part of linear algebra. Linear algebra through
vector spaces and matrices, many problems may be interpreted in terms of linear of linear system.

DEFINITION OF VECTOR:
A vector is simply an element of vector spaces. A vector is a quantity or phenomenon that
as two properties: magnitude and direction. It is represented by arrow.
Examples of vector: velocity, momentum, force, electromagnetic fields, and weight.

DEFINITION OF MATRIX:
A matrix is a collection of numbers arranged in rows and columns to form a rectangular
array usually, the numbers used in matrix are real numbers. The numbers are called as elements or
entries.
4 5 8
Examples of matrix:[2 3 7]
5 6 0

OPERATIONS OF MATRIX:
 Addition of matrices
 Subtraction of matrices
 Scalar multiplication of matrices
 Multiplication of matrices

APPLICATIONS OF LINEAR ALGEBRA:

Some of the linear applications are,
Ranking in search engines- the most important application of linear algebra is in the creation
of Google and also the complicated ranking algorithm was created with the help of linear algebra.
Signal analysis-it works in encoding, analyzing and manipulating the signals either in
audio, video or images etc………
261
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Linear programming- an important application of linear algebra is optimization which is

widely used in the field of linear programming
Error correcting-codes – one of the important error coding is hamming code. Here the
encoded data is tampered a little bit, with the help of linear algebra it can be recovered easily.

Prediction – linear models are developed using linear algebra and the linear models are used for
prediction of some object.

Facial recognition – an automated facial recognition technology that uses linear algebraic
expression is called principal component analysis
Graphics – the most important thing in graphics is projecting a 3D screen on a 2D screenwhich
is handled by linear maps which are explained by linear algebra

MATRIX IN COMPUTER GRAPHICS:

DEFINITION OF COMPUTER GRAPHICS:
Computer graphics is a core technology used in digital photography, film, video games and
many more applications. Computer graphics can be neither a series of image nor a single image.
The abbreviation of computer graphics is CG or CGI.

TYPES IN CG:
Computer graphics is of two types:
1. RASTER (composed of pixel)
2. VECTOR (composed of path)
1. RASTER GRAPHICS:
These types of images are called as bit map images. Usually a bit map image uses a grid
of individual pixel where each pixel was in different color or shade. Bitmaps are composed of
pixels. It can be viewable via a monitor, paper, or some other display medium. A raster is
technically characterized by the width and the height of the image in pixels and also the number of
bits per pixel.
2. VECTOR GRAPHICS:
It can be defined in terms of 2D points which are connected by lines and curves to form

262
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
polygons and other shapes. Each points has a definite position on x axis and y axis of work plane
and it determines the direction of the path. Vector graphics was commonly found in SVG, EPS, and
PDF.

TRANSFORMATION OF ITS TYPES:

 Translation

 Rotation
 Scaling
 Reflection
 Shear

These transformation falls into two categories:

1. Rigid transformation that do not change the shape or size of the pre image
2. Non-rigid transformation that do not change the size but not the shape of the pre image
SCALING:
It is used to change the change the size of the objects. The change is done by using scaling
factors and there are two scaling factors,
 𝑧𝑥in X direction
 𝑧𝑦in Y direction

If the original position is x and y then the scaling factors be 𝑧𝑥 and 𝑧𝑦 after scaling the value
of the given coordinates will beX1 and Y1. Whether the picture to be enlarged to twice its original

size then 𝑧𝑥=𝑧𝑌=2. The picture will get distorted when 𝑧𝑋 and 𝑧𝑦 are not equal. If the scaling factor
is less than one the size of the object will get reduced and it was more than one the size of the object
will get enlarged.

TRANSLATION:
Translation is the movement of object without deformation. In this every position are
translated by the same amount. For example if we want to translate the polygon, each vertex of the

263
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

polygon is converted to a new position. Similarly curved objects are also translated. While changing
the position of the circle it will become ellipse its center coordinates are transformed.

ROTATION:
It is the process of changing the angle of the object. Here, the rotation can be clockwise or

anti-clockwise. It is also called pivot point and it print about which object is rotated.
Types of Rotation
1. Anti-clockwise rotation
2. Clockwise rotation
The positive value of the pivot point rotates an object in clockwise direction where the

negative value of the pivot point rotates an object in anti-clockwise direction. When an object is
rotated then every point of the object is rotated by the same angle. Rotation can be done in straight
lines, polygon, curved lines, circle and ellipse.

REFLECTION:
It was a transformation which produces the mirror image of an object. The mirror image
can be either about x axis and y axis.
Types of reflection:
 Reflection about the x axis
 Reflection about the y axis
 Reflection about an axis perpendicular to x-y plane and passing through the origin
 Reflection about line y=x

SHEARING:
It is the transformation which changes the shape of the object. The shearing can be either
in one or two directions.
 Shearing in x direction

264
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

  Shearing in y direction
 Shearing in x-y direction

DILATION:
Dilation is represented by one of the basic operation in mathematical morphology. During
morphology the structuring element is moved across every pixel in the original image to give a
pixel in a new processed image.

MATRIX IN COMPUTER GRAPHICS:

PROBLEM: 1
Alter the size of the given image by using scaling process.

SCALING:
3 0
If the picture is zoomed twice of its original size then the transformation matrix is [ ]is
0 3
multiplied with the taken points of the given image.

SOLUTION: here we have taken the points of the house as the required matrix now it is to be
3 5
𝖥 1 31
zoomed twice 4 3
I1 1I
[ 4 1]

265
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 5 9 15
1 3 3 9
3 0
Image after scaling: 4 3 [ ] = 12 9
0 3
1 1 3 3
[4 1] [12 3]

INTERPRETATION:
In a graph the points of the image after scaling from its original position and the required
image are formed.

ROTATION:

01
If the picture is rotated 900 from its original size then the transformation matrix [ ] is
multiplied with the correspondence taken points of the image.
−1 0

266
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

If the picture is to be rotated 1800 from its original size then the transformation matrix is
−1 0
[ ] is multiplied with the correspondence taken points of the image.
0 −1
If the picture is to be rotated 2700 from its original size then the transformation matrix is
0 −1
[ ] is multiplied with the correspondence taken points of the image.
1 0
If the picture is to be rotated 3600 from its original size then the transformation matrix is
1 0
[ ] is multiplied with the correspondence taken points of the image.
0 1

CONCLUSION:
In this paper I have given details about linear algebra and some applications of linear
algebra. An approach of linear algebra in computer graphics is presented. Main steam applications
of computer graphics can be seen in every type of media including animation, movie and video
games. In computer graphics how matrix is used as an ability to transform geometric data into
different coordinate systems. Finally we conclude that many of the computer graphics applications
are worked under matrix multiplication in linear algebra.

REFERENCE:
1. An introduction on linear algebra in computer graphics, third edition January 1988 K E
Atkinson, New Delhi.
2. Introduction to linear algebra fifth edition Gilbert Strang.
3. Matrix and linear algebra in computer graphics- Kanti Bhushan Datta
4. W. Moore linear algebra for graphics programming, metal by example, 2014 available on
https://metalbyexample.com//linearalgebra/.
5. Linear algebra- an introduction with applications, author Raymond A.Barnett and Michael
R.Ziegiler, publisher Dellen publishing company and Collier Macmillan publishers.
6. Friedberg S.H, Insel A.J. and Spelce L.E., linear algebra, fourth edition , prentice-Hall of India ,
New Delhi 2004.
7. Lay D.C., linear algebra and its application, third edition, Pearson Education (Singapore)
private limited, Delhi, 2003.

267
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

STABILITY OF n−DIMENSIONAL ADDITIVE FUNCTIONAL

EQUATION IN FUZZY NORMED SPACES
S.SUSITHA,
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS,
MARUDHAR KESARI JAIN COLLEGE FOR WOMEN,
VANIYAMBADI,
G.KATHEEJA MARY,
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS,
MARUDHAR KESARI JAIN COLLEGE FOR WOMEN,
VANIYAMBADI.

ABSTRACT
We discuss about the generalized Hyers – Ulam-stability of new n-dimensional
additive functional equation

∑ ( − 𝑢𝑖 + ∑1≤𝑗≤𝑛 𝑢𝑗) = (𝑛 − 3) ∑𝑛 𝑔(𝑢𝑖 )

1. INTRODUCTION AND PRELIMINARIES
Stability problem of functional equations origination from a question of S.M.Ulam
[27]concerning the stability of group homeomorphisms D.H.Hyers[12] gave a first affirmative
partial answer to the question of Ulam for spaces. He proved the following celebrated theorem.

Theorem1.1. [12] Let U,V be Banach spaces and let 𝑔: 𝑈 → 𝑉 be a mappingsatisfying

∥ (𝑢 + 𝑣) − (𝑢) − (𝑣) ∥ ≤ 𝜖 (1.1)

For all 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ 𝑈.Then the limit

268
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

(1.2)
𝑔(3𝑛𝑢)
a(u) = lim

𝑛→∞ 3𝑛

Exists for all 𝑢 ∈ 𝑈 and 𝑎: 𝑈 → 𝑉 is the unique additive mapping satisfying

(𝑢) − (𝑢) ∥ ≤ 𝜖 (1.3)
For all 𝑢 ∈ . Moreover, if (𝑡𝑢) is continuous in 𝑡 for each fixed 𝑢 ∈ , then the
function 𝑎 is linear.
Hyers ‘ theorem was generalized by T. Aoki [2] for additive mapping and by Th.M.
Rassias [14] for linear mappings by considering an unbounded Cauchy difference. The paper of
Th.M. Rassias [14] has provided a lot of influence in the development of what we call generalized
Hyers-Ulam stability of functional equations. A generalization of the Th.M. Rassias
theorem was obtained by ,J.M.Rassias [26] followed the innovative approach of the Th.M.
Rassias theorem [14] in which he replaced the factor ∥ 𝑢 ∥𝑝+ ∥ 𝑣 ∥𝑞 by ∥ 𝑢 ∥𝑝 ∥ 𝑣 ∥𝑞 for
𝑝, 𝑞 ∈ 𝑅 with 𝑝 + 𝑞 = 1.
In 2008, a special case of Gavruta’s theorem for the unbounded Cauchy difference was
obtained by Ravi etal.,[16] by considering the summation of both the sum and the product of two
𝑝 – norms in the sprit of Rassias approach .The stability problems of several functional equations
have been extensively investigated by a number of authors and there are many interesting results
concerning this problem(see[1,11,15,19]).
A.K.Katsaras [17] defined a fuzzy norm on a vector space to construct a fuzzy vector
topological structure on the space. Some mathematicians have defined fuzzy norms on a vector
space from various points of view [18,19,20].In particular, T.Bag and S.K.Samanta [7], following
S.C.Cheng and J.N.Mordeson [9] , gave an idea of fuzzy norm in such a manner that the
corresponding fuzzy metric is of Kramosil and Michalek type [21]. They established a
decomposition theorem of a fuzzy norm into a family of crisp norms and investigated some
properties of fuzzy normed spaecs [8].We use the definition of fuzzy normed spaces given in [7]
and [22,23,24,25].

269
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Definition1.2. Let U be a real linear space. A function 𝑁: 𝑈𝑋ℝ → [0,1] (the so-called fuzzy
subset) is said to be a fuzzy norm on X if for all 𝑢, 𝑣 ∈ 𝑈 and all
𝑠, 𝑡 ∈ ℝ ,

(G1) (𝑢, 𝑐) = 0 for 𝑐 ≤ 0;

(G2) 𝑢 = 0 if and only if (𝑢, 𝑐) = 1 for all 𝑐 > 0;

𝑡 if 𝑐 ≠ 0;
(G3) 𝑁(𝑐𝑢, 𝑡) = 𝑁(𝑢,
|𝑐|

(G4) (𝑢 + 𝑣, 𝑠 + 𝑡) ≥ min {𝑁(𝑢, 𝑠), 𝑁(𝑣, 𝑡} ;

(G6) for 𝑢 ≠ 0, (𝑢, . ) ( upper semi) continuous on ℝ.

The pair (𝑈, 𝑁) is called a fuzzy normed linear space. One may regard
(𝑈, 𝑡) as the truth-value of the statement the norm of u is less than or equal to thereal number t’.

Example1.3. Let (𝑈, ‖ . ‖) be a normed linear space.Then

𝑡 𝑡 > 0, 𝑢 ∈ 𝑈,
}

𝑁(𝑢, 𝑡) = {𝑡+‖𝑢‖
0, 𝑡 ≤ 0, 𝑢∈𝑈

Is a fuzzy norm on U.

Definition1.4. Let (U,N) be a fuzzy normed linear speace .Let 𝑢𝑛 be a sequence inU.Then 𝑢𝑛 is
said to be convergent if there exists u ∈ U such that lim 𝑁(𝑢𝑛 −
270
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

𝑛→∞
𝑢, 𝑡) =1 for all t> 0.In that case,u is called the limit of the sequence 𝑢𝑛 and we
denote it by N− lim 𝑢𝑛 = 𝑢.
n→∞

Definition 1.5.A sequence 𝑢𝑛 in U is called Cauchy if for each each ∈> 0 and each t > 0 there
exists 𝑛0 such that for all n ≥ 𝑛0 and all p > 0 we have N(𝑢𝑛+𝑝−𝑢𝑛,t)> 1−∈

Definition1.6. A mapping g: U → V between fuzzy normed space U and V is continuous at a point

𝑢0 if for each sequence {𝑢𝑛} covering to 𝑢0 in U , the

(2.1)

For all u ∈ U and all t >0 , α > 0 and

lim 𝑁′(∅ ((𝑛 − 3)𝛽𝑘 𝑢1 , (𝑛 − 3)𝛽𝑘 𝑢2 , . . . , (𝑛 − 3)𝛽𝑘 𝑢𝑛 , (𝑛 − 3)𝛽𝑘 𝑡) = 1

𝑘→∞
(2.2)

sequence g{𝑢𝑛} converges to g(𝑢0). If g is continuous at each point of 𝑢0 ∈ 𝑈

then f is said to be continuous on U.

In this paper,author investigate the generalized Hyers -Ulam -Aoki-Rassiasstability of n-

dimensional additive functional equation

𝑛 ∑ ( − 𝑢𝑖 + ∑1≤𝑗≤𝑛 𝑢𝑗) = (𝑛 − 3) ∑𝑛 𝑔(𝑢𝑖 )

𝑖=1
𝑖=1

In the fuzzy normed vector space setting.

271
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

2. MAIN RESULTS: DIRECT METHOD

Throughout this section, assume that U, (W,′) and (Y, 𝑁′) are linear space ,fuzzy normed space
and fuzzy Banach space , respectively . Now use the following notation for a given mapping g ∶ U
→V

D(𝑢1 , 𝑢2 , . . . . . . . un ) = ∑𝑛 ( − 𝑢𝑖 + ∑1≤𝑗≤𝑛 𝑢𝑗) = (𝑛 − 3) ∑𝑛 𝑔(𝑢𝑖 )

𝑖=1
𝑖=1
(1.4)

For all 𝑢1 , 𝑢2 , . . . . . . . un ∈ U.

Now, we investigate the generalized Hyers -Ulam stability of n- dimensional

additive functional equation (1.4)

Theorem 2.1: Let β ∈ {−1,1} be fixed and U, (W,𝑁′) and (V, 𝑁′) are linearspace , fuzzy
normed space and fuzzy Banach space respectively. Let ∅: 𝑈𝑛 → 𝑊

be a function with α β
0<( ) <1
3

𝑁′(∅((𝑛 − 3)𝛽 𝑢 , (𝑛 − 3)𝛽 𝑢 , . . . , (𝑛 − 3)𝛽 𝑢 , 𝑡) ≥ 𝑁′(𝛼𝛽∅(𝑢, 𝑢, . . . . 𝑢) , 𝑡)

For all 𝑢1 , 𝑢2 , . . . . . . . un ∈ U and all t >0. suppose that a function g∶U→V

satisfies the inequality

N(D g( 𝑢1 , 𝑢2 , . . . . . . . un ) , t ) ≥ 𝑁′(∅(𝑢1 , 𝑢2 , .............. un) , 𝑡 )

(2.3)

For all t >0 and all 𝑢1 , 𝑢2 , . . . . . . . un ∈ U . Then the limit

272
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

𝑔((𝑛−3)𝛽𝑘 𝑢)
B(u) = N- lim
𝑘→∞ (𝑛−3)𝛽𝑘
(2.4)

Exist for all u ∈ U and the mapping B : U → V is a unique additive function suchthat

N(g(u) − B(u) , t) ≥ 𝑁′(∅(𝑢, 𝑢, ....... 𝑢) , 𝑛𝑡)|(𝑛 − 3) − α|)

(2.5)

For all u ∈ U and all t >0.

Proof . Assume β = 1. Replacing (𝑢1 , 𝑢2 , . . . . . . . un) by (𝑢, 𝑢, . . . . 𝑢) in (2.3) ,we get

N(n g ( (n − 3) u) − n(n − 3) g(u) , t) ≥ N′ ( ∅(𝑢, 𝑢,......... 𝑢) , 𝑡)

(2.6)

for all u ∈ U and all t > 0. Replacing u by (𝑛 − 3) u in (2.6) , we get

g((n−3)k+1 u) t
N( − g((n − 3)k u) , )
n−3 n(n−3)

≥ 𝑁′(∅((𝑛 − 3)𝑘 𝑢 , (𝑛 − 3)𝑘 𝑢 , . . . , (𝑛 − 3)𝑘 𝑢 , 𝑡)

(2.7)

For all u ∈ U and all t >0. Using (2.1) , (𝐺3) in (2.7) , we get

g((n−3)k+1 u) t 𝑡
N( − g((n − 3)k u) , )≥ N′ (∅(𝑢, 𝑢, . . . . 𝑢) , )
n−3 n(n−3) 𝛼𝑘
(2.8)

273
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

for all u ∈ U and all t >0. It is simple to check from (2.8) , that

g((n−3)k+1 u) g((n−3)k u) t 𝑡
N( − , )≥ N′ (∅(𝑢, 𝑢, . . . . 𝑢) , )

(n−3)k+ (n−3)k n(n−3)k+1 𝛼𝑘

(2.9)
1

holds for all u ∈ U and all t >0. Replacing t by 𝛼𝑘𝑡 in (2.9) , we get

g((n−3)k+1 u) g((n−3)k u) , )≥ N′(∅(𝑢, 𝑢, ..........𝑢) , 𝑡)

N( −
𝛼𝑘
𝑡
(n−3)k+1 (n−3)k n(n−3)k+1
(2.10)

for all u ∈ U and all t >0. It is easy to see that

g((n−3)k u) g((n−3)j+1 u) g((n−3)j u)

- g(u) = ∑k−1 [ −

(n−3)k j=0 (n−3)j+1 ]

(n−3)j
(2.11)

For all u ∈ U. from equations (2.10) and (2.11) , we get

k−1
g((n − 3)k u) 𝛼𝑗𝑡
N( − g(u) , ∑ )
(n − 3)k n(n − 3)j+1
j=0

274
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
k−1
g((n − 3)j+1 u) g((n − 3)j u) 𝛼𝑗𝑡
≥ min ⋃ { − , }
(n − 3)j+1 (n − 3)j n(n − 3)j+1
j=0
k−1

≥ min ⋃{N′(∅(𝑢, 𝑢, ............................................. 𝑢) , 𝑡)}

j=0

≥ N′(∅(𝑢, 𝑢, ............................................. 𝑢) , 𝑡)
(2.1
2)

for all u ∈ U and all t >0. Replacing u by (𝑛 − 3)u in (2.12) using (2.1) ,
(𝐺3) , we arrive

g((n−3)k+m u) g((n−3)m , ∑k−1 𝛼𝑗𝑡 𝑡

N( − )≥ N′ (∅(𝑢, 𝑢, . . . . 𝑢) , )

u)

(n−3)k+m (n−3)m j = 0 n(n−3) 𝛼𝑚

(2.13) m+j+1

for all u ∈ U and all t >0 and all m , k ≥ 0 . Replacing t by 𝛼𝑚𝑡 in (2.13) , weget

g((n−3)k+m u) g((n−3)m , ∑m+k−1 𝛼𝑗𝑡 )≥ N′(∅(𝑢, 𝑢, ..........𝑢) , 𝑡)

N( −
u)

(n−3)k+m (n−3)m j=m n(n−3) j+1

(2.14)

for all u ∈ U and all t >0 and all m , k ≥ 0 . Using (𝐺3) in (2.14) , we obtain
275
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

g((n−3)m u) ′ 𝑡
g((n−3)k+m u)

N( − (n−3)m ,t ) ≥ N (∅(𝑢, 𝑢, . . . . 𝑢), m+k− 𝛼𝑗 )

(n−3)k+m
1j =
(2.15) m
n(n−3) j+1

for all u ∈ U and all t > 0 and all m , n ≥ 0 . Since 0 < α < n − 3 and

𝑘∑ 𝛼
( ) 𝑗< ∞ , the Cauchy criterion for convergence and (𝐺5 ) gives that
𝑗=0
𝑛−3
k g((n−3) u)
{
(n−3)k } is a Cauchy sequence in (V.N) . Since (V,N) is a fuzzy Banach

space , this sequence convergence to some point B(u) ∈ V . Define B ∶ U → V by

𝑔((𝑛−3)𝑘 𝑢)
B(u) = N - lim
𝑘→∞ (𝑛−3)𝑘

for all u ∈ U and . Taking m=0 in (2.15) , we get

g((n−3)k+m u) 𝑡 ) (2.16)
N( − g(u) , t ) ≥ N′ ( ∅(𝑢, 𝑢, . . . . 𝑢),
(n−3)k+m ∑k−1 𝛼𝑗

j= 0 n(n−3) j+1

276
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

for all u ∈ U and all t >0. Allowing k → ∞ in (2.16) and using (𝐺6) , we get

N( g(u) − B(u) , t ) ≥ N′(∅(𝑢, 𝑢, ..................... 𝑢), 𝑛(𝑛 − 3 − 𝛼)𝑡)

for all u ∈ U and all t >0.

𝑖=1

≥ min {1, 1 , N′( ∅ ((𝑛 − 3)𝑘 𝑢1 , (𝑛 − 3)𝑘 𝑢2 , . . . , (𝑛 − 3)𝑘 𝑢𝑛 , (𝑛 − 3)𝑘𝑡) }

≥ N′( ∅ ((𝑛 − 3)𝑘 𝑢1 , (𝑛 − 3)𝑘 𝑢2 , . . . , (𝑛 − 3)𝑘 𝑢𝑛 , (𝑛 − 3)𝑘𝑡) (2.19)

for all 𝑢1 , 𝑢2 , . . . . . . . un ∈ U and all t >0 . Letting k→ ∞ in (2.19) and using(2.2) , we get

𝑛N (∑ 𝐵 ( − 𝑢𝑖 + ∑1≤𝑗≤𝑛 ,𝑖≠𝑗 𝑢𝑗) − (𝑛 − 3) ∑𝑛 ( ) , 𝑡) = 1 (2.20)

𝑖=1
𝑖=1

for all 𝑢1 , 𝑢2 , . . . . . . . un ∈ U and all t >0 . Using (𝐺2) in (2.20) , we obtain

𝑛 ∑ 𝐵 ( − 𝑢𝑖 + ∑1≤𝑗≤𝑛 ,𝑖≠𝑗 𝑢𝑗) = (𝑛 − 3) ∑𝑛 𝐵(𝑢𝑖 )

𝑖=1
𝑖=1

for all 𝑢1 , 𝑢2 , . . . . . . . un ∈ U.

Hence B satisfies the additive functional equation (1.4). To prove the uniqueness of B, Suppose
that there exists a another additive function 𝐵′: 𝑈 → 𝑉 satisfying (1.4) and (2.5). we have

B((n − 3)k u) B′((n − 3)k u )

N( B(u) − 𝐵′(u), t) = N ( − , t)
((n − 3)k (n − 3)k

B((n − 3)k u) − k
((n − 3)k g ((n − 3) u )
≥ min {(

277
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
,t
(n − 3)k g((n − 3) k

) N( u)

((n − 3)k
2

B′((n − 3)k u ) t

− , )}
(n − 3)k 2

≥ N′ (∅ ((𝑛 − 3) , (𝑛 − 3)𝑘 𝑢 , . . . , (𝑛 −

𝑛 𝑡 ((𝑛−3)𝑘 ( ( 𝑛−3) − 𝛼 )
3) ) , )
2
𝑛𝑡 ((𝑛−3) ( ( 𝑛−3) − 𝛼 )
≥ N′ (∅(𝑢, 𝑢, . . . . 𝑢), )
2𝛼𝑘
for all u ∈ U and all t >0. Since

lim 𝑛𝑡 ((𝑛−3) ( ( 𝑛−3) − 𝛼 = ∞ ,

𝑘→∞ )2𝛼𝑘
We obtain

𝑛𝑡 ((𝑛−3) ( ( 𝑛−3) − 𝛼 )
lim N′ (∅(𝑢, 𝑢, . . . . 𝑢), ) = 1
𝑘→∞ 2𝛼𝑘
Thus
N( B(u) − B′(u) , t ) = 1

for all u ∈ U and all t >0. Hence B(u) = B′(u). Therefore B(u) is unique.
For β = −1 , we can prove the stability result by a similar manner. Thiscompletes the
proof of the theorem.
Theorem 2.1 concerning the Hyers - Ulam - Rasssias and JMRassias stabilityfor the functional
equation (1.4).

278
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

References

[1] Aczel J. and Dhombres J. , Functional Equations in Several Variables,Cambridge

Univ,Press, 1989.

[2] Aoki T. , On the stability of the linear transformation in Banach spaces, J. Math. Soc.Japan,

2 (1950), 64-66.

[3] Arunkumar M. , Vijayanandhraj G. , Ramamoorthi S., Stability of a Euler- Lagrange

quadratic functional equation In Fuzzy Normed Spaces, Inter. J. of Math.Sci. and Engg.Appls.

[4] (IJMSEA), Vol. 4, No. IV, Oct 2010.

[5] Arunkumar M., Three Dimensional Quartic Functional Equation In Fuzzy Normed
Spaces,Far East Journal of Applied Mathematics, Vol 41, No. 2, (2010), 83-94.

[6] Arunkumar M. , Stability of a functional equation in dq−normed space, International

Journal of pure and Applied Mathematics Vol 57, No.2, 2009, 241- 250.

[7] Baak C. and Moslenian M. S. , On the stability of a orthogonally cubic functional

equations, Kyungpook Math. J., 47 (2007), 69-76.

[8] Bag T. , Samanta S.K., Finite dimensional fuzzy normed linear spaces, J. Fuzzy Math.11
(3) (2003) 687-705.

[9] Bag T., Samanta S.K., Fuzzy bounded linear operators, Fuzzy Sets and Systems 151 (2005)
513-547.

[10] Cheng S.C., Mordeson J.N., Fuzzy linear operator and fuzzy normed linear spaces,
Bull.Calcutta Math. Soc. 86 (1994) 429-436.

[11] Chu H. Y. and Kang D. S., On the stability of an n− dimensional cubic functional
equation, J. Math. Anal. Appl., 325 No. 1 (2007), 595-607.

[12] Czerwik S. , Functional Equations and Inequalities in Several Variables, World Scientific,

279
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

[13] Hyers D.H., On the stability of the linear functional equation, Proc.Nat.
Acad.Sci.,U.S.A.,27 (1941) 222-224.

[14] Park K. H. and Jung Y.S. Stability for a cubic functional equation, Bull.Korean
Math. Soc., 41(2) (2004), 347-357.

[15] Rassias Th.M. , On the stability of the linear mapping in Banach spaces,
Proc.Amer.Math. Soc., 72 (1978), 297-300.

[16] Gavruta P., A generalization of the Hyers-Ulam-Rassias stability of approximately

additive mappings, J. Math. Anal. Appl., 184 (1994), 431-436.

[17] Ravi K. , Arunkumar M. and Rassias J.M. , On the Ulam stability for the orthogonally
general Euler-Lagrange type functional equation, International Journal of Mathematical Sciences,
Autumn 2008 Vol.3, No. 08, 36-47.

[18] katsaras A.K., Fuzzy topological vector spaces II, Fuzzy Sets and Systems 12(1984), 143-
154.

[19] Felbin C., Finite dimensional fuzzy normed linear space, Fuzzy Sets and Systems 48
(1992) 239-248.

[20] Krishna S.V. , Sarma K.K.M. , Separation of fuzzy normed linear spaces, Fuzzy Sets and
Systems 63 (1994) 207-217.

[21] Xiao J.Z. , Zhu X.H., Fuzzy normed spaces of operators and its completeness, Fuzzy Sets
and Systems 133 (2003) 389-399.

[22] Kramosil I. , Michalek J. , Fuzzy metric and statistical metric spaces, Kybernetica 11
(1975) 326-334.

280
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

[23] Mirmostafaee A.K. , Moslehian M.S. , Fuzzy versions of Hyers-Ulam- Rassias theorem,
Fuzzy Sets and Systems, Vol. 159, no. 6, (2008), 720-729.

[24] Mirmostafaee A.K. , Mirzavaziri M. , Moslehian M.S. , Fuzzy stability of the Jensen
functional equation, Fuzzy Sets and Systems, Vol. 159, no. 6, (2008), 730-738.

[25] Mirmostafaee A. K. and Moslehian M. S. , Fuzzy approximately cubic mappings,

Information Sciences, Vol. 178, no. 19, (2008), 3791-3798.

[26] Mirmostafaee A. K. and Moslehian M. S. , Fuzzy almost quadratic functions, Results in

Mathematics, Vol. 52, no. 1-2, (2008), 161-177

[27] Rassias J.M., On approximately of approximately linear mappings by linear

mappings, J. Funct. Anal. USA, 46, (1982) 126-130.

[28] Ulam S.M. , Problems in Modern Mathematics, Science Editions,Wiley,NewYork, 1964

(Chapter VI, Some Questions in Analysis: 1, Stability).

281
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

A STUDY ON STRESS MANAGEMENT OF EMPLOYEES IN AN IT

SECTOR

J. SHEMA
Assistant Professor,
Department of Business Administration,
Marudhar Kesari Jain College for Women,
Dr. G. DEEPALAKSHMI
Head & Assistant Professor,
Department of Business Administration,
Marudhar Kesari Jain College for Women.

ABSTRACT

Stress has been associated with every human life. Every person has some sort of stress from
the birth itself. However all types of stress are not bad there are also some types of stress which
will help the person to get motivated and to do their work at their best. I try to find out the impact
of stress management in IT sector. Also I have observed the various steps taken by them to avoid
the stress in their employees and I give suggestions to the betterment of work situation. More and
more employees are experiencing stress at work. They may be coping with too much pressure, long
working hours or rapid changes in technology, deadlines to meet, changing priorities. The nature of
employment has now changed and the idea of a job for life has been replaced by an emphasis on
performance. Stress is now recognized as a valid health and safety issue at work. Stress can lead to
a range of unpleasant and debilitating feelings and symptoms, such as headache, backache,
stomach upsets, anxiety attacks and lethargy. This in turn leads to lack of productivity, burn-out
and long-term illness if not prevented. Therefore, to manage the stress became important for every
organization.
Key words: Stress, Human life, Unpleasant, Debilitating, Feelings, Anxiety

282
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

INTRODUCTION
Stress Management is getting more and more attention now-a-days, particularly in the IT
sectors. There is no such thing like stress- free job. Everyone in their work is exposed to tension
and anxiety as they gets through the duties assigned to them. IT sector which is the backbone of the
country’s economy is not an exceptional one. The job nature of IT sector’s employees is very
tedious The research shows that a large number of employees are facing high stress because of
their job and the reasons behind this stress include long working hours, improper reward system,
role conflict, lack of job autonomy, organizational culture, etc. The main reason is lack of
management support to employees. The employees can notice a number of symptoms indicating
high level stress among them. However if these symptoms are not noticed in early Stage, they can
cause serious health problems among employees such as depression, heart problems, diabetes etc.
Not only health but personal life of employees is also being affected because of high job stress,
most employees are unable to spend time at home or with family. However, with the help of proper
management techniques by management, the bankers stress level can be reduced to great extent.
More and more employers are turning to Stress Management to tackle these problems. Stress
Management aims at preventing and reducing stress for both the individual employee and the
organization or company.

What is Stress?
Stress is the “wear and tear” of our minds and bodies experience as we attempt to cope with
our continuously changing environment. Stress is generally defined as: “An adaptive response to a
situation that is perceived as challenging or threatening to the person’s well-being.” Stress is also a
physiological and psychological condition that prepares an individual to adapt to an environment
that is hostile or threatening. Stress is biological factor, describing the outcomes of disability to
react appropriately to physical or emotional dangers to the organism, whether actual or imagined.
“Stress is the reaction people have to excessive pressures or other types of demand placed on
them.”

Causes of Stress:

283
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Organizational factors like discrimination in pay structure, strict rules & regulations, peer
pressure, goals conflicts/ goals ambiguity, ineffective communication, more of centralized
organizational structure, less career opportunities, lack of employees participation in decision
making, excessive control over the employees by the managers, etc. Individual factors like, various
expectations which the family members, peer, superior and subordinates have from the employee,
failure to understand such expectations, role conflict which in turn causes employee stress. Other
individual factors causing stress are inherent personality traits such as being impatient, feeling time
pressure, aggressive, rigid, etc. Similarly, the family issues, personal financial problems, sudden
career changes all lead to stress. Job related factors like, monotonous nature of job, unsafe &
unhealthy working conditions, lack of confidentiality, job dissatisfaction, lack of job involvement,
etc. Extra-organizational factors like In today’s modern and technology savvy world, stress has
increased, inflation, technological change, social responsibilities and rapid social changes are other
extra organizational factors causing stress.
Importance of Stress Management:
Stress Management aims at creating a win-win situation for both the parties the employee and the
employers.

Employee Benefits:
• Decrease pressure • Improved morale
• Less absenteeism due to stress-related disorders • Less negative stress
• Better relationship both on and off the job • Less stressful

Business (Organization’s) Benefits:

• Employee satisfaction • Decrease labor turnover
• Measured increase in accountability • Attract/retain employees
• Better teamwork and communication • Decrease absenteeism
• Improved reputation& Goodwill • Improved business results

OBJECTIVES
1. To explore the stress related problems of employees of IT sector.
2. To identify the causes of stress.
3. To understand the different types of Stressors
284
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

4. To describe and understand how the stress can affect the body
5. To suggest the measures &coping strategies to manage stress and to enhance work
performance.

REVIEW OF THE LITERATURE

1. Charu M. (2013), he stated that higher stress is directly proportional to quality of work life for IT
professionals. He outlined few factors namely fair pay structure, steady role demands, supervisory
support, congenial job environment, capability fit of the job, role autonomy and stress that directly
affect the quality of work life. The main reason of stress amongst the associates of IT industry is
the rapid change in technology.

2. Sinha V. and Subramanian K.S. (2012), the study highlights that various levels of organization
experience different kind of organizational role stress. It also states that stress is influenced by
various factors like shortage of resources, inadequacy within a person, overload with a role,
stagnation of a role and isolation and expectation of a role.

Cobb (1975), has the opinion that, “The responsibility load creates severe stress among workers
and managers.” If the individual manager cannot cope with the increased responsibilities it may
lead to several physical and psychological disorders among them.
3.N.Kathirvel (2009), Stress is the reaction that people take due to excessive pressure or other
types of demand placed on them. It arises when they worry that they cannot cope. Stress is a
demand made upon the adaptive capacities of the mind and body.

FINDINGS
IT professionals are much strewed because they are highly target driven and highly
pressured on results.
About 90 % of the respondents believed that they face high level of stress, which may be
due to both professional and personal reasons.
Major factors contributing to stress: • Workload • Less career opportunities • Job difficulty.
The study on stress has revealed that the respondents feel that they are not satisfied with the
pay structure & interpersonal relationship.

285
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

SUGGESTIONS
1. Proper time management is one of the best solutions which help to reduce the imbalance between
the personal and the work life of the employees which helps to reduce the stress.
2. The company can go for some relaxation activity program for the employees in order to reduce
the tension of the employees.
3. Leisure time can be provided to the employees and may feel relaxed and work.
4. Don’t commit for something which is practically impossible in order to avoid the stress.
5.Utilizing the ‘flexible working hours’ option of the organizations to get some free time.
6.The company can also focus on training the employees how to make decision in pathetic
situation.
7.Counseling session can be held for the employees showing the symptom of stress.
8.Organization should offer wellness program.
9. Introduce more job oriented training programs, which improve employee’s skill and their
confidence to work effectively.

CONCLUSION
Lastly we add to this conclusion our findings regarding the stress management of IT
Sectors has provided a safe workplace for the employees. It obtained an international award
because of having a safe workplace. We think that it is an effective way to support its employees in
reducing their stress level. We have also found out from the employees opinion who contributed to
this study that stress at the workplace is manageable but a combination of both family and work
stressors are highly negative. What we found from the employees open-ended questions is that
sometimes stress at a certain extent affects positively to their work performance. It
makes the employees to focus on time management and provide them to render their on job and off
job activities adequately.
Employee’s stress can be managed by proper time management, seeking help from Human
Resource Management. Emotion focused strategies like leisure activities, companionship and
exercise can also be used to relieve stress. Management can also utilize some resources for
reducing the stress level of the employees by investing in training programs, work infrastructure,
improving the efficiencies in

286
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

management and employment practices and also trying some other ways which is profitable in
organizing the work.

REFERENCES

Anderson, C., & Arnoult, L. (1989) An Examination of Perceived Control, Humor, Irrational
Beliefs, Positive Stress as Moderators of the Relation Between Negative Stress and Health. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology.
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/330763988_A_STUDY_ON_STRESS_MANAGEMENT_I
N_IT_SECTOR_WITH_SPECIAL_REFERENCE_TO_INDORE
https://www.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:693132/FULLTEXT01.pdf

287
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

APPLICATION OF MATRICES TO CRYPTOGRAPHY

O. LAVANYA,
II M.SC MATHEMATICS,
MARUDHAR KESARI JAIN COLLEGE FOR WOMEN,

ABSTRACT
Matrices are one of the most important tool in mathematics. A Matrix is a rectangular array
of numbers or symbols which are arranged in rows and columns. Matrices are widely used in many
places. This paper describes an activity build around one of the techniques that illustrates an
application of matrices to cryptography. Matrices play a important role in cryptography.
Cryptography is an art of communication between two people by keeping information not known
to others. And also, Cryptography is the process of encoding and decoding messages. This paper
attempts how to derive application of matrices in cryptography in day to day life.
Key words: Matrices, Types, Cryptography

INTRODUCTION:
The concept of matrices was first prevented by Arthur Cayley, middle, in the 19 th century,
and its use in different scientific disciplines has since been increasing day by day. The term
“Matrix” was coined by James Joseph Sylvester in 1850. An English mathematician named Cullis
was the first to use modern bracket notation for matrices in 1913 and he demonstrated the first
significant use of the notation 𝐴 = 𝑎𝑖,𝑗 to represent a matrix, where ‘i’ is the row and ‘j’ is the
column. Matrices give very compact ways of putting together a lot of information. Matrices are
used much more in daily life than people would have thought.
In the information age, Cryptography has become one of the major methods for protection
in all applications. Cryptography allows people to carry over the confidence found in the physical
world to electronic world. An obvious application of cryptography is concerned with keeping
communication private. Cipher is mathematical function which is used in encryption and
decryption process. Hundreds of thousands of people interact electronically every day, whether it is
through e-mail, e-commerce, ATM machines.

Matrices:
A matrix is a rectangular array of numbers or symbols. The order of the matrix is known as

288
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
the number of rows and columns. The plural of the matrix is matrices.
The size of a matrix is referred to as ‘n’ by ‘m’ matrix and is written as m×n, where n is the
number of rows and m is the number of columns.

Types of Matrices:
Some of the important matrices are discussed below
Row Matrix:
A Matrix having only one row is called a row matrix. A row matrix will be represented as
𝐴 = [𝑎𝑖𝑗]1×𝑛. For example,
𝐴 = [1 3 5] is a row matrix of order 1×3.
Column Matrix:
A matrix having only one column is called a column matrix. A column matrix will be
represented as 𝐴 = [𝑎𝑖𝑗]𝑚×1. For example,
3
𝐴 = [4] is a column matrix of order 3×1.
1
Zero or Null Matrix:
All the elements in a matrix are zero is called a zero matrix and it is generally denoted by 0.
For example,
0 0 0
[0 0 0] is a zero matrix of order 3×3.
0 0 0
Singleton Matrix:
If there is only one element in a matrix then it is called singleton matrix. For example,
[1] , [9], [] are singleton matrices.

Horizontal Matrix:
A matrix of order m×n is a horizontal matrix if n>m. For example,
1 6 3
[ ]
2 4 7
Vertical Matrix:
A matrix of order m×n is a vertical matrix if m>n. For example,

289
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
2 5
[3 7]
1 8

Square Matrix:

The number of rows and the number of columns in a matrix are same is called a square
matrix. For example,
1 4 0
[3 2 −5]
1 9 2
Diagonal Matrix:
If all the elements, except the principal diagonal in a square matrix are zero, it is called a
diagonal matrix. For example,
1 0 0
[0 4 0] is a diagonal matrix of order 3×3.
0 0 2
Unit Matrix or Identity Matrix:
All the elements of a principal diagonal in a diagonal matrix are one is called a unit
matrix.For example,
1 0 0
[0 1 0]
0 0 1
APPLICATION
Cryptography:
One of the important applications of inverse of a non-singular square matrix is
cryptography. Cryptography is concerned with keeping communications private. Cryptography
consists of two methods: Encryption and Decryption.
Encryption means the transformation of data into some unreadable form. Decryption is the
reverse of encryption. Encryption and Decryption require the use of some secret information,
usually referred to as a key.
One type of code, which is extremely difficult to break, makes use of a large matrix to
encode a message. The receiver of the message decodes it using the inverse of the matrix.
The message is converted into a sequence of numbers from 0 to 27

290
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

- A B C D E F G H I J K L M
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z .
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

Message to be sent
I AM A ROCK STAR.

ENCODING:
The encoding matrix be
4 −1 2
[3 0 −2]
1 9 7
The message becomes
I - A M - A - R O C K - S T A R .
9 0 1 13 0 1 0 18 15 3 11 0 19 20 1 18 27
Therefore, the matrix be,
9 0 1
𝖥13 0 11
0 18 15
3 11 0
I19 20 1 I
[18 7 0]
Multiply the matrix with the encoding matrix together,
9 0 1
𝖥13 0 11
4 −1 2
0 18 15
[3 0 −2]
3 11 0
1 9 7 I19 20 1 I
[18 27 0 ]
We get,
37
0 25
𝖥 53
−4 33 1
69 135 69
45 −3 −16
I137 −10 5 I
[153 −18 −18]
Now, send the encoded message as a string
291
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

37, 0, 25, 53, -4, 33, 69, 135, 69, 45, -3, -16, 137, -10, 5, 153, -18, -18

Decoding:
The inverse of the encoding matrix is,

𝖥 18 25 2 1
149 149
I 149I
−23 26 14 I
I
I 149 149 149I
I 27 −37 3I
[ 149 149 149]
Multiply the encoded matrix by the decoding matrix,
37 0 25
18 2 𝖥
33 1
25
𝖥 149 149 1491 53 −4
−23 26 14 69 135 69
I 149 149 149 45 −3 −16
3 II
[ 27 −37 137 −10 5 I
]
149 [
149 149
153 −18 −18]
The matrix obtained is,
9 0 1
𝖥13 0 11
0 18 15
3 11 0
I19 20 1 I
[18 27 0 ]
Thus, the decoded message,
9 0 1 13 0 1 0 18 15 3 11 0 19 20 1 18 27
I - A M - A - R O C K - S T A R .

Message received:
I AM A ROCK STAR.
CONCLUSION:
With the increase of insecurity in passing information from one person to other, application
of matrices in cryptography can be used in passing sensitive data in a secured manner. The
information security can be easily achieved by using Cryptography technique.

292
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

REFERENCES:

1) Menezes, PC Van Oorschot and SA Vanstone, Hand book of applied Cryptography, CRC
Press, (1997).
2) Camp, D.R. (1985), Secret Codes with Matrices, Mathematics Teacher, 78(9), 676-680.
3) Koblitz, Algebraic aspects of Cryptography, Springer-Verlag, Berlin Heidelberg, New
York.

293
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Intertextual Analysis of Michael Cunnigham’s and Stephen Daldry’s The Hours

Susismita Sharma
Guest Faculty
Department of English
Dispur College, Gauhati University

Abstract

One of the major characteristics of postmodern literature is intertextuality which makes

them critically interesting. Intertextuality in contemporary texts is the self-conscious reworking of

previous text or texts. The Hours is one such postmodern text. It has many similarities and

countless allusions to Mrs Dalloway. It also has instances from Woolf’s own life and features

Woolf herself as a character in the novel. In the same vein, Stephen Daldry’s The Hours (2002) is a

faithful cinematic adaptation of Cunnigham’s texts. Here we enter the realm of meta-narrative with

multiple layers of intertextuality operating between the two texts and the movie. This paper will

analyse intertextual relationship between Mrs Dalloway and The Hours (both the text and the film).

It will also try to study the literary tools that have been used to transform the modernist text Mrs

Dalloway to the postmodernist text The Hours and then to its cinematic adaptation of the same

name.

Keyword: postmodern, intertext, narrative technique, intertextual relation, literary techniques,

adaptation, cinematic devices.

INTRODUCTION

“I discovered what writers have always known (and have told us again and again): books always

speak of other books, and every story tells a story that has already been told”

Umberto Eco

294
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Modern theorists view any literary or non-literary text as a re-work of other texts lacking an

independent stand. They are termed as “intertextual”. Ronald Barthes talks about the idea in his

essay “Death of an Author” where the modern scriptor or the contemporary author produces no

original work but rather an intertext. This is an inevitable intertextuality where other texts are

present in a varying level of the new texts and are more or less recognizable. According to Graham

Allen, the very act of reading which a reader uses to interpret or discover meaning of a text

becomes a process of moving between texts. Meaning become something which exists between a

text and all other texts to which it refers or relates, moving out from independent text into a

network of textual relations. This is when; a text becomes an intertext (Allen 1). This is talking

about intertext in general terms.

The postmodern term “intertextuality” first defined by Julia Kristeva in the late 1960s is

one of the central ideas in the contemporary literary theory. It is to be noted that there are many

instances of the contemporary texts which are not just the work of inevitable intertextuality that

theorists talk about but a self-conscious rework of another previous text or in some cases texts.

Contemporary literature is indeed known for borrowing ideas from its preceding literature. Not

only they borrow ideas and exploit its style and approaches but also boldly flaunt the influence and

presence of some previous texts within its body. On such brilliant example is Michael

Cunningham’s 1999 novel The Hours, which is an intertexual text of Virginia Woolf’s novel Mrs

Dalloway.

295
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

ANALYSIS

The Hours not only has similarities and countless allusions to Mrs Dalloway but also has

instances from Woolf’s own life and also herself as a character of the novel. The intertextual

relations are apparent in the plot, characters, moments and narrative techniques too. Using these

intertextual elements, Cunningham forms a fresh content in his novel. He has shifted the setting of

his novel from post-war London to the end of the twentieth century New York city.But the opening

line of Mrs Dalloway “Mrs Dalloway said she would buy the flowers herself” (Woolf 3) is the

opening line of the second chapter of The Hours which is recreated as “Mrs Dalloway said

something (what?), and got the flowers herself.” This chapter marks the beginning of the writing

process of Mrs Dalloway on one fine day in the suburb of 1923 London in Woolf’s life.One of the

striking differences in both the novels is that Woolf’s story is about a single day in the month of

June in Clarissa’s life and Cunningham story is about three different yet similar women each

representing different aspect of the novel. The opening chapter of The Hours followed by the

prologue evokes the essence of Woolf’s novel. Virginia’s story is about the writing process of her

book Mrs. Dalloway; Mrs Laura Brown’s (name taken from Woolf’s 1924 essay Mr. Bennett and

Mrs. Brown) story is about her recognition with Woolf’s book and Clarissa Vaughan’s story is

recreation of Woolf’s character focusing on the minute details of her life and activities.

Cunningham plays with the idea of mortality and contemplation that is very much apparent in

Woolf’s writings and uses the device of stream of consciousness to narrate his text that

encompasses exactly one day of the lives of the characters. The author analyses three women in the

novel; adding events and characters that are not present in Mrs. Dalloway. He has interwoven and

altered the events and characters from Woolf’s novel and has modified it to an extent where a

reader could further explicate and analyze Mrs Dalloway from new angles. Both the novels begin

with fifty-two years Clarissa stepping out of her house on a June morning to buy flowers for the

296
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

party she is about to throw that evening; a party that never takes place in The Hours.The details,

insight and internal perspective of Clarissa is known in the novels through her through process. But

Clarissa in Mrs. Dalloway is Richard Dalloway’s wife and the other is Clarissa Vaughan not

Dalloway. The name Mrs. Dalloway is Richard’s idea whois not her husband but a dying friend

(variation of Septimus Warren Smith and little of Peter Walsh from Mrs. Dalloway). – “a conceit

tossed off one drunken dormitory night as he assured her that Vaughan was not the proper name

for her.” (Cunningham 10). Dalloway is observed by Scrope Purvis on her way to flower shop and

in The Hours, a character named Willie Bass admires Clarissa’s certain sexiness, bohemian and

good witch sort of charm. The contrast that is very apparent in the beginning of the novel is that

Clarissa’s partner is Sally and not Richard Dalloway. Cunningham has extended the idea of the

kiss Woolf’s character reflects upon. Mrs. Dalloway kisses Sally Seton, in Bourton which was the

“most exquisite moment” in her life. But Woolf’s Clarissa is more cautious about fulling the sexual

stereotypes and even tries to find a better role in the society by choosing Richard Dalloway over

Peter Walsh who was her love interest even when she was not passionate about Richard. The other

Clarissa is living happily with Sally but in the course of the novel it becomes evident that she has

conflict with herself and she masquerades a woman in comfort, but actually is unable to enjoy the

moments of her life just like Woolf’s Mrs. Dalloway. She deals with the feeling of loneliness and

believes to be an old woman who whose absence from the world would not matter at all. She

considers herself to be insignificant when she comes to know that she was not invited to the

luncheon party but Sally was. This element is apparent in Laura and Virginia too as these women

are unsatisfied with the roles that are assigned to them and they find themselves caught in the

burdens of their familial relationships which are consuming them from within. Laura does not get

time to read her favorite book as she is expected to perform the duty of a wife and a mother. She

plays a role similar to “Judith Shakespeare” who could have been much more than a mere wife and
297
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

a mother but she got trapped by the confines of the expectations of women. She could not shine

brighter for she has no “room of her own”. On the other hand, though Virginia’s husband

encourages her to read and write, she feels suffocated in the house for she is nurtured enough.

Leonard cares for her enough in his own strange way living her with no space of her own. She

wants peace and isolation which is absent because of the caring and protective nature of the people

surrounding her. This is also similar to Laura’s feeling of discomfort when Richie constantly keeps

on looking at her. It seems she wants break through the relation with her son. It is evident when she

leaves her son with Mrs. Latch despite his cries and wails. Her relationship with her son could also

be linked with both Clarissas who shares no cordial relationship with their daughters

Many other elements too from Mrs Dalloway have been repeated with all the three women

in the postmodernist novel. For instance, all the three women are preparing for a party, although

Virginia prepares for a smaller one for her sister Vanessa and her children. The other is that all the

three women reflect on a homosexual kiss. Cunningham has exploited the idea of Dalloway from

Woolf’s novel kissing Sally and presented a variation in his novel. Virginia kisses her sister

Vanessa; Laura kisses her neighbor and friend Kitty and Clarissa is kissedby her partner Sally on

her forehead. The other element is contemplation of suicide and the actual suicide. Though the two

suicides by Septimus and Richard are similar in the way they throw themselves out of the window

for being unable to function in the society properly, both of them were suffering from different

diseases; one from Shell shock and other from AIDS. The postmodernist novel thus, makes lots of

cross references, reversing names and roles in such a way that new understanding of Mrs Dalloway

arrives that extends the roles and functions for the characters of the same.

Intertextual relations also come to question when such an intertextual text is adapted into a

screenplay. David Hare wrote the screenplay for the The Hours under the same title; a 2002 movie

298
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

directed by Stephen Daldry. A faithful movie adaptation of such an intertext is a tricky one

because not only the plot but also the narrative technique of stream of consciousness and

intertextual relations are adopted for the screenplay. But David Mare’s screenplay appears to be an

apt adaptation of the book that reflects the work of Virginia Woolf. The narrative structure is

similar to that of the film but although there are some differences for some narratives of the book

are to be shown only in cinematographic language. The narrative although maintains the same

outline as the novel reflecting a day in the life of three women who feels trapped but still they put

their effort to affirm to their role of a mother, wife/partner and maintain sanity against the threat of

madness and suicide. The prologue of the book not only acts as the same in the movie but also as

an epilogue in the movie. The literary techniques are transformed into filmic devices giving the

audience an essence of a film and not a novel. Daldry links the three plotlines and giving clues of

the relations between characters to the audience. It unifies the three loosely connected strands in

the beginning itself with a montage technique, similar to the narrative technique (stream of

consciousness) of Woolf’s Mrs Dalloway. Daldry has changed the order of the events and even

blurred the boundaries of the chapters to make it suitable for a movie. The movie starts with a tone

followed by the scene of Woolf committing suicide, presenting a sequence of episodes,

corresponding to each of the three central themes with rapid changes between them. The three

women appear in their everyday actions, waking up from bed, in the morning, freshening up and

making their hair.The scenes that even deepens the relation between the three is when Virginia

writes and simultaneously reads aloud the first sentence of the book she is writing “Mrs Dalloway

said she would buy the flowers herself” with the corresponding scenes of Laura opening the book

of the novel and reading the same phrase and Clarissa saying “Sally, I think I’ll buy the flowers

myself.”

Daldry uses the element of flower to connect the three different strands. The aim of any
299
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

movie is to “show and not tell”; thus, the characteristics and the background of the characters are

visualized and shown with added scenes; flashbacks are transformed into new dialogues and scenes

revealing their thought process. The other elements from the novel are also pictured. For instance,

the kisses. Laura and Virginia’s kisses are more or less accurately presented. But Clarissa’s kiss in

the end on the forehead is changed into a more passionate and sexual image. This seems to be the

“most exquisite moment” of her; again, an intertextual reference of Woolf’s Clarissa is seen in the

movie (Haffey 157, 158). The movie also established transitions between scenes, for instances,

Clarissa lights out the oven in her house, and immediate next, Laura takes the cake out of oven;

similarly, Virginia lays her face on the ground looking at the dead bird which is followed by the

scene of Laura’s face in the bed on the pillow.

Laura’s life and inner conflictsare also depicted in the scene where Richie plays with the

building blocks at Mrs Latch’s house. He builds a house and parks a car into it which represents

Laura entering into the domain of familial relations and then with one strike he destroys the

building. This is the time when Laura is shown driving on her way to the hotel to commit suicide.

If to be noted practically, Laura should have no conflicts for her husband is caring and has a

beautiful young child. But in the novel, Cunningham has linked Laura’s insanity with Woolf’s life

whose recurring mental breakdowns were the source of constant despair to her friends and family

which is carefully depicted in the movie.

The scene of Laura drowning is a special addition to the film which again reflects on

Woolf’s infatuation to the idea of death. But it is only a dream. She shots up in her bed realizing

the horror of the dream. In the parallel scene, Virginia decides that her character will survive and

somebody else will die in her place. This scene also could be referred to the prologue of the book

where Virginia drowns herself.

As argued earlier, there are many references to Woolf, her life and her writing techniques.
300
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Most of references can be seen the opening suicide scene. Using a single frame, the background

technique and material is depicted when Woolf crosses arch trellis. Her thought process and her

state of alienation from the world are also evident in the movie. The voice-over on the long walk

taken by her thinking about Clarissa also reflects her character and mental status. The movie

overall puts emphasize on death and misery and escape as a solution at the end when the two

women come together and Laura tells Clarissa that she had left both her children. It was Laura who

was occupied with the thought of death but she survives and all other from her family dies. Clarissa

too feels free from the burden of Richard and tries to connect with Laura at the end.

The movie makes huge cross references and intertextual relations and joins the three different

strands creating similar scenes and elements for the three plotlines.

CONCLUSION

Cunningham in his novel adds, deletes and substitutes events and characters from Woolf’s

novel. He uses literary tools to transform Mrs Dalloway. He keeps the style and elements of the

original novel intact playing specifically with the roles, names and events and exploits all the

intertextual relations. We also have intertextual relation between Mrs Dalloway and The Hours and

The Hours and the movie.A movie could not be directly made from the book. It has to make some

changes that are suitable for a cinematic adaptation. Though it is an adaptation of The Hours and

not of Mrs Dalloway, there are links to Woolf’s character, ideas and writing techniques that are

very much apparent in the movie.

301
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

WORKS CITED

1. Woolf, Virginia. Mrs. Dalloway. Worldview.1925.

2. Cunningham, Michael. The Hours. The book People Ltd. 1999
3. Haffey, Kate. “Exquisite Moments and the Temporality of the Kiss in ‘Mrs. Dalloway’ and
‘The Hours.’” Narrative, vol. 18, no. 2, 2010, pp. 137–162. JSTOR,
www.jstor.org/stable/40856405. Accessed 20 Feb. 2021.
4. Allen, Graham. Intertextuality.Routledge. 2000. Google Book Search. Web. 28 Feb.2021

302
ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Human Values and Ethics

R.Sumathi
II B.A [Department of English]
Marudhar Kesari Jain College for
Women
Vaniyambadi.

Abstract
‘Human value and ethics’ is very relevant subject of today’s environment of
conflicts and stress in the profession, with obligations to be met by one person in many
directions. A formal study will certainly improve one’s ability and judgments and refine
one’s behavior, decisions, and actions in performing the duty to the family, organization,
and to the society. Basic human values which are at the core of begin human. The values
which are considered basic inherent values in humans include truth, honesty, loyalty, love,
right action, peace etc…. because they bring out the fundamental goodness of human
begin and society at large.

Keywords
Conflicts, Obligations, Inherent, Organization.

HUMAN RIGHTS
Human rights are defined as moral entitlements that place obligations on other
people to treat one with dignity and respect. Organizations and employs are to be familiar
with the minimum provisions under the human rights, so that the engineers and
organizations for a firm base for understanding and productivity.

Provisions under ‘human rights’ are as follows:

1. Right to pursue legitimate personal interest

2. Right to make a living

303
ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

3. Right to privacy
4. Right to property
5. Right of non-discrimination
6. No sexual harassment.

SELF-RESPECT
It is defined as valuing oneself in morally suitable ways. Self-respect includes (a)
recognition,

which means respect to others, their ideas, decisions, ability, and rights and (b) appraisal,
which means properly

valuing ourselves as to how well we face moral standards and our personal commitments.
An intensive but

balanced feeling of self-respect is sense of honor. This includes intense agony and guilt for
wrong doings.

Self-control is a virtue of maintaining personal discipline. Courage is a bye-product of

self-respect, which

makes a person face the hardship in rational way Self-respect is different from self-esteem
in the following manner:

SELF-RESPECT

1. A moral concept

2. Valuing oneself in morally-suitable ways

3. It includes virtues of recognition and appraisal. It promotes virtues of sense of

honor, self-control

and courage

304
ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

Self-esteem
1. A psychological concept

2. Having a positive attitude towards oneself. It may be excessive or unwarranted or

normal

SELF-CONFIDENCE

Certainty in one’s own capabilities, values, and goals, is self-confidence. These

people are usually positive thinking, flexible and willing to change. They respect others so
much as theyrespect themselves. Self-confidence is positive attitude, wherein the
individual has some positive and realistic view of himself, with respect to the situations in
which one gets involved. The people with self-confidence exhibit courage to get into
action and unshakable faith in their abilities, whatever may be their positions. They are not
influenced by threats or challenges and are prepared to face them and the natural or
unexpected consequences. The self-confidence in a person develops a sense of partnership,
respect, and accountability, and this helps the organization to obtain maximum ideas,
efforts, and guidelines from its employees.

The people with self-confidence have the following characteristics:

1. A self-assured standing,

2. Willing to listen to learn from others and adopt (flexibility),

3. Frank to speak the truth, and

4. Respect others’ efforts and give due credit.

The factors that shape self-confidence in a

person are:

1. Heredity (attitudes of parents) and family environment (elders),

2. Friendship (influence of friends/colleagues),

305
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

3. Influence of superiors/role models, and

4. Training in the organization ( e.g., training by Technical Evangelists at Infosys

Technologies).

The following methodologies are effective in developing self-confidence in a person:

1. Encouraging SWOT analysis. By evaluating their strength and weakness, they can
anticipate and be prepared to face the results.

2. Training to evaluate risks and face them (self-acceptance).

The following methodologies are effective in developing self-confidence in a person:

3. Encouraging SWOT analysis. By evaluating their strength and weakness, they can
anticipate and be prepared to face the results.

4. Training to evaluate risks and face them (self-acceptance).

MORAL LEADERSHIP
Moral leadership is not merely the dominance by a group. It means adopting reasonable
means to motivate the groups to achieve morally desirable goals. This leadership presents the
engineers with many challenges to their moral principles.

The Codes of Ethics promote and sustain the ethical environment and assist in achieving
the ethical goals in the following manner:

1. It creates an environment in a profession, where ethical behavior is the basic criterion.

2. It guides and reminds the person as to how to act, in any given situation.

3. It provides support to the individual, who is being pressurized or tortured by a superior or

employer, to behave unethically.

4. Apart from professional societies, companies and universities have framed their own codes of
ethics, based on the individual circumstances and specific mission of the organizations. These
codes of conduct help in employees’ awareness of ethical issues, establish, and nurture a strong
corporate ethical culture.

306
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8
5.

6. They lead by thinking ahead in time, and morally creative towards new applications, extension

and putting values into practice. ‘Morally creative’ means the identification of the most
important values as applicable to the situation, bringing clarity within the groups through proper
communication, and putting those values into practice.

ETHICS

Ethics is the word that refers to morals, values, and beliefs of the individuals, family or
the society. The word has several meanings. Basically it is an activity and process of inquiry.
Secondly, it is different from non-moral problems, when dealing with issues and controversies.
Thirdly, ethics refers to a particular set of beliefs, attitudes, and habits of individuals or family or
groups concerned with morals. Fourth, it is used to mean ‘morally correct’.

The study on ethics helps to know the people’s beliefs, values, and morals, learn the
good and bad of them, and practice them to maximize their well-being and happiness. It involves
the inquiry on the existing situations, form judgments and resolve the issues. In addition, ethics
tells us how to live, to respond to issues, through the duties, rights, responsibilities, and
obligations. In religion, similar principles are included, but the reasoning on procedures is
limited.

The principles and practices of religions have varied from to time to time (history),
region (geography, climatic conditions), religion, society, language, caste and creed. But ethics
has grown to a large extent beyond the barriers listed above. In ethics, the focus is to study and
apply the principles and practices, universally.

Conclusion

Ethical values are basis of decision making and action in accordance with ideal accepted
in a given moral system. This values when promoted help to transform human behavior in the
society.Meeting the basic human needs of welfare, freedom and justice for the present and also
for the future generation in paramount.
307
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

References
Naagarazan R S , ‘Professional Ethics and Human Values’

Published by NEW AGE INTERNATIONAL (P) LIMITED,

PUBLISHERS, 2006.
New Delhi

308
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

LEADERSHIP AND TEAM BUILDIND

S.HARITHA VARSHINI
III BBA
MARUDHAR KESARI JAIN COLLEGE FOR WOMEN

ABSTRACT:
Leaders inspire confidence and builds trust among people to attain objectives.Inan
organization ,leadership is required at all levels to lead the team members towardsorganizational
development .However ,leadership is required alone cannot attain anything superior unless the
entire team follows the leader and works together with the leader to achieve the goal .
Leadership and teamwork are the two most important keywords for the successof any
organization .poor leadership cannot lead a team to success ans a group of unmotivated and
incompetent team cannot help a leader to achieve great success . Toachieve organizational
goals,the team must work as a whole under the leader and the leader must exhibit behavioural skills
that can motivate the team.

KEYWORDS: Leadership, Management, Leadership Today, Teamwork and

leadership, Teamwork, Success, Achieve, Motivate

INTRODUCTION:

If the success matters to your organization, then inspiring positive people,

building high performing teams and developing progressive leaders will to. We offer a range of
challenging yet rewarding options that maximize experimental learning through the most
effective indoor and outdoor learning solutions.

All of our experiences are designed and delivered to subtly introduce and enforce
key experimental learnings concepts and theories as required yet retaining a clearfocus on
impact through simplicity.

309
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

OBJECTIVES:
MANGEMENT DEVELOPMENT
Discover effective ways to get tasks accomplished through others.Develop yournext
line of leaders and see what they can accomplish through effective delegation.

COMMUNICATION SKILL
Learn to set clear objective ans measures performance.Discover the importance
of communicating ideas and experiences among the group to accomplishthe goals.

BOOSTING EMPLOYEE MORALE

By overcoming 0bstacles the team morale .Discover how having fun and
accomplishing goals can be the best morale booster around.

STRATEGIC PLANNING

Discover how to structure your planning time to produce maximum

results.Learn guidelines for keeping the team focused on productive planning.

MANAGING DIFFICULT PEOPLE

How to understand dynamics in conflict and where fit in as amediator.Discover

how to break down communication barriers.

FUNCTIONS:
Leadership is a personal quality
It exist only with followers, if there are no followers , there is no
leadership
It is the willingness of people to follow that makes person a leader.
Leadership is a process of influence. A leader must be able to influence the
behavior, attitude and beliefs of the subordinates.
It exists only for the realization of common goals.
It involves readiness to accept complete responsibility in all situation.
Leadership is the function of stimulating the followers to strive willingly to
attain organizational objectives.
Leadership styles do change under different circumstances.
Leadership is neither bossism nor synonymous with management.

310
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

LITERATURE REVIEW:
 Koontz and O” Donnell , leadership is the ability of a manager to induce
subordinates to work with confidence and zeal.
 Dubin ,R . Leadership is the exercise of authority making of decisions.
 Allford and Beaty , Leadership is the ability to secure desirable action
from the group of followers voluntarily,without the use of coercion.
 Hemphill, J.K.Leadership is the initiation of acts which result in a
consistent pattern of group interaction directed towards the solution ofa
mutual problems
 George R. Terry ,leadership is the activity of influencing people to strive
willingly for group objectives.
 Peter Drucker, Leadership is not making friends and influencing people
i.e., salesmanship it is the lifting of man`s visions to higher sights, the
raising of man`s personality beyond its normal limitations.
 Jame J.Cribbin , Leadership is the process of influence on the group in a
particular at a given point of time , and in a specific set of circumstances
that stimulates people to strive willingly to attain a organizational
objectives and satisfication with the type of leadership provided.
 Direct group effort towards the organizational goals Thus , we can say
that leadership is the practice of influence that stimulates subordinatesor
followers to do their best towards the achievement of desired goals.

SUGGESTION:
Make sure you are able to communicate the vision you have for our team.
Create a mission statement that helps all employees understand your vision for the company.
Communicate the whole picture while helping others see their part in big ideas.This helps
provide direction and also helps you build relationships.

Becoming a strong leader involves a lot of effort and good amount of perseverance.
It also involves education and knowledge. If you are looking for ways to gain knowledge in
order to improve your leadership abilities, look no further than this article. Saysthank you to
motivating employees during layoffs your employees. Many studies have been done on the
power of a thanks given from a manager to his or her employees. Its increases productivity,often
by a lot.

311
 ELBOPIR-21 ISBN: 978-93-91387-19-8

CONCLUSIONS:
A true leader is successful when he is able to formulate goals and objectives for
himself and his team. If you are certain about goal you wish to achieve, you will also have
vision to plan contingencies for the problems you may face on your quest.Successful leaders
believes in augmenting their skills with that of the others . By himself ,he many not have the
skills or knowledge to do something.However, by working in tandem with other people, he not
only gets new work done, but also ends up supplementing his own knowledge and information.

REFERENCES:
Bailey,A., Kempster, S.(2005).Becoming a Strategic Leader:Lessons from further educationcenter
for excellence in leadership.

Beatty, K., Quinn,L.2010.Strategic command taking the long view for organizational success.
Leadership in action. Volume30,Number I. March/April2010.

312
313